Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021

Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021

Summary

Part 1 of Report 117-283 of the 117th Congress, 2d Session, dated March 29, 2022, in which Mr. Neal reports for the Committee on Ways and Means on H.R. 2954, the Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021. The bill would increase retirement savings and simplify and clarify retirement plan rules, and the report includes a cost estimate of the Congressional Budget Office and reports favorably with an amendment. A passage near the close on simplified employee pensions says an employee must be eligible to participate if the employee has attained age 21, performed services for the employer in at least three of the preceding five years and received at least $650 in compensation for 2021, and gives $290,000 as the annual compensation limit for SEPs.

Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used

Issuer
Congressional materials
Document type
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt283 Crpt 117Hrpt283 Pt1
Case
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt283 Crpt 117Hrpt283 Pt1

Cite this document

“Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021.” Original at www.govinfo.gov. Archived at Pandemic Darlings, https://pandemicdarlings.com/source-documents/crpt-crpt-117hrpt283-crpt-117hrpt283-pt1/, SHA-256 105eef73130ee86391c71babfce14dcd6912900da7abe02fe89cd83021fce7ea.

Full text

                                                                                                                               1




                                       117TH CONGRESS                                                                 REPT. 117–283
                                                      "              HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                     !
                                          2d Session                                                                     Part 1




                                            SECURING A STRONG RETIREMENT ACT OF
                                                            2021




                                                                               R E P O R T
                                                                                    OF THE


                                                    COMMITTEE ON WAYS AND MEANS
                                                      HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
                                                                                          ON


                                                                                 H.R. 2954




                                                               MARCH 29, 2022.—Ordered to be printed




                                                                                                                                        E:\Seals\Congress.#13
VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 6012    Sfmt 6012   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                                                    SECURING A STRONG RETIREMENT ACT OF 2021




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 6019   Sfmt 6019   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX                                     HR283P1
                                      117TH CONGRESS                                                                                       REPT. 117–283
                                                     " HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                                                        !
                                         2d Session                                                                                           Part 1




                                                SECURING A STRONG RETIREMENT ACT OF 2021


                                           MARCH 29, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State
                                                             of the Union and ordered to be printed



                                                    Mr. NEAL, from the Committee on Ways and Means,
                                                                 submitted the following


                                                                                     R E P O R T
                                                                                  [To accompany H.R. 2954]

                                                         [Including cost estimate of the Congressional Budget Office]

                                        The Committee on Ways and Means, to whom was referred the
                                      bill (H.R. 2954) to increase retirement savings, simplify and clarify
                                      retirement plan rules, and for other purposes, having considered
                                      the same, reports favorably thereon with an amendment and rec-
                                      ommends that the bill as amended do pass.
                                                                                            CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                 Page
                                         I. SUMMARY AND BACKGROUND ...............................................................                                39
                                               A. Purpose and Summary .....................................................................                       39
                                               B. Background and Need for Legislation .............................................                               39
                                               C. Legislative History ............................................................................                39
                                        II. EXPLANATION OF THE BILL ...................................................................                           41
                                      TITLE I—EXPANDING COVERAGE AND INCREASING RETIREMENT
                                        SAVINGS ..............................................................................................................    41
                                               1. Expanding automatic enrollment in retirement plans (sec. 101
                                                   of the bill and sec. 414 of the Code) ..............................................                           41
                                               2. Modification of credit for small employer pension plan start-
                                                   up costs (sec. 102 of the bill and sec. 45E of the Code) ...............                                       45
                                               3. Promotion of the Saver’s Credit (sec. 103 of the bill and sec.
                                                   25B of the Code) .............................................................................                 47
                                               4. Enhancement of 403(b) plans (sec. 104 of the bill and sec. 403(b)
                                                   of the Code) .....................................................................................             48
                                               5. Increase in age for required beginning date for mandatory dis-
                                                   tributions (sec. 105 of the bill and sec. 401(a)(9) of the Code) ....                                          52
                                               6. Indexing IRA catch-up limit (sec. 106 of the bill and sec. 219
                                                   of the Code) .....................................................................................             55
                                               7. Higher catch-up limit to apply at age 62, 63, and 64 (sec.
                                                   107 of the bill and sec. 414(v) of the Code) ..................................                                56
                                               8. Multiple employer 403(b) plans (sec. 108 of the bill and secs.
                                                   403(b), 6057, 6058 of the Code and secs. 3(43) and 3(44) of
                                                   ERISA) .............................................................................................           58
                                             47–191




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191    PO 00000       Frm 00003      Fmt 6659      Sfmt 6646      E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX             HR283P1
                                                                                                   2
                                               9. Treatment of student loan payments as elective deferrals for
                                                   purposes of matching contributions (sec. 109 of the bill and
                                                   secs. 401(m), 403(b), 408(p), and 457(b) of the Code) ..................                                   74
                                               10. Application of credit for small employer pension plan start-
                                                   up costs to employers which join an existing plan (sec. 110
                                                   of the bill and sec. 45E of the Code) .............................................                        80
                                               11. Military spouse retirement plan eligibility credit for small em-
                                                   ployers (sec. 111 of the bill and new sec. 45U of the Code) ........                                       82
                                               12. Small immediate financial incentives for contributing to a plan
                                                   (sec. 112 of the bill and secs. 401(k), 403(b), and 4975 of
                                                   the Code) .........................................................................................        83
                                               13. Safe harbor for corrections of employee elective deferral failures
                                                   (sec. 113 of the bill and sec. 414 of the Code) ..............................                             86
                                               14. One-year reduction in period of service requirement for long-
                                                   term, part-time workers (sec. 114 of the bill and sec. 401(k)
                                                   of the Code) .....................................................................................         90
                                      TITLE II—PRESERVATION OF INCOME ..........................................................                              92
                                               1. Remove required minimum distribution barriers for life annu-
                                                   ities (sec. 201 of the bill and sec. 401 of the Code) ......................                               92
                                               2. Qualifying longevity annuity contracts (sec. 202 of the bill) .........                                     95
                                               3. Insurance-dedicated exchange-traded funds (sec. 203 of the bill
                                                   and sec. 817(h) of the Code) ...........................................................                   98
                                      TITLE III—SIMPLIFICATION AND CLARIFICATION OF RETIREMENT
                                        PLAN RULES .......................................................................................................   101
                                               1. Recovery of retirement plan overpayments (sec. 301 of the bill
                                                   and secs. 402 and 414 of the Code, and sec. 206 of ERISA) .......                                         101
                                               2. Reduction in excise tax on certain accumulations in qualified
                                                   retirement plans (sec. 302 of the bill and sec. 4974 of the
                                                   Code) ................................................................................................    107
                                               3. Performance benchmarks for asset allocation funds (sec. 303
                                                   of the bill) ........................................................................................     108
                                               4. Review and report to the Congress relating to reporting and
                                                   disclosure requirements (sec. 304 of the bill) ...............................                            111
                                               5. Eliminating unnecessary plan requirements related to
                                                   unenrolled participants (sec. 305 of the bill, sec. 414 of the
                                                   Code, and new sec. 111 of ERISA) ................................................                         113
                                               6. Retirement savings lost and found (sec. 306 of the bill, secs.
                                                   401(a)(31)(B), 402, 408, 411, 6011, 6057, and 6652 of the Code,
                                                   and secs. 404, 4005, and new sec. 4051 of ERISA) ......................                                   114
                                               7. Expansion of Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System
                                                   (sec. 307 of the bill) ........................................................................           125
                                               8. Eliminate the ‘‘first day of the month’’ requirement for govern-
                                                   mental section 457(b) plans (sec. 308 of the bill and sec. 457(b)
                                                   of the Code) .....................................................................................        128
                                               9. One-time election for qualified charitable distribution to split-
                                                   interest entity; increase in qualified charitable distribution
                                                   limitation (sec. 309 of the bill and sec. 408(d)(8) of the Code) ....                                     129
                                               10. Distributions to firefighters (sec. 310 of the bill and sec. 72(t)
                                                   of the Code) .....................................................................................        135
                                               11. Exclusion of certain disability-related first responder retire-
                                                   ment payments (sec. 311 of the bill and sec. 139C of the
                                                   Code) ................................................................................................    136
                                               12. Individual retirement plan statute of limitations for excise tax
                                                   on excess contributions and certain accumulations (sec. 312
                                                   of the bill and sec. 6501 of the Code) ............................................                       138
                                               13. Requirement to provide paper statements in certain cases (sec.
                                                   313 of the bill and sec. 105 of ERISA) ..........................................                         140
                                               14. Separate application of top heavy rules to defined contribution
                                                   plans covering excludible employees (sec. 314 of the bill and
                                                   sec. 416 of the Code) .......................................................................             145
                                               15. Repayment of qualified birth or adoption distributions limited
                                                   to three years (sec. 315 of the bill and sec. 72 of the Code) ........                                    147
                                               16. Employer may rely on employee certifying that deemed hard-
                                                   ship distribution conditions are met (sec. 316 of the bill and
                                                   secs. 401(k), 403(b), and 457(b) of the Code) ................................                            149
                                               17. Penalty-free withdrawals from retirement plans for individuals
                                                   in case of domestic abuse (sec. 317 of the bill and sec. 72(t)
                                                   of the Code) .....................................................................................        152




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191    PO 00000      Frm 00004      Fmt 6659      Sfmt 6646     E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX            HR283P1
                                                                                                  3
                                               18. Reform of family attribution rule (sec. 318 of the bill and
                                                   sec. 414 of the Code) .......................................................................            155
                                               19. Amendments to increase benefit accruals under plan for pre-
                                                   vious plan year allowed until employer tax return due date
                                                   (sec. 319 of the bill and sec. 401(b) of the Code) ..........................                            157
                                               20. Retroactive first year elective deferrals for sole proprietors
                                                   (sec. 320 of the bill and sec. 401(b) of the Code) ..........................                            159
                                               21. Limiting cessation of IRA treatment to portion of account in-
                                                   volved in a prohibited transaction (sec. 321 of the bill and
                                                   sec. 408 of the Code) .......................................................................            160
                                      TITLE IV—TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS ...........................................................                             161
                                               1. Amendments relating to Setting Every Community Up for Re-
                                                   tirement Enhancement Act of 2019 (sec. 401 of the bill and
                                                   secs. 401(a)(9) and 4973 of the Code) ............................................                       161
                                      TITLE V—ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS ......................................................                              162
                                               1. Provisions relating to plan amendments (sec. 501 of the bill) .......                                     162
                                      TITLE VI—REVENUE PROVISIONS ...................................................................                       164
                                               1. SIMPLE and SEP Roth IRAs (sec. 601 of the bill and secs
                                                   408A, 408, 402 of the Code) ...........................................................                  164
                                               2. Hardship withdrawal rules for 403(b) plans (sec. 602 of the
                                                   bill and sec. 403(b) of the Code) ....................................................                   167
                                               3. Elective deferrals generally limited to the regular contribution
                                                   limit (sec. 603 of the bill and secs. 414, 402, and 457 of the
                                                   Code) ................................................................................................   167
                                               4. Optional treatment of employer matching contributions as Roth
                                                   contributions (sec. 604 of the bill and sec. 402A of the Code) ....                                      169
                                       III. VOTES OF THE COMMITTEE ....................................................................                     171
                                       IV. BUDGET EFFECTS OF THE BILL ............................................................                          171
                                               A. Committee Estimate of Budgetary Effects ......................................                            171
                                               B. Statement Regarding New Budget Authority and Tax Expendi-
                                                   tures Budget Authority ..................................................................                176
                                               C. Cost Estimate Prepared by the Congressional Budget Office .......                                         176
                                        V. OTHER MATTERS TO BE DISCUSSED UNDER THE RULES OF
                                             THE HOUSE ..............................................................................................       184
                                               A. Committee Oversight Findings and Recommendations .................                                        184
                                               B. Statement of General Performance Goals and Objectives .............                                       185
                                               C. Information Relating to Unfunded Mandates ................................                                185
                                               D. Applicability of House Rule XXI, Clause 5(b) .................................                            185
                                               E. Tax Complexity Analysis ..................................................................                185
                                                   1. Increase in age for required beginning date for mandatory
                                                        distributions (sec. 105 of the bill) ...........................................                    185
                                                   2. Repayment of qualified birth or adoption distribution limited
                                                        to three years (sec. 315 of the bill) .........................................                     186
                                               F. Congressional Earmarks, Limited Tax Benefits, and Limited
                                                   Tariff Benefits .................................................................................        187
                                               G. Duplication of Federal Programs .....................................................                     187
                                               H. Hearings ............................................................................................     187
                                       VI. CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL .............................                                           187
                                               A. Text of Existing Law Repealed by the Bill .....................................                           187
                                               B. Changes in Existing Law Proposed by the Bill ..............................                               188
                                           The amendment is as follows:
                                           Strike all after the enacting clause and insert the following:
                                      SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.
                                        (a) SHORT TITLE.—This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Securing a Strong Retirement
                                      Act of 2021’’.
                                        (b) TABLE OF CONTENTS.—The table of contents for this Act is as follows:
                                      Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.

                                                     TITLE I—EXPANDING COVERAGE AND INCREASING RETIREMENT SAVINGS
                                      Sec. 101. Expanding automatic enrollment in retirement plans.
                                      Sec. 102. Modification of credit for small employer pension plan startup costs.
                                      Sec. 103. Promotion of Saver’s Credit.
                                      Sec. 104. Enhancement of 403(b) plans.
                                      Sec. 105. Increase in age for required beginning date for mandatory distributions.
                                      Sec. 106. Indexing IRA catch-up limit.
                                      Sec. 107. Higher catch-up limit to apply at age 62, 63, and 64.
                                      Sec. 108. Multiple employer 403(b) plans.
                                      Sec. 109. Treatment of student loan payments as elective deferrals for purposes of matching contributions.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191    PO 00000      Frm 00005      Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6631      E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX           HR283P1
                                                                                             4
                                      Sec. 110. Application of credit for small employer pension plan startup costs to employers which join an existing
                                                plan.
                                      Sec. 111. Military spouse retirement plan eligibility credit for small employers.
                                      Sec. 112. Small immediate financial incentives for contributing to a plan.
                                      Sec. 113. Safe harbor for corrections of employee elective deferral failures.
                                      Sec. 114. One-year reduction in period of service requirement for long-term, part-time workers.
                                      Sec. 115. Findings relating to S corporation ESOPs.
                                                                         TITLE II—PRESERVATION OF INCOME
                                      Sec. 201. Remove required minimum distribution barriers for life annuities.
                                      Sec. 202. Qualifying longevity annuity contracts.
                                      Sec. 203. Insurance-dedicated exchange-traded funds.
                                                  TITLE III—SIMPLIFICATION AND CLARIFICATION OF RETIREMENT PLAN RULES
                                      Sec. 301. Recovery of retirement plan overpayments.
                                      Sec. 302. Reduction in excise tax on certain accumulations in qualified retirement plans.
                                      Sec. 303. Performance benchmarks for asset allocation funds.
                                      Sec. 304. Review and report to the Congress relating to reporting and disclosure requirements.
                                      Sec. 305. Eliminating unnecessary plan requirements related to unenrolled participants.
                                      Sec. 306. Retirement savings lost and found.
                                      Sec. 307. Expansion of Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System.
                                      Sec. 308. Eliminate the ‘‘first day of the month’’ requirement for governmental section 457(b) plans.
                                      Sec. 309. One-time election for qualified charitable distribution to split-interest entity; increase in qualified
                                                charitable distribution limitation.
                                      Sec. 310. Distributions to firefighters.
                                      Sec. 311. Exclusion of certain disability-related first responder retirement payments.
                                      Sec. 312. Individual retirement plan statute of limitations for excise tax on excess contributions and certain
                                                accumulations.
                                      Sec. 313. Requirement to provide paper statements in certain cases.
                                      Sec. 314. Separate application of top heavy rules to defined contribution plans covering excludible employees.
                                      Sec. 315. Repayment of qualified birth or adoption distribution limited to 3 years.
                                      Sec. 316. Employer may rely on employee certifying that deemed hardship distribution conditions are met.
                                      Sec. 317. Penalty-free withdrawals from retirement plans for individuals in case of domestic abuse.
                                      Sec. 318. Reform of family attribution rule.
                                      Sec. 319. Amendments to increase benefit accruals under plan for previous plan year allowed until employer
                                                tax return due date.
                                      Sec. 320. Retroactive first year elective deferrals for sole proprietors.
                                      Sec. 321. Limiting cessation of IRA treatment to portion of account involved in a prohibited transaction.
                                                                         TITLE IV—TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS
                                      Sec. 401. Amendments relating to Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019.
                                                                       TITLE V—ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
                                      Sec. 501. Provisions relating to plan amendments.
                                                                           TITLE VI—REVENUE PROVISIONS
                                      Sec. 601. Simple and SEP Roth IRAs.
                                      Sec. 602. Hardship withdrawal rules for 403(b) plans.
                                      Sec. 603. Elective deferrals generally limited to regular contribution limit.
                                      Sec. 604. Optional treatment of employer matching contributions as Roth contributions.


                                                  TITLE I—EXPANDING COVERAGE AND
                                                   INCREASING RETIREMENT SAVINGS
                                      SEC. 101. EXPANDING AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT IN RETIREMENT PLANS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart B of part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal
                                      Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting after section 414 the following new
                                      section:
                                      ‘‘SEC. 414A. REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT.
                                           ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in this section—
                                                 ‘‘(1) an arrangement shall not be treated as a qualified cash or deferred ar-
                                              rangement described in section 401(k) unless such arrangement meets the auto-
                                              matic enrollment requirements of subsection (b), and
                                                 ‘‘(2) an annuity contract otherwise described in section 403(b)(1) which is pur-
                                              chased under a salary reduction agreement shall not be treated as described in
                                              such section unless such agreement meets the automatic enrollment require-
                                              ments of subsection (b).
                                           ‘‘(b) AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—An arrangement or agreement meets the requirements of
                                              this subsection if such arrangement or agreement is an eligible automatic con-
                                              tribution arrangement (as defined in section 414(w)(3)) which meets the require-
                                              ments of paragraphs (2) through (4).
                                                 ‘‘(2) ALLOWANCE OF PERMISSIBLE WITHDRAWALS.—An eligible automatic con-
                                              tribution arrangement meets the requirements of this paragraph if such ar-
                                              rangement allows employees to make permissible withdrawals (as defined in
                                              section 414(w)(2)).
                                                 ‘‘(3) MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE.—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00006     Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621    E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX         HR283P1
                                                                                             5
                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—An eligible automatic contribution arrangement meets
                                                  the requirements of this paragraph if—
                                                           ‘‘(i) the uniform percentage of compensation contributed by the par-
                                                        ticipant under such arrangement during the first year of participation
                                                        is not less than 3 percent and not more than 10 percent (unless the
                                                        participant specifically elects not to have such contributions made or to
                                                        have such contributions made at a different percentage), and
                                                           ‘‘(ii) effective for the first day of each plan year starting after each
                                                        completed year of participation under such arrangement such uniform
                                                        percentage is increased by 1 percentage point (to at least 10 percent,
                                                        but not more than 15 percent) unless the participant specifically elects
                                                        not to have such contributions made or to have such contributions
                                                        made at a different percentage.
                                                     ‘‘(B) INITIAL REDUCED CEILING FOR CERTAIN PLANS.—In the case of any ar-
                                                  rangement to which this section applies (other than an arrangement that
                                                  meets the requirements of paragraph (12) or (13) of section 401(k)), for plan
                                                  years ending before January 1, 2025, subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be applied
                                                  by substituting ‘10 percent’ for ‘15 percent’.
                                               ‘‘(4) INVESTMENT REQUIREMENTS.—An eligible automatic contribution arrange-
                                            ment meets the requirements of this paragraph if amounts contributed pursu-
                                            ant to such arrangement, and for which no investment is elected by the partici-
                                            pant, are invested consistent with the requirements of section 2550.404c-5 of
                                            title 29, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations).
                                        ‘‘(c) EXCEPTIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                               ‘‘(1) SIMPLE PLANS.—Subsection (a) shall not apply to any simple plan (within
                                            the meaning of section 401(k)(11)).
                                               ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION FOR PLANS OR ARRANGEMENTS ESTABLISHED BEFORE ENACT-
                                            MENT OF SECTION.—
                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) shall not apply to—
                                                           ‘‘(i) any qualified cash or deferred arrangement established before the
                                                        date of the enactment of this section, or
                                                           ‘‘(ii) any annuity contract purchased under a plan established before
                                                        the date of the enactment of this section.
                                                     ‘‘(B) POST-ENACTMENT ADOPTION OF MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN.—Subpara-
                                                  graph (A) shall not apply in the case of an employer adopting after such
                                                  date of enactment a plan maintained by more than one employer, and sub-
                                                  section (a) shall apply with respect to such employer as if such plan were
                                                  a single plan.
                                               ‘‘(3) EXCEPTION FOR GOVERNMENTAL AND CHURCH PLANS.—Subsection (a) shall
                                            not apply to any governmental plan (within the meaning of section 414(d)) or
                                            any church plan (within the meaning of section 414(e)).
                                               ‘‘(4) EXCEPTION FOR NEW AND SMALL BUSINESSES.—
                                                     ‘‘(A) NEW BUSINESS.—Subsection (a) shall not apply to any qualified cash
                                                  or deferred arrangement, or any annuity contract purchased under a plan,
                                                  while the employer maintaining such plan (and any predecessor employer)
                                                  has been in existence for less than 3 years.
                                                     ‘‘(B) SMALL BUSINESSES.—Subsection (a) shall not apply to any qualified
                                                  cash or deferred arrangement, any annuity contract purchased under a
                                                  plan, earlier than the date that is 1 year after the close of the first taxable
                                                  year with respect to which the employer maintaining the plan normally em-
                                                  ployed more than 10 employees.
                                                     ‘‘(C) TREATMENT OF MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS.—In the case of a plan
                                                  maintained by more than 1 employer, subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be
                                                  applied separately with respect to each such employer, and all such employ-
                                                  ers to which subsection (a) applies (after the application of this paragraph)
                                                  shall be treated as maintaining a separate plan for purposes of this sec-
                                                  tion.’’.
                                        (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for subpart B of part I of sub-
                                      chapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by insert-
                                      ing after the item relating to section 414 the following new item:
                                      ‘‘Sec. 414A. Requirements related to automatic enrollment.’’.

                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning after December 31, 2022.
                                      SEC. 102. MODIFICATION OF CREDIT FOR SMALL EMPLOYER PENSION PLAN STARTUP COSTS.
                                        (a) INCREASE IN CREDIT PERCENTAGE FOR SMALLER EMPLOYERS.—Section 45E(e)
                                      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following
                                      new paragraph:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000    Frm 00007     Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                                                                6
                                              ‘‘(4) INCREASED CREDIT FOR CERTAIN SMALL EMPLOYERS.—In the case of an em-
                                            ployer which would be an eligible employer under subsection (c) if section
                                            408(p)(2)(C)(i) was applied by substituting ‘50 employees’ for ‘100 employees’,
                                            subsection (a) shall be applied by substituting ‘100 percent’ for ‘50 percent’.’’.
                                        (b) ADDITIONAL CREDIT FOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS BY CERTAIN SMALL EM-
                                      PLOYERS.—Section 45E of such Code, as amended by subsection (a), is amended by
                                      adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                        ‘‘(f) ADDITIONAL CREDIT FOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS BY CERTAIN ELIGIBLE EM-
                                      PLOYERS.—
                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an eligible employer, the credit allowed for
                                            the taxable year under subsection (a) (determined without regard to this sub-
                                            section) shall be increased by an amount equal to the applicable percentage of
                                            employer contributions (other than any elective deferrals (as defined in section
                                            402(g)(3)) by the employer to an eligible employer plan (other than a defined
                                            benefit plan (as defined in section 414(j))).
                                              ‘‘(2) LIMITATIONS.—
                                                    ‘‘(A) DOLLAR LIMITATION.—The amount determined under paragraph (1)
                                                 (before the application of subparagraph (B)) with respect to any employee
                                                 of the employer shall not exceed $1,000.
                                                    ‘‘(B) CREDIT PHASE-IN.—In the case of any eligible employer which had for
                                                 the preceding taxable year more than 50 employees, the amount deter-
                                                 mined under paragraph (1) (without regard to this subparagraph) shall be
                                                 reduced by an amount equal to the product of—
                                                          ‘‘(i) the amount otherwise so determined under paragraph (1), multi-
                                                       plied by
                                                          ‘‘(ii) a percentage equal to 2 percentage points for each employee of
                                                       the employer for the preceding taxable year in excess of 50 employees.
                                              ‘‘(3) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of this section, the applicable
                                            percentage for the taxable year during which the eligible employer plan is es-
                                            tablished with respect to the eligible employer shall be 100 percent, and for tax-
                                            able years thereafter shall be determined under the following table:
                                      ‘‘In the case of the following taxable year begin- The applicable percentage shall be:
                                           ning after the taxable year during which
                                           plan is established with respect to the eligi-
                                           ble employer:
                                           1st .............................................................................................................................................................   100%
                                           2nd ............................................................................................................................................................     75%
                                           3rd .............................................................................................................................................................    50%
                                           4th .............................................................................................................................................................    25%
                                           Any taxable year thereafter ....................................................................................................................                      0%

                                              ‘‘(4) DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYER; NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES.—For
                                           purposes of this subsection, whether an employer is an eligible employer and
                                           the number of employees of an employer shall be determined under the rules
                                           of subsection (c), except that paragraph (2) thereof shall only apply to the tax-
                                           able year during which the eligible employer plan to which this section applies
                                           is established with respect to the eligible employer.’’.
                                        (c) DISALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.—Section 45E(e)(2) of such Code is amended to
                                      read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(2) DISALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.—No deduction shall be allowed—
                                                    ‘‘(A) for that portion of the qualified startup costs paid or incurred for the
                                                 taxable year which is equal to so much of the portion of the credit deter-
                                                 mined under subsection (a) as is properly allocable to such costs, and
                                                    ‘‘(B) for that portion of the employer contributions by the employer for the
                                                 taxable year which is equal to so much of the credit increase determined
                                                 under subsection (f) as is properly allocable to such contributions.’’.
                                        (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 103. PROMOTION OF SAVER’S CREDIT.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of the Treasury shall take such steps as the Sec-
                                      retary determines are necessary and appropriate to increase public awareness of the
                                      credit provided under section 25B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                        (b) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—
                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of
                                          this Act, the Secretary shall provide a report to Congress to summarize the an-
                                          ticipated promotion efforts of the Treasury under subsection (a).
                                             (2) CONTENTS.—Such report shall include—
                                                  (A) a description of plans for—
                                                       (i) the development and distribution of digital and print materials,
                                                    including the distribution of such materials to States for participants
                                                    in State facilitated retirement savings programs, and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191             PO 00000             Frm 00008             Fmt 6659            Sfmt 6621            E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX                           HR283P1
                                                                                          7
                                                        (ii) the translation of such materials into the 10 most commonly spo-
                                                     ken languages in the United States after English (as determined by ref-
                                                     erence to the most recent American Community Survey of the Bureau
                                                     of the Census), and
                                                   (B) such other information as the Secretary determines is necessary
                                      SEC. 104. ENHANCEMENT OF 403(b) PLANS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                               (1) PERMITTED INVESTMENTS.—Section 403(b)(7)(A) of the Internal Revenue
                                            Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘if the amounts are to be invested in regu-
                                            lated investment company stock to be held in that custodial account’’ and insert-
                                            ing ‘‘if the amounts are to be held in that custodial account and invested in reg-
                                            ulated investment company stock or a group trust intended to satisfy the re-
                                            quirements of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 81–100 (or any suc-
                                            cessor guidance)’’.
                                               (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The heading of paragraph (7) of section 403(b)
                                            of such Code is amended by striking ‘‘FOR REGULATED INVESTMENT COMPANY
                                            STOCK’’.
                                               (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this subsection shall apply
                                            to amounts invested after December 31, 2021.
                                         (b) AMENDMENTS TO THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940.—Section 3(c)(11) of
                                      the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3(c)(11)) is amended to read
                                      as follows:
                                               ‘‘(11) Any—
                                                     ‘‘(A) employee’s stock bonus, pension, or profit-sharing trust which meets
                                                  the requirements for qualification under section 401 of the Internal Rev-
                                                  enue Code of 1986;
                                                     ‘‘(B) custodial account meeting the requirements of section 403(b)(7) of
                                                  such Code;
                                                     ‘‘(C) governmental plan described in section 3(a)(2)(C) of the Securities
                                                  Act of 1933;
                                                     ‘‘(D) collective trust fund maintained by a bank consisting solely of assets
                                                  of one or more—
                                                           ‘‘(i) trusts described in subparagraph (A);
                                                           ‘‘(ii) government plans described in subparagraph (C);
                                                           ‘‘(iii) church plans, companies, or accounts that are excluded from the
                                                        definition of an investment company under paragraph (14) of this sub-
                                                        section; or
                                                           ‘‘(iv) plans which meet the requirements of section 403(b) of the In-
                                                        ternal Revenue Code of 1986 if—
                                                                  ‘‘(I) such plan is subject to title I of the Employee Retirement In-
                                                               come Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.);
                                                                  ‘‘(II) any employer making such plan available agrees to serve as
                                                               a fiduciary for the plan with respect to the selection of the plan’s
                                                               investments among which participants can choose; or
                                                                  ‘‘(III) such plan is a governmental plan (as defined in section
                                                               414(d) of such Code); or
                                                     ‘‘(E) separate account the assets of which are derived solely from—
                                                           ‘‘(i) contributions under pension or profit-sharing plans which meet
                                                        the requirements of section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                        or the requirements for deduction of the employer’s contribution under
                                                        section 404(a)(2) of such Code;
                                                           ‘‘(ii) contributions under governmental plans in connection with
                                                        which interests, participations, or securities are exempted from the reg-
                                                        istration provisions of section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 by section
                                                        3(a)(2)(C) of such Act;
                                                           ‘‘(iii) advances made by an insurance company in connection with the
                                                        operation of such separate account; and
                                                           ‘‘(iv) contributions to a plan described in subparagraph (D)(iv).’’.
                                         (c) AMENDMENTS TO THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.—Section 3(a)(2) of the Securi-
                                      ties Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(2)) is amended—
                                               (1) by striking ‘‘or (D)’’ and inserting ‘‘(D) a plan which meets the require-
                                            ments of section 403(b) of such Code if (i) such plan is subject to title I of the
                                            Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), (ii)
                                            any employer making such plan available agrees to serve as a fiduciary for the
                                            plan with respect to the selection of the plan’s investments among which par-
                                            ticipants can choose, or (iii) such plan is a governmental plan (as defined in sec-
                                            tion 414(d) of such Code); or (E)’’;
                                               (2) by striking ‘‘(C), or (D)’’ and inserting ‘‘(C), (D), or (E)’’; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          8
                                              (3) by striking ‘‘(iii) which is a plan funded’’ and inserting ‘‘(iii) in the case
                                           of a plan not described in subparagraph (D), which is a plan funded’’.
                                         (d) AMENDMENTS TO THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.—Section 3(a)(12)(C)
                                      of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12)(C)) is amended—
                                              (1) by striking ‘‘or (iv)’’ and inserting ‘‘(iv) a plan which meets the require-
                                           ments of section 403(b) of such Code if (I) such plan is subject to title I of the
                                           Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), (II)
                                           any employer making such plan available agrees to serve as a fiduciary for the
                                           plan with respect to the selection of the plan’s investments among which par-
                                           ticipants can choose, or (III) such plan is a governmental plan (as defined in
                                           section 414(d) of such Code), or (v)’’;
                                              (2) by striking ‘‘(ii), or (iii)’’ and inserting ‘‘(ii), (iii), or (iv)’’; and
                                              (3) by striking ‘‘(II) is a plan funded’’ and inserting ‘‘(II) in the case of a plan
                                           not described in clause (iv), is a plan funded’’.
                                      SEC. 105. INCREASE IN AGE FOR REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE FOR MANDATORY DISTRIBU-
                                                 TIONS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(a)(9)(C)(i)(I) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                      is amended by striking ‘‘age 72’’ and inserting ‘‘the applicable age’’.
                                         (b) SPOUSE BENEFICIARIES; SPECIAL RULE FOR OWNERS.—Subparagraphs (B)(iv)(I)
                                      and (C)(ii)(I) of section 401(a)(9) of such Code are each amended by striking ‘‘age
                                      72’’ and inserting ‘‘the applicable age’’.
                                         (c) APPLICABLE AGE.—Section 401(a)(9)(C) of such Code is amended by adding at
                                      the end the following new clause:
                                                      ‘‘(v) APPLICABLE AGE.—
                                                            ‘‘(I) In the case of an individual who attains age 72 after Decem-
                                                         ber 31, 2021, and age 73 before January 1, 2029, the applicable age
                                                         is 73.
                                                            ‘‘(II) In the case of an individual who attains age 73 after Decem-
                                                         ber 31, 2028, and age 74 before January 1, 2032, the applicable age
                                                         is 74.
                                                            ‘‘(III) In the case of an individual who attains age 74 after De-
                                                         cember 31, 2031, the applicable age is 75.’’.
                                         (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—The last sentence of section 408(b) of such Code
                                      is amended by striking ‘‘age 72’’ and inserting ‘‘the applicable age (determined under
                                      section 401(a)(9)(C)(v) for the calendar year in which such taxable year begins)’’.
                                         (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to dis-
                                      tributions required to be made after December 31, 2021, with respect to individuals
                                      who attain age 72 after such date.
                                      SEC. 106. INDEXING IRA CATCH-UP LIMIT.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (C) of section 219(b)(5) of the Internal Revenue
                                      Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
                                                      ‘‘(iii) INDEXING OF CATCH-UP LIMITATION.—In the case of any taxable
                                                   year beginning in a calendar year after 2022, the $1,000 amount under
                                                   subparagraph (B)(ii) shall be increased by an amount equal to—
                                                             ‘‘(I) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                             ‘‘(II) the cost-of-living adjustment determined under section
                                                          1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which the taxable year begins, de-
                                                          termined by substituting ‘calendar year 2021’ for ‘calendar year
                                                          2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                   If any amount after adjustment under the preceding sentence is not a
                                                   multiple of $100, such amount shall be rounded to the next lower mul-
                                                   tiple of $100.’’.
                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after December 31, 2022.
                                      SEC. 107. HIGHER CATCH-UP LIMIT TO APPLY AT AGE 62, 63, AND 64.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                             (1) PLANS OTHER THAN SIMPLE PLANS.—Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal
                                          Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting the following before the period:
                                          ‘‘($10,000, in the case of an eligible participant who has attained age 62, but
                                          not age 65, before the close of the taxable year)’’.
                                             (2) SIMPLE PLANS.—Section 414(v)(2)(B)(ii) of such Code is amended by insert-
                                          ing the following before the period: ‘‘($5,000, in the case of an eligible partici-
                                          pant who has attained age 62, but not age 65, before the close of the taxable
                                          year)’’.
                                        (b) COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENTS.—Subparagraph (C) of section 414(v)(2) of such
                                      Code is amended by adding at the end the following: ‘‘In the case of a year begin-
                                      ning after December 31, 2022, the Secretary shall adjust annually the $10,000




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          9
                                      amount in subparagraph (B)(i) and the $5,000 amount in subparagraph (B)(ii) for
                                      increases in the cost-of-living at the same time and in the same manner as adjust-
                                      ments under the preceding sentence; except that the base period taken into account
                                      shall be the calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2021.’’.
                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after December 31, 2022.
                                      SEC. 108. MULTIPLE EMPLOYER 403(b) PLANS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended
                                      by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                               ‘‘(15) MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS.—
                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except in the case of a church plan, this subsection
                                                  shall not be treated as failing to apply to an annuity contract solely by rea-
                                                  son of such contract being purchased under a plan maintained by more
                                                  than 1 employer.
                                                    ‘‘(B) TREATMENT OF EMPLOYERS FAILING TO MEET REQUIREMENTS OF
                                                  PLAN.—
                                                          ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a plan maintained by more than 1
                                                       employer, this subsection shall not be treated as failing to apply to an
                                                       annuity contract held under such plan merely because of one or more
                                                       employers failing to meet the requirements of this subsection if such
                                                       plan satisfies rules similar to the rules of section 413(e)(2) with respect
                                                       to any such employer failure.
                                                          ‘‘(ii) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN CASE OF NON-GOVERNMENTAL
                                                       PLANS.—A plan shall not be treated as meeting the requirements of this
                                                       subparagraph unless the plan meets the requirements of subparagraph
                                                       (A) or (B) of section 413(e)(1), except in the case of a multiple employer
                                                       plan maintained solely by any of the following: A State, a political sub-
                                                       division of a State, or an agency or instrumentality of any one or more
                                                       of the foregoing.’’.
                                         (b) ANNUAL REGISTRATION FOR 403(b) MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN.—Section 6057
                                      of such Code is amended by redesignating subsection (g) as subsection (h) and by
                                      inserting after subsection (f) the following new subsection:
                                         ‘‘(g) 403(b) MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS TREATED AS ONE PLAN.—In the case of an-
                                      nuity contracts to which this section applies and to which section 403(b) applies by
                                      reason of the plan under which such contracts are purchased meeting the require-
                                      ments of paragraph (15) thereof, such plan shall be treated as a single plan for pur-
                                      poses of this section.’’.
                                         (c) ANNUAL INFORMATION RETURNS FOR 403(b) MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN.—Sec-
                                      tion 6058 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by redesignating sub-
                                      section (f) as subsection (g) and by inserting after subsection (e) the following new
                                      subsection:
                                         ‘‘(f) 403(b) MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS TREATED AS ONE PLAN.—In the case of an-
                                      nuity contracts to which this section applies and to which section 403(b) applies by
                                      reason of the plan under which such contracts are purchased meeting the require-
                                      ments of paragraph (15) thereof, such plan shall be treated as a single plan for pur-
                                      poses of this section.’’.
                                         (d) AMENDMENTS TO EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974.—
                                               (1) TREATED AS POOLED EMPLOYER PLAN.—
                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—Section 3(43)(A) of the Employee Retirement Income
                                                  Security Act of 1974 is amended—
                                                          (i) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘section 501(a) of such Code or’’ and in-
                                                       serting ‘‘501(a) of such Code, a plan that consists of contracts described
                                                       in section 403(b) of such Code, or’’; and
                                                          (ii) in the flush text at the end, by striking ‘‘the plan.’’ and inserting
                                                       ‘‘the plan, but such term shall include any program (other than a gov-
                                                       ernmental plan) maintained for the benefit of the employees of more
                                                       than 1 employer that consists of contracts described in section 403(b)
                                                       of such Code and that meets the requirements of subparagraph (A) or
                                                       (B) of section 413(e)(1) of such Code.’’.
                                                    (B) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Sections 3(43)(B)(v)(II) and 3(44)(A)(i)(I)
                                                  of such Act are each amended by striking ‘‘section 401(a) of such Code or’’
                                                  and inserting ‘‘401(a) of such Code, a plan that consists of contracts de-
                                                  scribed in section 403(b) of such Code, or’’.
                                               (2) FIDUCIARIES.—Section 3(43)(B)(ii) of such Act is amended—
                                                    (A) by striking ‘‘trustees meeting the requirements of section 408(a)(2) of
                                                  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986’’ and inserting ‘‘trustees (or other fidu-
                                                  ciaries in the case of a plan that consists of contracts described in section




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          10
                                                 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) meeting the requirements of
                                                 section 408(a)(2) of such Code’’, and
                                                    (B) by striking ‘‘holding’’ and inserting ‘‘holding (or causing to be held
                                                 under the terms of a plan consisting of such contracts)’’.
                                         (e) REGULATIONS RELATING TO PLAN TERMINATION.—The Secretary of the Treas-
                                      ury (or the Secretary’s designee) shall prescribe such regulations as may be nec-
                                      essary to clarify the treatment of a plan termination by an employer in the case
                                      of plans to which section 403(b)(15) of such Code applies.
                                         (f) MODIFICATION OF MODEL PLAN LANGUAGE. ETC.—
                                               (1) PLAN NOTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s
                                            designee) shall modify the model plan language published under section
                                            413(e)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to include language which noti-
                                            fies participating employers described in section 501(c)(3), and which are ex-
                                            empt from tax under section 501(a), that the plan is subject to the Employee
                                            Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and that such employer is a plan spon-
                                            sor with respect to its employees participating in the multiple employer plan
                                            and, as such, has certain fiduciary duties with respect to the plan and to its
                                            employees.
                                               (2) MODEL PLANS FOR MULTIPLE EMPLOYER 403(b) NON-GOVERNMENTAL
                                            PLANS.—For plans to which section 403(b)(15)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                            of 1986 applies (other than a plan maintained for its employees by a State, a
                                            political subdivision of a State, or an agency or instrumentality of any one or
                                            more of the foregoing) the Secretary shall publish model plan language similar
                                            to model plan language published under section 413(e)(5) of such Code.
                                               (3) EDUCATIONAL OUTREACH TO EMPLOYERS EXEMPT FROM TAX.—The Secretary
                                            shall provide education and outreach to increase awareness to employers de-
                                            scribed in section 501(c)(3), and which are exempt from tax under section
                                            501(a), that multiple employer plans are subject to the Employee Retirement In-
                                            come Security Act of 1974 and that such employer is a plan sponsor with re-
                                            spect to its employees participating in the multiple employer plan and, as such,
                                            has certain fiduciary duties with respect to the plan and to its employees.
                                         (g) NO INFERENCE WITH RESPECT TO CHURCH PLANS.—Regarding any application
                                      of section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to an annuity contract pur-
                                      chased under a church plan (as defined in section 414(e) of such Code) maintained
                                      by more than 1 employer, or to any application of rules similar to section 413(e) of
                                      such Code to such a plan, no inference shall be made from section 403(b)(15)(A) of
                                      such Code (as added by this Act) not applying to such plans.
                                         (h) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to plan
                                            years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                               (2) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in the amendments made by subsection
                                            (a) shall be construed as limiting the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury
                                            or the Secretary’s delegate (determined without regard to such amendment) to
                                            provide for the proper treatment of a failure to meet any requirement applicable
                                            under such Code with respect to one employer (and its employees) in the case
                                            of a plan to which section 403(b)(15) applies.
                                      SEC. 109. TREATMENT OF STUDENT LOAN PAYMENTS AS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS FOR PUR-
                                                 POSES OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(m)(4)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is
                                      amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of clause (i), by striking the period at the end
                                      of clause (ii) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by adding at the end the following new
                                      clause:
                                                      ‘‘(iii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (13), any employer
                                                    contribution made to a defined contribution plan on behalf of an em-
                                                    ployee on account of a qualified student loan payment.’’.
                                        (b) QUALIFIED STUDENT LOAN PAYMENT.—Section 401(m)(4) of such Code is
                                      amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                 ‘‘(D) QUALIFIED STUDENT LOAN PAYMENT.—The term ‘qualified student
                                              loan payment’ means a payment made by an employee in repayment of a
                                              qualified education loan (as defined section 221(d)(1)) incurred by the em-
                                              ployee to pay qualified higher education expenses, but only—
                                                      ‘‘(i) to the extent such payments in the aggregate for the year do not
                                                    exceed an amount equal to—
                                                             ‘‘(I) the limitation applicable under section 402(g) for the year
                                                          (or, if lesser, the employee’s compensation (as defined in section
                                                          415(c)(3)) for the year), reduced by
                                                             ‘‘(II) the elective deferrals made by the employee for such year,
                                                          and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          11
                                                         ‘‘(ii) if the employee certifies to the employer making the matching
                                                      contribution under this paragraph that such payment has been made
                                                      on such loan.
                                                For purposes of this subparagraph, the term ‘qualified higher education ex-
                                                penses’ means the cost of attendance (as defined in section 472 of the High-
                                                er Education Act of 1965, as in effect on the day before the date of the en-
                                                actment of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997) at an eligible educational insti-
                                                tution (as defined in section 221(d)(2)).’’.
                                        (c) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS FOR QUALIFIED STUDENT LOAN PAYMENTS.—Section
                                      401(m) of such Code is amended by redesignating paragraph (13) as paragraph (14),
                                      and by inserting after paragraph (12) the following new paragraph:
                                             ‘‘(13) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS FOR QUALIFIED STUDENT LOAN PAYMENTS.—
                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of paragraph (4)(A)(iii), an employer con-
                                                tribution made to a defined contribution plan on account of a qualified stu-
                                                dent loan payment shall be treated as a matching contribution for purposes
                                                of this title if—
                                                         ‘‘(i) the plan provides matching contributions on account of elective
                                                      deferrals at the same rate as contributions on account of qualified stu-
                                                      dent loan payments,
                                                         ‘‘(ii) the plan provides matching contributions on account of qualified
                                                      student loan payments only on behalf of employees otherwise eligible
                                                      to receive matching contributions on account of elective deferrals,
                                                         ‘‘(iii) under the plan, all employees eligible to receive matching con-
                                                      tributions on account of elective deferrals are eligible to receive match-
                                                      ing contributions on account of qualified student loan payments, and
                                                         ‘‘(iv) the plan provides that matching contributions on account of
                                                      qualified student loan payments vest in the same manner as matching
                                                      contributions on account of elective deferrals.
                                                   ‘‘(B) TREATMENT FOR PURPOSES OF NONDISCRIMINATION RULES, ETC.—
                                                         ‘‘(i) NONDISCRIMINATION RULES.—For purposes of subparagraph
                                                      (A)(iii), subsection (a)(4), and section 410(b), matching contributions de-
                                                      scribed in paragraph (4)(A)(iii) shall not fail to be treated as available
                                                      to an employee solely because such employee does not have debt in-
                                                      curred under a qualified education loan (as defined in section
                                                      221(d)(1)).
                                                         ‘‘(ii) STUDENT LOAN PAYMENTS NOT TREATED AS PLAN CONTRIBUTION.—
                                                      Except as provided in clause (iii), a qualified student loan payment
                                                      shall not be treated as a contribution to a plan under this title.
                                                         ‘‘(iii) MATCHING CONTRIBUTION RULES.—Solely for purposes of meet-
                                                      ing the requirements of paragraph (11)(B) or (12) of this subsection, or
                                                      paragraph (11)(B)(i)(II), (12)(B), or (13)(D) of subsection (k), a plan may
                                                      treat a qualified student loan payment as an elective deferral or an
                                                      elective contribution, whichever is applicable.
                                                         ‘‘(iv) ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTING.—In determining
                                                      whether a plan meets the requirements of subsection (k)(3)(A)(ii) for a
                                                      plan year, the plan may apply the requirements of such subsection sep-
                                                      arately with respect to all employees who receive matching contribu-
                                                      tions described in paragraph (4)(A)(iii) for the plan year.
                                                   ‘‘(C) EMPLOYER MAY RELY ON EMPLOYEE CERTIFICATION.—The employer
                                                may rely on an employee certification of payment under paragraph
                                                (4)(D)(ii).’’.
                                        (d) SIMPLE RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS.—Section 408(p)(2) of such Code is amended
                                      by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                   ‘‘(F) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS FOR QUALIFIED STUDENT LOAN PAY-
                                                MENTS.—
                                                         ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Subject to the rules of clause (iii), an arrangement
                                                      shall not fail to be treated as meeting the requirements of subpara-
                                                      graph (A)(iii) solely because under the arrangement, solely for purposes
                                                      of such subparagraph, qualified student loan payments are treated as
                                                      amounts elected by the employee under subparagraph (A)(i)(I) to the
                                                      extent such payments do not exceed—
                                                                ‘‘(I) the applicable dollar amount under subparagraph (E) (after
                                                             application of section 414(v)) for the year (or, if lesser, the employ-
                                                             ee’s compensation (as defined in section 415(c)(3)) for the year), re-
                                                             duced by
                                                                ‘‘(II) any other amounts elected by the employee under subpara-
                                                             graph (A)(i)(I) for the year.
                                                         ‘‘(ii) QUALIFIED STUDENT LOAN PAYMENT.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                      paragraph—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          12
                                                              ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified student loan payment’
                                                           means a payment made by an employee in repayment of a qualified
                                                           education loan (as defined in section 221(d)(1)) incurred by the em-
                                                           ployee to pay qualified higher education expenses, but only if the
                                                           employee certifies to the employer making the matching contribu-
                                                           tion that such payment has been made on such a loan.
                                                              ‘‘(II) QUALIFIED HIGHER EDUCATION EXPENSES.—The term ‘quali-
                                                           fied higher education expenses’ has the same meaning as when
                                                           used in section 401(m)(4)(D).
                                                       ‘‘(iii) APPLICABLE RULES.—Clause (i) shall apply to an arrangement
                                                     only if, under the arrangement—
                                                              ‘‘(I) matching contributions on account of qualified student loan
                                                           payments are provided only on behalf of employees otherwise eligi-
                                                           ble to elect contributions under subparagraph (A)(i)(I), and
                                                              ‘‘(II) all employees otherwise eligible to participate in the ar-
                                                           rangement are eligible to receive matching contributions on ac-
                                                           count of qualified student loan payments.’’.
                                         (e) 403(b) PLANS.—Section 403(b)(12)(A) of such Code is amended by adding at the
                                      end the following: ‘‘The fact that the employer offers matching contributions on ac-
                                      count of qualified student loan payments as described in section 401(m)(13) shall not
                                      be taken into account in determining whether the arrangement satisfies the require-
                                      ments of clause (ii) (and any regulation thereunder).’’.
                                         (f) 457(b) PLANS.—Section 457(b) of such Code is amended by adding at the end
                                      the following: ‘‘A plan which is established and maintained by an employer which
                                      is described in subsection (e)(1)(A) shall not be treated as failing to meet the re-
                                      quirements of this subsection solely because the plan, or another plan maintained
                                      by the employer which meets the requirements of section 401(a) or 403(b), provides
                                      for matching contributions on account of qualified student loan payments as de-
                                      scribed in section 401(m)(13).’’.
                                         (g) REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—The Secretary shall prescribe regulations for pur-
                                      poses of implementing the amendments made by this section, including regula-
                                      tions—
                                              (1) permitting a plan to make matching contributions for qualified student
                                            loan payments, as defined in sections 401(m)(4)(D) and 408(p)(2)(F) of the Inter-
                                            nal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by this section, at a different frequency
                                            than matching contributions are otherwise made under the plan, provided that
                                            the frequency is not less than annually;
                                              (2) permitting employers to establish reasonable procedures to claim matching
                                            contributions for such qualified student loan payments under the plan, includ-
                                            ing an annual deadline (not earlier than 3 months after the close of each plan
                                            year) by which a claim must be made; and
                                              (3) promulgating model amendments which plans may adopt to implement
                                            matching contributions on such qualified student loan payments for purposes of
                                            sections 401(m), 408(p), 403(b), and 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                            1986.
                                         (h) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to con-
                                      tributions made for plan years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 110. APPLICATION OF CREDIT FOR SMALL EMPLOYER PENSION PLAN STARTUP COSTS
                                                 TO EMPLOYERS WHICH JOIN AN EXISTING PLAN.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 45E(d)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is
                                      amended by striking ‘‘effective’’ and inserting ‘‘effective with respect to the eligible
                                      employer’’.
                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section shall apply to eligible
                                      employer plans which become effective with respect to the eligible employer after
                                      the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 111. MILITARY SPOUSE RETIREMENT PLAN ELIGIBILITY CREDIT FOR SMALL EMPLOY-
                                                 ERS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart D of part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1 of the Inter-
                                      nal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following new sec-
                                      tion:
                                      ‘‘SEC. 45U. MILITARY SPOUSE RETIREMENT PLAN ELIGIBILITY CREDIT FOR SMALL EMPLOY-
                                                  ERS.
                                        ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of section 38, in the case of any eligible small em-
                                      ployer, the military spouse retirement plan eligibility credit determined under this
                                      section for any taxable year is an amount equal to the sum of—
                                              ‘‘(1) $250 with respect to each military spouse who is an employee of such em-
                                           ployer and who is eligible to participate in an eligible defined contribution plan
                                           of such employer at any time during such taxable year, plus




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                               13
                                                ‘‘(2) so much of the contributions made by such employer to all such plans
                                             with respect to such employee during such taxable year as do not exceed $250.
                                         ‘‘(b) LIMITATION.—An individual shall only be taken into account as a military
                                      spouse under subsection (a) for the taxable year which includes the date on which
                                      such individual began participating in the eligible defined contribution plan of the
                                      employer and the 2 succeeding taxable years.
                                         ‘‘(c) ELIGIBLE SMALL EMPLOYER.—For purposes of this section—
                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘eligible small employer’ means an eligible em-
                                             ployer (as defined in section 408(p)(2)(C)(i)(I)).
                                                ‘‘(2) APPLICATION OF 2-YEAR GRACE PERIOD.—A rule similar to the rule of sec-
                                             tion 408(p)(2)(C)(i)(II) shall apply for purposes of this section.
                                         ‘‘(d) MILITARY SPOUSE.—For purposes of this section—
                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘military spouse’ means, with respect to any em-
                                             ployer, any individual who is married (within the meaning of section 7703 as
                                             of the first date that the employee is employed by the employer) to an indi-
                                             vidual who is a member of the uniformed services (as defined section 101(a)(5)
                                             of title 10, United States Code). For purposes of this section, an employer may
                                             rely on an employee’s certification that such employee’s spouse is a member of
                                             the uniformed services if such certification provides the name, rank, and service
                                             branch of such spouse.
                                                ‘‘(2) EXCLUSION OF HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES.—With respect to any
                                             employer, the term ‘military spouse’ shall not include any individual if such in-
                                             dividual is a highly compensated employee of such employer (within the mean-
                                             ing of section 414(q)).
                                         ‘‘(e) ELIGIBLE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN.—For purposes of this section, the
                                      term ‘eligible defined contribution plan’ means, with respect to any eligible small
                                      employer, any defined contribution plan (as defined in section 414(i)) of such em-
                                      ployer if, under the terms of such plan—
                                                ‘‘(1) military spouses employed by such employer are eligible to participate in
                                             such plan not later than the date which is 2 months after the date on which
                                             such individual begins employment with such employer, and
                                                ‘‘(2) military spouses who are eligible to participate in such plan—
                                                      ‘‘(A) are immediately eligible to receive an amount of employer contribu-
                                                   tions under such plan which is not less the amount of such contributions
                                                   that a similarly situated participant who is not a military spouse would be
                                                   eligible to receive under such plan after 2 years of service, and
                                                      ‘‘(B) immediately have a nonforfeitable right to the employee’s accrued
                                                   benefit derived from employer contributions under such plan.
                                         ‘‘(f) AGGREGATION RULE.—All persons treated as a single employer under sub-
                                      section (b), (c), (m) or (o) of section 414 shall be treated as one employer for purposes
                                      of this section.’’.
                                         (b) CREDIT ALLOWED AS PART OF GENERAL BUSINESS CREDIT.—Section 38(b) of
                                      such Code is amended by striking ‘‘plus’’ at the end of paragraph (32), by striking
                                      the period at the end of paragraph (33) and inserting ‘‘, plus’’, and by adding at the
                                      end the following new paragraph:
                                                ‘‘(34) in the case of an eligible small employer (as defined in section 45U(c)),
                                             the military spouse retirement plan eligibility credit determined under section
                                             45U(a).’’.
                                         (c) SPECIFIED CREDIT FOR PURPOSES OF CERTIFIED PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZA-
                                      TIONS.—Section 3511(d)(2) of such Code is amended by redesignating subparagraphs
                                      (F), (G), and (H) as subparagraphs (G), (H), and (I), respectively, and by inserting
                                      after subparagraph (E) the following new subparagraph:
                                                      ‘‘(F) section 45U (military spouse retirement plan eligibility credit),’’.
                                         (d) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for subpart D of part IV of sub-
                                      chapter A of chapter 1 of such Code is amended by adding at the end the following
                                      new item:
                                      ‘‘Sec. 45U. Military spouse retirement plan eligibility credit for small employers.’’.

                                        (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 112. SMALL IMMEDIATE FINANCIAL INCENTIVES FOR CONTRIBUTING TO A PLAN.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (A) of section 401(k)(4) of the Internal Revenue
                                      Code of 1986 is amended by inserting ‘‘(other than a de minimis financial incentive)’’
                                      after ‘‘any other benefit’’.
                                        (b) SECTION 403(b) PLANS.—Subparagraph (A) of section 403(b)(12) of such Code,
                                      as amended by the preceding provisions of this Act, is further amended by adding
                                      at the end the following: ‘‘A plan shall not fail to satisfy clause (ii) solely by reason
                                      of offering a de minimis financial incentive to employees to elect to have the em-
                                      ployer make contributions pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000      Frm 00015     Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6621    E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          14
                                        (c) EXEMPTION FROM PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES.—Subsection (d) of section
                                      4975 of such Code is amended by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of paragraph (22), by strik-
                                      ing the period at the end of paragraph (23) and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and by adding at
                                      the end the following new paragraph:
                                             ‘‘(24) the provision of a de minimis financial incentive described in section
                                           401(k)(4)(A) or 403(b)(12)(A).’’.
                                        (d) AMENDMENT OF EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974.—Sub-
                                      section (b) of section 408 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
                                      (29 U.S.C. 1108(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                             ‘‘(21) The provision of a de minimis financial incentive described in section
                                           401(k)(4)(A) or 403(b)(12)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.’’.
                                        (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply with re-
                                      spect to plan years beginning after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 113. SAFE HARBOR FOR CORRECTIONS OF EMPLOYEE ELECTIVE DEFERRAL FAILURES.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended
                                      by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                        ‘‘(aa) CORRECTING AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ERRORS.—
                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Any plan or arrangement shall not fail to be treated as a
                                           plan described in sections 401(a), 403(b), 408, or 457(b), as applicable, solely by
                                           reason of a corrected error.
                                              ‘‘(2) CORRECTED ERROR DEFINED.—For purposes of this subsection, the term
                                           ‘corrected error’ means a reasonable administrative error in implementing an
                                           automatic enrollment or automatic escalation feature in accordance with the
                                           terms of an eligible automatic contribution arrangement (as defined under sub-
                                           section (w)(3)), provided that such implementation error—
                                                    ‘‘(A) is corrected by the date that is 91⁄2 months after the end of the plan
                                                 year during which the failure occurred,
                                                    ‘‘(B) is corrected in a manner that is favorable to the participant, and
                                                    ‘‘(C) is of a type which is so corrected for all similarly situated partici-
                                                 pants in a nondiscriminatory manner.
                                           Such correction may occur before or after the participant has terminated em-
                                           ployment and may occur without regard to whether the error is identified by
                                           the Secretary.
                                              ‘‘(3) REGULATIONS AND GUIDANCE FOR FAVORABLE CORRECTION METHODS.—The
                                           Secretary shall, by regulations or other guidance of general applicability, specify
                                           the correction methods that are in a manner favorable to the participant for
                                           purposes of paragraph (2)(B).’’.
                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section shall apply with re-
                                      spect to any errors with respect to which the date referred to in section 414(aa) (as
                                      added by this section) is after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 114. ONE-YEAR REDUCTION IN PERIOD OF SERVICE REQUIREMENT FOR LONG-TERM,
                                                PART-TIME WORKERS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(k)(2)(D)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is
                                      amended by striking ‘‘3’’ and inserting ‘‘2’’.
                                         (b) CLARIFICATION OF PRIOR SERVICE FOR PURPOSES OF VESTING RULES.—Section
                                      112(b) of the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019
                                      is amended by striking ‘‘section 401(k)(2)(D)(ii)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraphs (2)(D)(ii)
                                      and (15)(B)(iii) of section 401(k)’’.
                                         (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall take effect as
                                      if included in the enactment of section 112 of the Setting Every Community Up for
                                      Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019.
                                      SEC. 115. FINDINGS RELATING TO S CORPORATION ESOPs.
                                           Congress finds the following:
                                                (1) On January 1, 1998, nearly 25 years after the Employee Retirement In-
                                             come Security Act of 1974 was enacted and the employee stock ownership plan
                                             (hereafter in this section referred to as an ‘‘ESOP’’) was created, employees were
                                             first permitted to be owners of subchapter S corporations pursuant to the Small
                                             Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (Public Law 104–188).
                                                (2) With the passage of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (Public Law 105–34),
                                             Congress designed incentives to encourage businesses to become ESOP-owned
                                             S corporations.
                                                (3) Since that time, several thousand companies have become ESOP-owned S
                                             corporations, creating an ownership interest for several million Americans in
                                             companies in every State in the country, in industries ranging from heavy man-
                                             ufacturing to construction and contracting to services.
                                                (4) Every United States worker who is an employee-owner of an S corporation
                                             company through an ESOP has a valuable qualified retirement savings account.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          15
                                              (5) Recent studies have shown that employees of ESOP-owned S corporations
                                            enjoy greater job stability, wages and benefits than employees of comparable
                                            companies; and ESOP companies are better able to weather economic
                                            downturns.
                                              (6) Studies also show that employee-owners of S corporation ESOP companies
                                            have amassed meaningful retirement savings through their ESOP accounts that
                                            will give them the means to retire with dignity.
                                              (7) It is the goal of Congress to preserve and foster employee ownership of
                                            S corporations through ESOPs.

                                                 TITLE II—PRESERVATION OF INCOME
                                      SEC. 201. REMOVE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION BARRIERS FOR LIFE ANNUITIES.
                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is
                                      amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                 ‘‘(J) CERTAIN INCREASES IN PAYMENTS UNDER A COMMERCIAL ANNUITY.—
                                              Nothing in this section shall prohibit a commercial annuity (within the
                                              meaning of section 3405(e)(6)) that is issued in connection with any eligible
                                              retirement plan (within the meaning of section 402(c)(8)(B), other than a
                                              defined benefit plan) from providing one or more of the following types of
                                              payments on or after the annuity starting date:
                                                       ‘‘(i) annuity payments that increase by a constant percentage, applied
                                                    not less frequently than annually, at a rate that is less than 5 percent
                                                    per year,
                                                       ‘‘(ii) a lump sum payment that—
                                                              ‘‘(I) results in a shortening of the payment period with respect
                                                           to an annuity or a full or partial commutation of the future annuity
                                                           payments, provided that such lump sum is determined using rea-
                                                           sonable actuarial methods and assumptions, as determined in good
                                                           faith by the issuer of the contract, or
                                                              ‘‘(II) accelerates the receipt of annuity payments that are sched-
                                                           uled to be received within the ensuing 12 months, regardless of
                                                           whether such acceleration shortens the payment period with re-
                                                           spect to the annuity, reduces the dollar amount of benefits to be
                                                           paid under the contract, or results in a suspension of annuity pay-
                                                           ments during the period being accelerated,
                                                       ‘‘(iii) an amount which is in the nature of a dividend or similar dis-
                                                    tribution, provided that the issuer of the contract determines such
                                                    amount based on a reasonable comparison of the actuarial factors as-
                                                    sumed when calculating the initial annuity payments and the issuer’s
                                                    experience with respect to those factors, or
                                                       ‘‘(iv) a final payment upon death that does not exceed the excess of
                                                    the total amount of the consideration paid for the annuity payments,
                                                    less the aggregate amount of prior distributions or payments from or
                                                    under the contract.’’.
                                       (b) REGULATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT.—
                                            (1) REGULATIONS.—By the date that is one year after the date of enactment
                                         of this Act, the Secretary of the Treasury shall amend the regulation issued by
                                         the Department of the Treasury relating to ‘‘Required Distributions from Retire-
                                         ment Plans,’’ 69 Fed. Reg. 33288 (June 15, 2004), and make any corresponding
                                         amendments to other regulations, in order to—
                                                 (A) conform such regulations to subsection (a), including by eliminating
                                              the types of payments described in subsection (a) from the scope of the re-
                                              quirement in Q&A–14(c) of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)–6 that
                                              the total future expected payments must exceed the total value being
                                              annuitized;
                                                 (B) amend Q&A–14(c) of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)–6 to pro-
                                              vide that a commercial annuity that provides an initial payment that is at
                                              least equal to the initial payment that would be required from an individual
                                              account pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)–5 will be
                                              deemed to satisfy the requirement in Q&A–14(c) of Treasury Regulation
                                              section 1.401(a)(9)–6 that the total future expected payments must exceed
                                              the total value being annuitized; and
                                                 (C) amend Q&A–14(e)(3) of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)–6 to
                                              provide that the total future expected payments under a commercial annu-
                                              ity are determined using the tables or other actuarial assumptions that the
                                              issuer of the contract actually uses in pricing the premiums and benefits




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          16
                                                 with respect to the contract, provided that such tables or other actuarial as-
                                                 sumptions are reasonable.
                                              (2) ENFORCEMENT.—As of the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of
                                            the Treasury shall administer and enforce the law in accordance with sub-
                                            sections (a) and (b).
                                         (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—This section shall take effect on the date of the enactment
                                      of this Act.
                                      SEC. 202. QUALIFYING LONGEVITY ANNUITY CONTRACTS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than the date which is 1 year after the date of the
                                      enactment of this Act, the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary’s delegate
                                      (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘‘Secretary’’) shall amend the regulation
                                      issued by the Department of the Treasury relating to ‘‘Longevity Annuity Contracts’’
                                      (79 Fed. Reg. 37633 (July 2, 2014)), as follows:
                                              (1) REPEAL 25-PERCENT PREMIUM LIMIT.—The Secretary shall amend Q&A–
                                           17(b)(3) of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)–6 and Q&A–12(b)(3) of
                                           Treasury Regulation section 1.408–8 to eliminate the requirement that pre-
                                           miums for qualifying longevity annuity contracts be limited to a percentage of
                                           an individual’s account balance, and to make such corresponding changes to the
                                           regulations and related forms as are necessary to reflect the elimination of this
                                           requirement.
                                              (2) FACILITATE JOINT AND SURVIVOR BENEFITS.—The Secretary shall amend
                                           Q&A–17(c) of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)–6, and make such cor-
                                           responding changes to the regulations and related forms as are necessary, to
                                           provide that, in the case of a qualifying longevity annuity contract which was
                                           purchased with joint and survivor annuity benefits for the individual and the
                                           individual’s spouse which were permissible under the regulations at the time
                                           the contract was originally purchased, a divorce occurring after the original pur-
                                           chase and before the annuity payments commence under the contract will not
                                           affect the permissibility of the joint and survivor annuity benefits or other bene-
                                           fits under the contract, or require any adjustment to the amount or duration
                                           of benefits payable under the contract, provided that any qualified domestic re-
                                           lations order (within the meaning of section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue
                                           Code of 1986) or any divorce or separation instrument (as defined in subsection
                                           (b))—
                                                   (A) provides that the former spouse is entitled to the survivor benefits
                                                under the contract;
                                                   (B) does not modify the treatment of the former spouse as the beneficiary
                                                under the contract who is entitled to the survivor benefits; or
                                                   (C) does not modify the treatment of the former spouse as the measuring
                                                life for the survivor benefits under the contract.
                                              (3) PERMIT SHORT FREE LOOK PERIOD.—The Secretary shall amend Q&A–
                                           17(a)(4) of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)–6 to ensure that such Q&A
                                           does not preclude a contract from including a provision under which an em-
                                           ployee may rescind the purchase of the contract within a period not exceeding
                                           90 days from the date of purchase.
                                        (b) DIVORCE OR SEPARATION INSTRUMENT.—For purposes of subsection (a)(2), the
                                      term ‘‘divorce or separation instrument’’ means—
                                              (1) a decree of divorce or separate maintenance or a written instrument inci-
                                           dent to such a decree,
                                              (2) a written separation agreement, or
                                              (3) a decree (not described in paragraph (1)) requiring a spouse to make pay-
                                           ments for the support or maintenance of the other spouse.
                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATES, ENFORCEMENT, AND INTERPRETATIONS.—
                                              (1) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
                                                   (A) Paragraph (1) of subsection (a) shall be effective with respect to con-
                                                tracts purchased or received in an exchange on or after the date of the en-
                                                actment of this Act.
                                                   (B) Paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (a) shall be effective with respect
                                                to contracts purchased or received in an exchange on or after July 2, 2014.
                                              (2) ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATIONS.—Prior to the date on which the Sec-
                                           retary issues final regulations pursuant to subsection (a)—
                                                   (A) the Secretary (or delegate) shall administer and enforce the law in ac-
                                                cordance with subsection (a) and the effective dates in paragraph (1) of this
                                                subsection; and
                                                   (B) taxpayers may rely upon their reasonable good faith interpretations
                                                of subsection (a).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           17
                                      SEC. 203. INSURANCE-DEDICATED EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than the date which is 7 years after the date of the
                                      enactment of this Act, the Secretary of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate)
                                      shall amend the regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury relating to
                                      ‘‘Income Tax; Diversification Requirements for Variable Annuity, Endowment, and
                                      Life Insurance Contracts’’, 54 Fed. Reg. 8728 (March 2, 1989), and make any nec-
                                      essary corresponding amendments to other regulations, in order to facilitate the use
                                      of exchange-traded funds as investment options under variable contracts within the
                                      meaning of section 817(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, in accordance with
                                      subsections (b) and (c) of this section.
                                         (b) DESIGNATE CERTAIN AUTHORIZED PARTICIPANTS AND MARKET MAKERS AS ELI-
                                      GIBLE INVESTORS.—The Secretary of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall
                                      amend Treas. Reg. section 1.817–5(f)(3) to provide that satisfaction of the require-
                                      ments in Treas. Reg. section 1.817–5(f)(2)(i) with respect to an exchange-traded fund
                                      shall not be prevented by reason of beneficial interests in such a fund being held
                                      by 1 or more authorized participants or market makers.
                                         (c) DEFINE RELEVANT TERMS.—In amending Treas. Reg. section 1.817–5(f)(3) in
                                      accordance with subsections (b) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury (or the
                                      Secretary’s delegate) shall provide definitions consistent with the following:
                                               (1) EXCHANGE-TRADED FUND.—The term ‘‘exchange-traded fund’’ means a reg-
                                            ulated investment company, partnership, or trust—
                                                    (A) that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
                                                 an open-end investment company or a unit investment trust;
                                                    (B) the shares of which can be purchased or redeemed directly from the
                                                 fund only by an authorized participant; and
                                                    (C) the shares of which are traded throughout the day on a national stock
                                                 exchange at market prices that may or may not be the same as the net
                                                 asset value of the shares.
                                               (2) AUTHORIZED PARTICIPANT.—The term ‘‘authorized participant’’ means a fi-
                                            nancial institution that is a member or participant of a clearing agency reg-
                                            istered under section 17A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that enters
                                            into a contractual relationship with an exchange-traded fund pursuant to which
                                            the financial institution is permitted to purchase and redeem shares directly
                                            from the fund and to sell such shares to third parties, but only if the contrac-
                                            tual arrangement or applicable law precludes the financial institution from—
                                                    (A) purchasing the shares for its own investment purposes rather than
                                                 for the exclusive purpose of creating and redeeming such shares on behalf
                                                 of third parties; and
                                                    (B) selling the shares to third parties who are not market makers or oth-
                                                 erwise described in Treas. Reg. section 1.817–5(f) (1) and (3).
                                               (3) MARKET MAKER.—The term ‘‘market maker’’ means a financial institution
                                            that is a registered broker or dealer under section 15(b) of the Securities Ex-
                                            change Act of 1934 that maintains liquidity for an exchange-traded fund on a
                                            national stock exchange by being always ready to buy and sell shares of such
                                            fund on the market, but only if the financial institution is contractually or le-
                                            gally precluded from selling or buying such shares to or from persons who are
                                            not authorized participants or otherwise described in Treas. Reg. section 1.817–
                                            5(f) (2) and (3).
                                         (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Subsections (b) and (c) shall apply to segregated asset ac-
                                      count investments made on or after the date that is 7 years after the date of the
                                      enactment of this Act.

                                            TITLE III—SIMPLIFICATION AND
                                      CLARIFICATION OF RETIREMENT PLAN RULES
                                      SEC. 301. RECOVERY OF RETIREMENT PLAN OVERPAYMENTS.
                                           (a) OVERPAYMENTS UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986.—
                                                 (1) QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.—Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                              of 1986, as amended by the preceding provisions of this Act, is further amended
                                              by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                           ‘‘(bb) SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO BENEFIT OVERPAYMENTS.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A plan shall not fail to be treated as described in clause
                                              (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of section 219(g)(5)(A) (and shall not fail to be treated as
                                              satisfying the requirements of section 401(a) or 403) merely because—
                                                       ‘‘(A) the plan fails to obtain payment from any participant, beneficiary,
                                                    employer, plan sponsor, fiduciary, or other party on account of any inad-
                                                    vertent benefit overpayment made by the plan, or




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          18
                                                     ‘‘(B) the plan sponsor amends the plan to increase past or future benefit
                                                  payments to affected participants and beneficiaries in order to adjust for
                                                  prior inadvertent benefit overpayments.
                                               ‘‘(2) REDUCTION IN FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS AND RECOVERY FROM RESPON-
                                            SIBLE PARTY.—Paragraph (1) shall not fail to apply to a plan merely because,
                                            after discovering a benefit overpayment, such plan—
                                                     ‘‘(A) reduces future benefit payments to the correct amount provided for
                                                  under the terms of the plan, or
                                                     ‘‘(B) seeks recovery from the person or persons responsible for such over-
                                                  payment.
                                               ‘‘(3) EMPLOYER FUNDING OBLIGATIONS.—Nothing in this subsection shall re-
                                            lieve an employer of any obligation imposed on it to make contributions to a
                                            plan to meet the minimum funding standards under sections 412 and 430 or
                                            to prevent or restore an impermissible forfeiture in accordance with section 411.
                                               ‘‘(4) OBSERVANCE OF BENEFIT LIMITATIONS.—Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a
                                            plan to which paragraph (1) applies shall observe any limitations imposed on
                                            it by section 401(a)(17) or 415. The plan may enforce such limitations using any
                                            method approved by the Secretary for recouping benefits previously paid or allo-
                                            cations previously made in excess of such limitations.
                                               ‘‘(5) COORDINATION WITH OTHER QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.—The Sec-
                                            retary may issue regulations or other guidance of general applicability speci-
                                            fying how benefit overpayments and their recoupment or non-recoupment from
                                            a participant or beneficiary shall be taken into account for purposes of satis-
                                            fying any requirement applicable to a plan to which paragraph (1) applies.’’.
                                               (2) ROLLOVERS.—Section 402(c) of such Code is amended by adding at the end
                                            the following new paragraph:
                                               ‘‘(12) In the case of an inadvertent benefit overpayment from a plan to which
                                            section 414(bb)(1) applies which is transferred to an eligible retirement plan by
                                            or on behalf of a participant or beneficiary—
                                                     ‘‘(A) the portion of such overpayment with respect to which recoupment
                                                  is not sought on behalf of the plan shall be treated as having been paid in
                                                  an eligible rollover distribution if the payment would have been an eligible
                                                  rollover distribution but for being an overpayment, and
                                                     ‘‘(B) the portion of such overpayment with respect to which recoupment
                                                  is sought on behalf of the plan shall be permitted to be returned to such
                                                  plan and in such case shall be treated as an eligible rollover distribution
                                                  transferred to such plan by the participant or beneficiary who received such
                                                  overpayment (and the plans making and receiving such transfer shall be
                                                  treated as permitting such transfer).
                                            In any case in which recoupment is sought on behalf of the plan but is disputed
                                            by the participant or beneficiary who received such overpayment, such dispute
                                            shall be subject to the claims and appeals procedures of the plan that made
                                            such overpayment, such plan shall notify the plan receiving the rollover of such
                                            dispute, and the plan receiving the rollover shall retain such overpayment on
                                            behalf of the participant or beneficiary (and shall be entitled to treat such over-
                                            payment as plan assets) pending the outcome of such procedures.’’.
                                         (b) OVERPAYMENTS UNDER ERISA.—Section 206 of the Employee Retirement In-
                                      come Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1056) is amended by adding at the end the
                                      following new subsection:
                                         ‘‘(h) SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO BENEFIT OVERPAYMENTS.—
                                               ‘‘(1) GENERAL RULE.—In the case of an inadvertent benefit overpayment by
                                            any pension plan, the responsible plan fiduciary shall not be considered to have
                                            failed to comply with the requirements of this title merely because such fidu-
                                            ciary determines, in the exercise of its fiduciary discretion, not to seek recovery
                                            of all or part of such overpayment from—
                                                     ‘‘(A) any participant or beneficiary,
                                                     ‘‘(B) any plan sponsor of, or contributing employer to—
                                                           ‘‘(i) an individual account plan, provided that the amount needed to
                                                        prevent or restore any impermissible forfeiture from any participant’s
                                                        or beneficiary’s account arising in connection with the overpayment is,
                                                        separately from and independently of the overpayment, allocated to
                                                        such account pursuant to the nonforfeitability requirements of section
                                                        203 (for example, out of the plan’s forfeiture account, additional em-
                                                        ployer contributions, or recoveries from those responsible for the over-
                                                        payment), or
                                                           ‘‘(ii) a defined benefit pension plan subject to the funding rules in
                                                        part 3 of this subtitle B, unless the responsible plan fiduciary deter-
                                                        mines, in the exercise of its fiduciary discretion, that failure to recover
                                                        all or part of the overpayment faster than required under such funding




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          19
                                                        rules would materially affect the plan’s ability to pay benefits due to
                                                        other participants and beneficiaries, or
                                                     ‘‘(C) any fiduciary of the plan, other than a fiduciary (including a plan
                                                  sponsor or contributing employer acting in a fiduciary capacity) whose
                                                  breach of its fiduciary duties resulted in such overpayment, provided that
                                                  if the plan has established prudent procedures to prevent and minimize
                                                  overpayment of benefits and the relevant plan fiduciaries have followed
                                                  such procedures, an inadvertent benefit overpayment will not give rise to
                                                  a breach of fiduciary duty.
                                               ‘‘(2) REDUCTION IN FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS AND RECOVERY FROM RESPON-
                                            SIBLE PARTY.—Paragraph (1) shall not fail to apply with respect to any inad-
                                            vertent benefit overpayment merely because, after discovering such overpay-
                                            ment, the responsible plan fiduciary—
                                                     ‘‘(A) reduces future benefit payments to the correct amount provided for
                                                  under the terms of the plan, or
                                                     ‘‘(B) seeks recovery from the person or persons responsible for the over-
                                                  payment.
                                               ‘‘(3) EMPLOYER FUNDING OBLIGATIONS.—Nothing in this subsection shall re-
                                            lieve an employer of any obligation imposed on it to make contributions to a
                                            plan to meet the minimum funding standards under part 3 of this subtitle B
                                            or to prevent or restore an impermissible forfeiture in accordance with section
                                            203.
                                               ‘‘(4) RECOUPMENT FROM PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES.—If the responsible
                                            plan fiduciary, in the exercise of its fiduciary discretion, decides to seek
                                            recoupment from a participant or beneficiary of all or part of an inadvertent
                                            benefit overpayment made by the plan to such participant or beneficiary, it may
                                            do so, subject to the following conditions:
                                                     ‘‘(A) No interest or other additional amounts (such as collection costs or
                                                  fees) are sought on overpaid amounts.
                                                     ‘‘(B) If the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a non-decreasing
                                                  periodic benefit by reducing future benefit payments—
                                                           ‘‘(i) the reduction ceases after the plan has recovered the full dollar
                                                        amount of the overpayment,
                                                           ‘‘(ii) the amount recouped each calendar year does not exceed 10 per-
                                                        cent of the full dollar amount of the overpayment, and
                                                           ‘‘(iii) future benefit payments are not reduced to below 90 percent of
                                                        the periodic amount otherwise payable under the terms of the plan.
                                                  Alternatively, if the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a non-de-
                                                  creasing periodic benefit through one or more installment payments, the
                                                  sum of such installment payments in any calendar year does not exceed the
                                                  sum of the reductions that would be permitted in such year under the pre-
                                                  ceding sentence.
                                                     ‘‘(C) If the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a benefit other than
                                                  a non-decreasing periodic benefit, the plan satisfies requirements developed
                                                  by the Secretary of the Treasury for purposes of this subparagraph.
                                                     ‘‘(D) Efforts to recoup overpayments are not made through a collection
                                                  agency or similar third party and such efforts are not accompanied by
                                                  threats of litigation, unless the responsible plan fiduciary reasonably be-
                                                  lieves it could prevail in a civil action brought in Federal or State court to
                                                  recoup the overpayments.
                                                     ‘‘(E) Recoupment of past overpayments to a participant is not sought from
                                                  any beneficiary of the participant, including a spouse, surviving spouse,
                                                  former spouse, or other beneficiary.
                                                     ‘‘(F) Recoupment may not be sought if the first overpayment occurred
                                                  more than 3 years before the participant or beneficiary is first notified in
                                                  writing of the error.
                                                     ‘‘(G) A participant or beneficiary from whom recoupment is sought is enti-
                                                  tled to contest all or part of the recoupment pursuant to the plan’s claims
                                                  and appeals procedures.
                                                     ‘‘(H) In determining the amount of recoupment to seek, the responsible
                                                  plan fiduciary may take into account the hardship that recoupment likely
                                                  would impose on the participant or beneficiary.
                                               ‘‘(5) EFFECT OF CULPABILITY.—Subparagraphs (A) through (F) of paragraph (4)
                                            shall not apply to protect a participant or beneficiary who is culpable. For pur-
                                            poses of this paragraph, a participant or beneficiary is culpable if the individual
                                            bears responsibility for the overpayment (such as through misrepresentations or
                                            omissions that led to the overpayment), or if the individual knew, or had good
                                            reason to know under the circumstances, that the benefit payment or payments
                                            were materially in excess of the correct amount. Notwithstanding the preceding




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          20
                                            sentence, an individual is not culpable merely because the individual believed
                                            the benefit payment or payments were or might be in excess of the correct
                                            amount, if the individual raised that question with an authorized plan rep-
                                            resentative and was told the payment or payments were not in excess of the
                                            correct amount. With respect to a culpable participant or beneficiary, efforts to
                                            recoup overpayments shall not be made through threats of litigation, unless a
                                            lawyer for the plan could make the representations required under Rule 11 of
                                            the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure if the litigation were brought in Federal
                                            court.’’.
                                         (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply as of the
                                      date of the enactment of this Act.
                                         (d) CERTAIN ACTIONS BEFORE DATE OF ENACTMENT.—Plans, fiduciaries, employ-
                                      ers, and plan sponsors are entitled to rely on—
                                              (1) a good faith interpretation of then existing administrative guidance for in-
                                            advertent benefit overpayment recoupments and recoveries that commenced be-
                                            fore the date of enactment of this Act, and
                                              (2) determinations made before such date of enactment by the responsible
                                            plan fiduciary, in the exercise of its fiduciary discretion, not to seek recoupment
                                            or recovery of all or part of an inadvertent benefit overpayment.
                                      In the case of a benefit overpayment that occurred prior to the date of enactment
                                      of this Act, any installment payments by the participant or beneficiary to the plan
                                      or any reduction in periodic benefit payments to the participant or beneficiary,
                                      which were made in recoupment of such overpayment and which commenced prior
                                      to such date, may continue after such date. Nothing in this subsection shall relieve
                                      a fiduciary from responsibility for an overpayment that resulted from a breach of
                                      its fiduciary duties.
                                      SEC. 302. REDUCTION IN EXCISE TAX ON CERTAIN ACCUMULATIONS IN QUALIFIED RETIRE-
                                                 MENT PLANS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 4974(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amend-
                                      ed by striking ‘‘50 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘25 percent’’.
                                        (b) REDUCTION IN EXCISE TAX ON FAILURES TO TAKE REQUIRED MINIMUM DIS-
                                      TRIBUTIONS.—Section 4974 of such Code is amended by adding at the end the fol-
                                      lowing new subsection:
                                        ‘‘(e) REDUCTION OF TAX IN CERTAIN CASES.—
                                               ‘‘(1) REDUCTION.—In the case of a taxpayer who—
                                                     ‘‘(A) corrects, during the correction window, a shortfall of distributions
                                                  from an individual retirement plan which resulted in imposition of a tax
                                                  under subsection (a), and
                                                     ‘‘(B) submits a return, during the correction window, reflecting such tax
                                                  (as modified by this subsection),
                                            the first sentence of subsection (a) shall be applied by substituting ‘10 percent’
                                            for ‘25 percent’.
                                               ‘‘(2) CORRECTION WINDOW.—For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘correc-
                                            tion window’ means the period of time beginning on the date on which the tax
                                            under subsection (a) is imposed with respect to a shortfall of distributions from
                                            an individual retirement plan, and ending on the earlier of—
                                                     ‘‘(A) the date on which the Secretary initiates an audit, or otherwise de-
                                                  mands payment, with respect to the shortfall of distributions, or
                                                     ‘‘(B) the last day of the second taxable year that begins after the end of
                                                  the taxable year in which the tax under subsection (a) is imposed.’’.
                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 303. PERFORMANCE BENCHMARKS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this
                                      Act, the Secretary of Labor (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall modify the regulations
                                      under section 404 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29
                                      U.S.C. 1104) to provide that, in the case of a designated investment alternative
                                      which contains a mix of asset classes, a plan administrator may, but is not required
                                      to, use a benchmark which is a blend of different broad-based securities market in-
                                      dices if—
                                              (1) the blend is reasonably representative of the asset class holdings of the
                                           designated investment alternative;
                                              (2) for purposes of determining the blend’s returns for 1-, 5-, and 10-calendar-
                                           year periods (or for the life of the alternative, if shorter), the blend is modified
                                           at least once per year to reflect changes in the asset class holdings of the des-
                                           ignated investment alternative;
                                              (3) the blend is furnished to participants and beneficiaries in a manner that
                                           is reasonably designed to be understandable and helpful; and




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          21
                                              (4) each securities market index which is used for an associated asset class
                                           would separately satisfy the requirements of such regulations for such asset
                                           class.
                                         (b) STUDY.—Not later than December 31, 2022, the Secretary of Labor (or the Sec-
                                      retary’s delegate) shall deliver a report to the Committees on Ways and Means and
                                      Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Fi-
                                      nance and Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate regarding the effec-
                                      tiveness of the benchmarking requirements under section 2550.404a–5 of title 29,
                                      Code of Federal Regulations.
                                      SEC. 304. REVIEW AND REPORT TO THE CONGRESS RELATING TO REPORTING AND DISCLO-
                                                 SURE REQUIREMENTS.
                                         (a) STUDY.—As soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of this Act, the
                                      Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Pension Benefit Guar-
                                      anty Corporation shall review the reporting and disclosure requirements of—
                                              (1) title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 applicable
                                           to pension plans (as defined in section 3(2) of such Act); and
                                              (2) the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 applicable to qualified retirement plans
                                           (as defined in section 4974(c) of such Code without regard to paragraphs (4) and
                                           (5) thereof).
                                         (b) REPORT.—Not later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of this Act,
                                      the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Pension Benefit
                                      Guaranty Corporation, jointly, and after consultation with a balanced group of par-
                                      ticipant and employer representatives, shall with respect to plans referenced in sub-
                                      section (a) report on the effectiveness of the applicable reporting and disclosure re-
                                      quirements and make such recommendations as may be appropriate to the appro-
                                      priate committees of the Congress to consolidate, simplify, standardize, and improve
                                      such requirements so as to simplify reporting for such plans and ensure that plans
                                      can simply furnish and participants and beneficiaries timely receive and better un-
                                      derstand the information they need to monitor their plans, plan for retirement, and
                                      obtain the benefits they have earned. Such report shall assess the extent to which
                                      retirement plans are retaining disclosures, work records, and plan documents that
                                      are needed to ensure accurate calculation of future benefits. To assess the effective-
                                      ness of the applicable reporting and disclosure requirements, the report shall in-
                                      clude an analysis, based on plan data, of how participants and beneficiaries are pro-
                                      viding preferred contact information, the methods by which plan sponsors and plans
                                      are furnishing disclosures, and the rate at which participants and beneficiaries
                                      (grouped by key demographics) are receiving, accessing, and retaining disclosures.
                                      The agencies shall conduct appropriate surveys and data collection to obtain any
                                      needed information.
                                      SEC. 305. ELIMINATING UNNECESSARY PLAN REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO UNENROLLED
                                                PARTICIPANTS.
                                        (a) AMENDMENT OF INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986.—Section 414 of the Inter-
                                      nal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended by the preceding provisions of this Act, is
                                      further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                        ‘‘(cc) ELIMINATING UNNECESSARY PLAN REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO UNENROLLED
                                      PARTICIPANTS.—
                                               ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, with re-
                                            spect to any defined contribution plan, no disclosure, notice, or other plan docu-
                                            ment (other than the notices and documents described in subparagraphs (A)
                                            and (B)) shall be required to be furnished under this title to any unenrolled par-
                                            ticipant if the unenrolled participant receives—
                                                     ‘‘(A) an annual reminder notice (in paper format, or in any electronic for-
                                                  mat consented to by the participant) of such participant’s eligibility to par-
                                                  ticipate in such plan and any applicable election deadlines under the plan,
                                                  and
                                                     ‘‘(B) any document requested by such participant which the participant
                                                  would be entitled to receive without regard to this subsection.
                                               ‘‘(2) UNENROLLED PARTICIPANT.—For purposes of this subsection, the term
                                            ‘unenrolled participant’ means an employee who—
                                                     ‘‘(A) is eligible to participate in a defined contribution plan,
                                                     ‘‘(B) has received all required notices, disclosures, and other plan docu-
                                                  ments required to be furnished under this title and the summary plan de-
                                                  scription as provided in section 104(b) of the Employee Retirement Income
                                                  Security Act of 1974 in connection with such participant’s initial eligibility
                                                  to participate in such plan,
                                                     ‘‘(C) is not participating in such plan, and
                                                     ‘‘(D) does not have a balance in the plan.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                            22
                                             For purposes of this subsection, any eligibility to participate in the plan fol-
                                             lowing any period for which such employee was not eligible to participate shall
                                             be treated as initial eligibility.
                                                ‘‘(3) ANNUAL REMINDER NOTICE.—For purposes of this subsection, the term
                                             ‘annual reminder notice’ means the notice described in section 111(c) of the Em-
                                             ployee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.’’.
                                           (b) AMENDMENT OF EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974.—
                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Part 1 of subtitle B of subchapter I of the Employee Retire-
                                             ment Income Security Act of 1974 is amended by redesignating section 111 as
                                             section 112 and by inserting after section 110 the following new section:
                                      ‘‘SEC. 111. ELIMINATING UNNECESSARY PLAN REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO UNENROLLED
                                                  PARTICIPANTS.
                                         ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, with respect
                                      to any individual account plan, no disclosure, notice, or other plan document (other
                                      than the notices and documents described in paragraphs (1) and (2)) shall be re-
                                      quired to be furnished under this title to any unenrolled participant if the
                                      unenrolled participant receives—
                                                ‘‘(1) an annual reminder notice of such participant’s eligibility to participate
                                             in such plan and any applicable election deadlines under the plan; and
                                                ‘‘(2) any document requested by such participant which the participant would
                                             be entitled to receive without regard to this section.
                                         ‘‘(b) UNENROLLED PARTICIPANT.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘unenrolled
                                      participant’ means an employee who—
                                                ‘‘(1) is eligible to participate in an individual account plan;
                                                ‘‘(2) has received all required notices, disclosures, and other plan documents,
                                             including the summary plan description, required to be furnished under this
                                             title in connection with such participant’s initial eligibility to participate in such
                                             plan;
                                                ‘‘(3) is not participating in such plan; and
                                                ‘‘(4) does not have a balance in the plan.
                                      For purposes of this section, any eligibility to participate in the plan following any
                                      period for which such employee was not eligible to participate shall be treated as
                                      initial eligibility.
                                         ‘‘(c) ANNUAL REMINDER NOTICE.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘annual
                                      reminder notice’ means a notice provided in accordance with section 2520.104b–1 of
                                      title 29, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation), which—
                                                ‘‘(1) is furnished in connection with the annual open season election period
                                             with respect to the plan or, if there is no such period, is furnished within a rea-
                                             sonable period prior to the beginning of each plan year;
                                                ‘‘(2) notifies the unenrolled participant of—
                                                      ‘‘(A) the unenrolled participant’s eligibility to participate in the plan; and
                                                      ‘‘(B) the key benefits under the plan and the key rights and features
                                                   under the plan affecting such benefits; and
                                                ‘‘(3) provides such information in a prominent manner calculated to be under-
                                             stood by the average participant.’’.
                                                (2) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of contents in section 1 of the Employee
                                             Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 is amended by striking the item relat-
                                             ing to section 111 and by inserting after the item relating to section 110 the
                                             following new items:
                                      ‘‘Sec. 111. Eliminating unnecessary plan requirements related to unenrolled participants.
                                      ‘‘Sec. 112. Repeal and effective date.’’.

                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 306. RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND FOUND.
                                           (a) RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND FOUND.—
                                                (1) ESTABLISHMENT.—
                                                     (A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment
                                                  of this Act, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the
                                                  Secretary of Commerce, in cooperation, shall establish an online searchable
                                                  database (to be managed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in
                                                  accordance with section 4051 of the Employee Retirement Income Security
                                                  Act of 1974) to be known as the ‘‘Retirement Savings Lost and Found’’. The
                                                  Retirement Savings Lost and Found shall—
                                                          (i) allow an individual to search for information that enables the indi-
                                                       vidual to locate the plan administrator of any plans with respect to
                                                       which the individual is or was a participant or beneficiary, and to pro-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00024    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621    E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX    HR283P1
                                                                                           23
                                                       vide contact information for the plan administrator of any plan de-
                                                       scribed in subparagraph (B);
                                                         (ii) allow the corporation to assist such an individual in locating any
                                                       plan of the individual; and
                                                         (iii) allow the corporation to make any necessary changes to contact
                                                       information on record for the plan administrator based on any changes
                                                       to the plan due to merger or consolidation of the plan with any other
                                                       plan, division of the plan into two or more plans, bankruptcy, termi-
                                                       nation, change in name of the plan, change in name or address of the
                                                       plan administrator, or other causes.
                                                  The Retirement Savings Lost and Found established under this paragraph
                                                  shall include information reported under section 4051 of the Employee Re-
                                                  tirement Income Security Act of 1974 and other relevant information ob-
                                                  tained by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
                                                     (B) PLANS DESCRIBED.—A plan described in this subparagraph is a plan
                                                  to which the vesting standards of section 203 of part 2 of subtitle B of title
                                                  I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 apply.
                                                (2) ADMINISTRATION.—The Retirement Savings Lost and Found established
                                             under paragraph (1) shall provide individuals described in paragraph (1)(A) only
                                             with the ability to view contact information for the plan administrator of any
                                             plan with respect to which the individual is or was a participant or beneficiary,
                                             sufficient to allow the individual to locate the individual’s plan in order to re-
                                             cover any benefit owing to the individual under the plan.
                                                (3) SAFEGUARDING PARTICIPANT PRIVACY AND SECURITY.—In establishing the
                                             Retirement Savings Lost and Found under paragraph (1), the Pension Benefit
                                             Guaranty Corporation, in consultation with the Secretary of Labor, the Sec-
                                             retary of Treasury, and the Secretary of Commerce, shall take all necessary and
                                             proper precautions to ensure that individuals’ plan information maintained by
                                             the Retirement Savings Lost and Found is protected and that persons other
                                             than the individual cannot fraudulently claim the benefits to which any indi-
                                             vidual is entitled, and to allow any individual to opt out of inclusion in the Re-
                                             tirement Savings Lost and Found at the election of the individual.
                                           (b) OFFICE OF THE RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND FOUND.—
                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Subtitle C of title IV of the Employee Retirement Income
                                             Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1341 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end
                                             the following:
                                      ‘‘SEC. 4051. OFFICE OF THE RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND FOUND.
                                           ‘‘(a) ESTABLISHMENT; RESPONSIBILITIES OF OFFICE.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of
                                              this section, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Treasury, and the Sec-
                                              retary of Commerce shall establish within the corporation an Office of the Re-
                                              tirement Savings Lost and Found (in this section referred to as the ‘Office’).
                                                 ‘‘(2) RESPONSIBILITIES OF OFFICE.—
                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Office shall—
                                                             ‘‘(i) carry out subsection (b) of this section;
                                                             ‘‘(ii) maintain the Retirement Savings Lost and Found established
                                                          under section 306(a) of the Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021;
                                                          and
                                                             ‘‘(iii) perform an annual audit of plan information contained in the
                                                          Retirement Savings Lost and Found and ensure that such information
                                                          is current and accurate.
                                                       ‘‘(B) OPTION TO CONTRACT.—
                                                             ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment
                                                          of this section, the corporation shall conduct an analysis of the cost ef-
                                                          fectiveness of contracting with a third party to carry out the respon-
                                                          sibilities under subparagraph (A)(iii) and, upon a determination that
                                                          such contracting would be more cost effective than carrying out such
                                                          responsibilities within the Office, the corporation may enter into such
                                                          contracts as merited by such analysis.
                                                             ‘‘(ii) REPORT.—The corporation shall report on the results of the anal-
                                                          ysis under clause (i) to the Committees on Finance and Health, Edu-
                                                          cation, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committees on Ways
                                                          and Means and Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.
                                           ‘‘(b) CERTAIN NON-RESPONSIVE PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO SMALL BENEFITS.—
                                                 ‘‘(1) GENERAL RULE.—
                                                       ‘‘(A) TRANSFER TO THE OFFICE OF THE RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND
                                                    FOUND.—The administrator of a plan that is not terminated and to which
                                                    section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 applies shall




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                               24
                                                  transfer to the Office the amount required to be transferred under section
                                                  401(a)(31)(B)(iv) of such Code for a non-responsive participant.
                                                     ‘‘(B) INFORMATION AND PAYMENT TO THE OFFICE.—Upon making a transfer
                                                  under subparagraph (A), the plan administrator shall provide such informa-
                                                  tion and certifications as the Office shall specify, including with respect to
                                                  the transferred amount and the non-responsive participant.
                                                     ‘‘(C) INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS AFTER TRANSFER.—In the event that,
                                                  after a transfer is made under subparagraph (A), the relevant non-respon-
                                                  sive participant contacts the plan administrator or the plan administrator
                                                  discovers information that may assist the Office in locating the non-respon-
                                                  sive participant, the plan administrator shall notify and provide such infor-
                                                  mation as the Office shall specify to the Office.
                                                     ‘‘(D) SEARCH AND PAYMENT BY THE OFFICE FOLLOWING TRANSFER.—The
                                                  Office shall periodically, and upon receiving information described in sub-
                                                  paragraph (C), conduct a search for the non-responsive participant for
                                                  whom the Office has received a transfer under subparagraph (A). Upon lo-
                                                  cation of a non-responsive participant who claims benefits, the Office shall
                                                  make a single payment to the non-responsive participant in an amount
                                                  equal to the sum of—
                                                           ‘‘(i) the amount transferred to the Office under subparagraph (A) for
                                                        such participant; and
                                                           ‘‘(ii) the return on the investment attributable to such amount under
                                                        section 4005(j)(3).
                                               ‘‘(2) DEFINITION.—For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘non-responsive
                                            participant’ means a participant or beneficiary of a plan described in paragraph
                                            (1)(A)—
                                                     ‘‘(A) who is entitled to a benefit subject to a mandatory transfer under
                                                  section 401(a)(31)(B)(iii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and
                                                     ‘‘(B) for whom the plan has satisfied the conditions in section
                                                  401(a)(31)(B)(iv) of such Code.
                                               ‘‘(3) REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—The Office shall prescribe such regulations as
                                            are necessary to carry out the purposes of this section, including rules relating
                                            to the amount payable to the Office and the amount to be paid by the Office.
                                        ‘‘(c) INFORMATION COLLECTION.—Within such period after the end of a plan year
                                      as the Office may by regulations prescribe, the administrator of a plan to which the
                                      vesting standards of section 203 apply shall submit the following information, and
                                      such other information as the corporation may require, to the corporation in such
                                      form as the corporation may require:
                                               ‘‘(1) The information described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of section 6057(b)
                                            of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                               ‘‘(2) The information described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (E), and (F) of sec-
                                            tion 6057(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                        ‘‘(d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The requirements of subsections (b) and (c) shall apply
                                      with respect to plan years beginning after the second December 31 occurring after
                                      the date of the enactment of this section.
                                        ‘‘(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appropriated
                                      such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.’’.
                                               (2) ESTABLISHMENT OF FUND FOR TRANSFERRED ASSETS.—Section 4005 of the
                                            Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1305) is amended
                                            by adding at the end the following:
                                        ‘‘(j)(1) A ninth fund shall be established for the payment of benefits under section
                                      4051(b)(1)(D).
                                        ‘‘(2) Such fund shall be credited with the appropriate—
                                               ‘‘(A) amounts transferred to the Office of the Retirement Savings Lost and
                                            Found under section 4051(b)(1)(A); and
                                               ‘‘(B) earnings on investments of the fund or on assets credited to the fund.
                                        ‘‘(3) Whenever the corporation determines that the moneys of any fund are in ex-
                                      cess of current needs, it may request the investment of such amounts as it deter-
                                      mines advisable by the Secretary of the Treasury in obligations issued or guaran-
                                      teed by the United States.’’.
                                               (3) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The table of contents for the Employee Retire-
                                            ment Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended by insert-
                                            ing after the matter relating to section 4050 the following:
                                      ‘‘Sec. 4051. Certain non-responsive participants entitled to small benefits.’’.

                                           (c) MANDATORY TRANSFERS OF ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.—
                                                (1) INVESTMENT OPTIONS.—
                                                     (A) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (B) of section 404(c)(3) of the Employee
                                                  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1104(c)(3)) is amended




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000      Frm 00026     Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621     E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           25
                                                  by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘, and, to the extent the Sec-
                                                  retary provides in guidance or regulations issued after the enactment of the
                                                  Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021, is made to—
                                                          ‘‘(i) a target date or life cycle fund held under such account;
                                                          ‘‘(ii) as described in section 2550.404a–2 of title 29, Code of Federal
                                                       Regulations, an investment product held under such account designed
                                                       to preserve principal and provide a reasonable rate of return;
                                                          ‘‘(iii) the Office of the Retirement Savings Lost and Found in accord-
                                                       ance with section 401(a)(31)(B)(iv) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                       1986 and section 306(c)(2)(A)(ii) of the Securing a Strong Retirement
                                                       Act of 2020; or
                                                          ‘‘(iv) such other option as the Secretary may so provide.’’.
                                                     (B) REGULATIONS.—Not later than 270 days after the date of the enact-
                                                  ment of this Act, the Secretary of Labor shall promulgate regulations iden-
                                                  tifying the target date or life cycle funds, or specifying the characteristics
                                                  of such a fund, that will be deemed to meet the requirements of section
                                                  404(c)(3)(B)(i) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29
                                                  U.S.C. 1104(c)(3)(B)), as amended by subparagraph (A).
                                                (2) EXPANSION OF CAP; AUTHORITY TO TRANSFER LESSER AMOUNTS.—
                                                     (A) CAP.—Sections 401(a)(31)(B)(ii) and 411(a)(11)(A) of the Internal Rev-
                                                  enue Code of 1986 and section 203(e)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income
                                                  Security Act of 1974 are each amended by striking ‘‘$5,000’’ and inserting
                                                  ‘‘$6,000’’.
                                                     (B) DISTRIBUTION OF LARGER AMOUNTS TO INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT PLANS
                                                  ONLY.—Section 401(a)(31)(B)(i) of such Code is amended by adding at the
                                                  end the following: ‘‘The Office of the Retirement Savings Lost and Found
                                                  established by section 306 of the Securing a Strong Retirement Act shall
                                                  not be treated as a trustee or issuer that is eligible to receive such distribu-
                                                  tions.’’.
                                                     (C) LESSER AMOUNTS.—Section 401(a)(31)(B) of such Code is amended by
                                                  adding at the end the following new clauses:
                                                          ‘‘(iii) TREATMENT OF LESSER AMOUNTS.—In the case of a trust which
                                                       is part of an eligible plan, such trust shall not be a qualified trust
                                                       under this section unless such plan provides that, if a participant in
                                                       the plan separates from the service covered by the plan and the non-
                                                       forfeitable accrued benefit described in clause (ii) is not in excess of
                                                       $1,000, the plan administrator shall (either separately or as part of the
                                                       notice under section 402(f)) notify the participant that the participant
                                                       is entitled to such benefit or attempt to pay the benefit directly to the
                                                       participant.
                                                          ‘‘(iv) TRANSFERS TO RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND FOUND.—If, after
                                                       a plan administrator takes the action required under clause (iii), the
                                                       participant does not—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) within 6 months of the notification under such clause, make
                                                              an election under subparagraph (A) or elect to receive a distribu-
                                                              tion of the benefit directly, or
                                                                 ‘‘(II) accept any direct payment made under such clause within
                                                              6 months of the attempted payment,
                                                       the plan administrator shall transfer the amount of such benefit to the
                                                       Office of the Retirement Savings Lost and Found in accordance with
                                                       section 4051(b) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                                                       1974.
                                                          ‘‘(v) INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF TRANSFERS TO RETIREMENT SAVINGS
                                                       LOST AND FOUND.—For purposes of determining the income tax treat-
                                                       ment of transfers to the Office of the Retirement Savings Lost and
                                                       Found under clause (iv)—
                                                                 ‘‘(I) such a transfer shall be treated as a transfer to an individual
                                                              retirement plan under clause (i), and
                                                                 ‘‘(II) the distribution of such amounts by the Office of the Retire-
                                                              ment Savings Lost and Found shall be treated as a distribution
                                                              from an individual retirement plan.’’.
                                                     (D) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this paragraph shall
                                                  apply to vested benefits with respect to participants who separate from
                                                  service connected to the plan in plan years beginning after the second De-
                                                  cember 31 occurring after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                           (d) BETTER REPORTING FOR MANDATORY TRANSFERS.—
                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 6057(a) of the Internal Revenue
                                             Code of 1986 is amended—
                                                     (A) in subparagraph (C)—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          26
                                                           (i) by striking ‘‘during such plan year’’ in clause (i) and inserting
                                                        ‘‘during the plan year immediately preceding such plan year’’;
                                                           (ii) by adding ‘‘and’’ at the end of clause (i); and
                                                           (iii) by striking clause (iii);
                                                     (B) by redesignating subparagraph (E) as subparagraph (G);
                                                     (C) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (D); and
                                                     (D) by inserting after subparagraph (D) the following new subparagraphs:
                                                     ‘‘(E) the name and taxpayer identifying number of each participant or
                                                  former participant in the plan—
                                                           ‘‘(i) who, during the current plan year or any previous plan year, was
                                                        reported under subparagraph (C), and with respect to whom the bene-
                                                        fits described in subparagraph (C)(ii) were fully paid during the plan
                                                        year,
                                                           ‘‘(ii) with respect to whom any amount was distributed under section
                                                        401(a)(31)(B) during the plan year, or
                                                           ‘‘(iii) with respect to whom a deferred annuity contract was distrib-
                                                        uted during the plan year,
                                                     ‘‘(F) in the case of a participant or former participant to whom subpara-
                                                  graph (E) applies—
                                                           ‘‘(i) in the case of a participant described in clause (ii) thereof, the
                                                        name and address of the designated trustee or issuer described in sec-
                                                        tion 401(a)(31)(B)(i) and the account number of the individual retire-
                                                        ment plan to which the amount was distributed, and
                                                           ‘‘(ii) in the case of a participant described in clause (iii) thereof, the
                                                        name and address of the issuer of such annuity contract and the con-
                                                        tract or certificate number, and’’.
                                               (2) RULES RELATING TO DIRECT TRUSTEE-TO-TRUSTEE TRANSFERS.—
                                                     (A) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (6) of section 402(e) of such Code is amend-
                                                  ed—
                                                           (i) by striking ‘‘TRANSFERS.—Any’’ and inserting ‘‘TRANSFERS.—
                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Any’’; and
                                                           (ii) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                     ‘‘(B) NOTIFICATION OF TRUSTEE.—In the case of a distribution under sec-
                                                  tion 401(a)(31)(B), the plan administrator shall notify the designated trust-
                                                  ee or issuer described in clause (i) thereof that the transfer is a mandatory
                                                  distribution required by such section.’’.
                                                     (B) PENALTY.—Subsection (i) of section 6652 of such Code is amended—
                                                           (i) by striking ‘‘TO RECIPIENTS’’ in the heading and inserting ‘‘OR NO-
                                                        TIFICATION’’;
                                                           (ii) by striking ‘‘402(f),’’ and inserting ‘‘402(f) or a notification as re-
                                                        quired by section 402(e)(6)(B),’’; and
                                                           (iii) by striking ‘‘such written explanation’’ and inserting ‘‘such writ-
                                                        ten explanation or notification’’.
                                                     (C) REPORTS.—Subsection (i) of section 408 of such Code is amended—
                                                           (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2) as
                                                        clauses (i) and (ii), respectively, and by moving such clauses 2 ems to
                                                        the right;
                                                           (ii) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as subparagraphs (A) and
                                                        (B), respectively, and by moving such subparagraphs 2 ems to the right;
                                                           (iii) by striking ‘‘as the Secretary prescribes’’ in subparagraph (B)(ii),
                                                        as so redesignated, and all that follows through ‘‘a simple retirement
                                                        account’’ and inserting ‘‘as the Secretary prescribes.
                                               ‘‘(3) SIMPLE RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS.—In the case of a simple retirement ac-
                                            count’’;
                                                           (iv) by striking ‘‘REPORTS.—The trustee of’’ and inserting ‘‘REPORTS.—
                                               ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The trustee of’’;
                                                           (v) by striking ‘‘under paragraph (2)’’ in paragraph (3), as designated
                                                        by clause (iii), and inserting ‘‘under paragraph (1)(B)’’; and
                                                           (vi) by inserting after paragraph (1)(B)(ii), as redesignated by the
                                                        preceding clauses, the following new paragraph:
                                               ‘‘(2) MANDATORY DISTRIBUTIONS.—In the case of an account, contract, or annu-
                                            ity to which a transfer under section 401(a)(31)(B) is made (including a transfer
                                            from the individual retirement plan to which the original transfer under such
                                            section was made to another individual retirement plan), the report required by
                                            this subsection for the year of the transfer and any year in which the informa-
                                            tion previously reported in subparagraph (B) changes shall—
                                                     ‘‘(A) identify such transfer as a mandatory distribution required by such
                                                  section,




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           27
                                                      ‘‘(B) include the name, address, and taxpayer identifying number of the
                                                   trustee or issuer of the individual retirement plan to which the amount is
                                                   transferred, and
                                                      ‘‘(C) be filed with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation as well as
                                                   with the Secretary.’’.
                                                 (3) NOTIFICATION OF PARTICIPANTS UPON SEPARATION.—Subsection (e) of sec-
                                              tion 6057 of such Code is amended by inserting ‘‘, and, with respect to any ben-
                                              efit of the individual subject to section 401(a)(31)(B), a notice of availability of,
                                              and the contact information for, the Retirement Savings Lost and Found estab-
                                              lished under section 306(a)(1) of the Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021’’
                                              before the period at the end of the second sentence.
                                                 (4) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this paragraph shall apply
                                              to distributions made in, and returns and reports relating to, years beginning
                                              after the second December 31 occurring after the date of the enactment of this
                                              Act.
                                           (e) REQUIREMENT OF ELECTRONIC FILING.—
                                                 (1) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 6011(e) of the Internal Revenue
                                              Code of 1986 is amended—
                                                      (A) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), re-
                                                   spectively, and by moving such clauses 2 ems to the right;
                                                      (B) by striking ‘‘REGULATIONS.—In prescribing’’ and inserting ‘‘REGULA-
                                                   TIONS.—
                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In prescribing’’; and
                                                      (C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                      ‘‘(B) EXCEPTIONS.—Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the Secretary
                                                   shall require returns or reports required under—
                                                            ‘‘(i) sections 6057, 6058, and 6059, and
                                                            ‘‘(ii) sections 408(i), 6041, and 6047 to the extent such return or re-
                                                         port relates to the tax treatment of a distribution from a plan, account,
                                                         contract, or annuity,
                                                   to be filed on magnetic media, but only with respect to persons who are re-
                                                   quired to file at least 50 returns during the calendar year which includes
                                                   the first day of the plan year to which such returns or reports relate.’’.
                                                 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this paragraph shall apply
                                              to returns and reports relating to years beginning after the second December
                                              31 occurring after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                           (f) RULEMAKING TO CLARIFY FIDUCIARY DUTIES.—
                                                 (1) REQUEST FOR INFORMATION.—Not later than 1 year after the date of enact-
                                              ment of this Act, the Secretary of Labor, in consultation with the Secretary of
                                              the Treasury, shall issue a request for information relating to the rulemaking
                                              described in paragraph (2).
                                                 (2) ISSUANCE OF FINAL RULE.—Not later than 3 years after such date, the Sec-
                                              retary of Labor, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall issue
                                              a final rule that defines the following:
                                                      (A) The steps a plan sponsor must take to locate a deferred vested partici-
                                                   pant in order to meet its fiduciary duty under section 404 of the Employee
                                                   Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 with respect to locating that partic-
                                                   ipant.
                                                      (B) The ongoing practices and procedures a plan sponsor must institute
                                                   in order to meet such fiduciary duty with respect to maintaining up-to-date
                                                   contact information on deferred vested participants.
                                      SEC. 307. EXPANSION OF EMPLOYEE PLANS COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION SYSTEM.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in the Internal Revenue Code of
                                      1986 or regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary’s
                                      delegate (referred to in this section as the ‘‘Secretary’’), any eligible inadvertent fail-
                                      ure to comply with the rules applicable under section 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408(p),
                                      or 408(k) of such Code may be self-corrected under the Employee Plans Compliance
                                      Resolution System (as described in Revenue Procedure 2019–19 or any successor
                                      guidance and hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘‘EPCRS’’), except to the
                                      extent that such failure was identified by the Secretary prior to any actions which
                                      demonstrate a commitment to implement a self-correction. Revenue Procedure
                                      2019–19 is deemed amended as of the date of the enactment of this Act to provide
                                      that the correction period under section 9.02 of such Revenue Procedure (or any suc-
                                      cessor guidance) for an eligible inadvertent failure, except as otherwise provided
                                      under such Code or in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, is indefinite and has
                                      no last day, other than with respect to failures identified by the Secretary prior to
                                      any self-correction as described in the preceding sentence.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          28
                                         (b) LOAN ERRORS.—In the case of an eligible inadvertent failure relating to a loan
                                      from a plan to a participant—
                                               (1) such failure may be self-corrected under subsection (a) according to the
                                            rules of section 6.07 of Revenue Procedure 2019–19 (or any successor guidance),
                                            including the provisions related to whether a deemed distribution must be re-
                                            ported on Form 1099–R, and
                                               (2) the Secretary of Labor shall treat any such failure which is so self-cor-
                                            rected under subsection (a) as meeting the requirements of the Voluntary Fidu-
                                            ciary Correction Program of the Department of Labor if, with respect to the vio-
                                            lation of the fiduciary standards of the Employee Retirement Income Security
                                            Act of 1974, there is a similar loan error eligible for correction under EPCRS
                                            and the loan error is corrected in such manner.
                                         (c) EPCRS FOR IRAS.—The Secretary shall expand the EPCRS to allow custodians
                                      of individual retirement plans (as defined in section 7701(a)(37) of the Internal Rev-
                                      enue Code of 1986) to address eligible inadvertent failures with respect to an indi-
                                      vidual retirement plan (as so defined), including (but not limited to)—
                                               (1) waivers of the excise tax which would otherwise apply under section 4974
                                            of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
                                               (2) under the self-correction component of the EPCRS, waivers of the 60-day
                                            deadline for a rollover where the deadline is missed for reasons beyond the rea-
                                            sonable control of the account owner, and
                                               (3) rules permitting a nonspouse beneficiary to return distributions to an in-
                                            herited individual retirement plan described in section 408(d)(3)(C) of the Inter-
                                            nal Revenue Code of 1986 in a case where, due to an inadvertent error by a
                                            service provider, the beneficiary had reason to believe that the distribution
                                            could be rolled over without inclusion in income of any part of the distributed
                                            amount.
                                         (d) ADDITIONAL SAFE HARBORS.—The Secretary shall expand the EPCRS to pro-
                                      vide additional safe harbor means of correcting eligible inadvertent failures de-
                                      scribed in subsection (a), including safe harbor means of calculating the earnings
                                      which must be restored to a plan in cases where plan assets have been depleted
                                      by reason of an eligible inadvertent failure.
                                         (e) ELIGIBLE INADVERTENT FAILURE.—For purposes of this section—
                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term ‘‘eligible inad-
                                            vertent failure’’ means a failure that occurs despite the existence of practices
                                            and procedures which—
                                                    (A) satisfy the standards set forth in section 4.04 of Revenue Procedure
                                                 2019–19 (or any successor guidance), or
                                                    (B) satisfy similar standards in the case of an individual retirement plan.
                                               (2) EXCEPTION.—The term ‘‘eligible inadvertent failure’’ shall not include any
                                            failure which is egregious, relates to the diversion or misuse of plan assets, or
                                            is directly or indirectly related to an abusive tax avoidance transaction.
                                         (f) APPLICATION OF CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS FOR CORRECTING ERRORS.—This sec-
                                      tion shall not apply to any failure unless the correction of such failure under this
                                      section is made in conformity with the general principles that apply to corrections
                                      of such failures under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including regulations or
                                      other guidance issued thereunder and including those principles and corrections set
                                      forth in Revenue Procedure 2019–19 (or any successor guidance).’’
                                      SEC. 308. ELIMINATE THE ‘‘FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH’’ REQUIREMENT FOR GOVERNMENTAL
                                                 SECTION 457(B) PLANS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (4) of section 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                      of 1986 is amended to read as follows:
                                              ‘‘(4) which provides that compensation—
                                                    ‘‘(A) in the case of an eligible employer described in subsection (e)(1)(A),
                                                 will be deferred only if an agreement providing for such deferral has been
                                                 entered into before the compensation is currently available to the indi-
                                                 vidual, and
                                                    ‘‘(B) in any other case, will be deferred for any calendar month only if
                                                 an agreement providing for such deferral has been entered into before the
                                                 beginning of such month,’’.
                                         (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section shall apply to taxable
                                      years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 309. ONE-TIME ELECTION FOR QUALIFIED CHARITABLE DISTRIBUTION TO SPLIT-INTER-
                                                 EST ENTITY; INCREASE IN QUALIFIED CHARITABLE DISTRIBUTION LIMITATION.
                                        (a) ONE-TIME ELECTION FOR QUALIFIED CHARITABLE DISTRIBUTION TO SPLIT-INTER-
                                      EST ENTITY.—Section 408(d)(8) of such Code is amended by adding at the end the
                                      following new subparagraph:




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          29
                                                   ‘‘(F) ONE-TIME ELECTION FOR QUALIFIED CHARITABLE DISTRIBUTION TO
                                                 SPLIT-INTEREST ENTITY.—
                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—A taxpayer may for a taxable year elect under this
                                                     subparagraph to treat as meeting the requirement of subparagraph
                                                     (B)(i) any distribution from an individual retirement account which is
                                                     made directly by the trustee to a split-interest entity, but only if—
                                                               ‘‘(I) an election is not in effect under this subparagraph for a pre-
                                                            ceding taxable year,
                                                               ‘‘(II) the aggregate amount of distributions of the taxpayer with
                                                            respect to which an election under this subparagraph is made does
                                                            not exceed $50,000, and
                                                               ‘‘(III) such distribution meets the requirements of clauses (iii)
                                                            and (iv).
                                                        ‘‘(ii) SPLIT-INTEREST ENTITY.—For purposes of this subparagraph, the
                                                     term ‘split-interest entity’ means—
                                                               ‘‘(I) a charitable remainder annuity trust (as defined in section
                                                            664(d)(1)), but only if such trust is funded exclusively by qualified
                                                            charitable distributions,
                                                               ‘‘(II) a charitable remainder unitrust (as defined in section
                                                            664(d)(2)), but only if such unitrust is funded exclusively by quali-
                                                            fied charitable distributions, or
                                                               ‘‘(III) a charitable gift annuity (as defined in section 501(m)(5)),
                                                            but only if such annuity is funded exclusively by qualified chari-
                                                            table distributions and commences fixed payments of 5 percent or
                                                            greater not later than 1 year from the date of funding.
                                                        ‘‘(iii) CONTRIBUTIONS MUST BE OTHERWISE DEDUCTIBLE.—A distribu-
                                                     tion meets the requirement of this clause only if—
                                                               ‘‘(I) in the case of a distribution to a charitable remainder annu-
                                                            ity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust, a deduction for the en-
                                                            tire value of the remainder interest in the distribution for the ben-
                                                            efit of a specified charitable organization would be allowable under
                                                            section 170 (determined without regard to subsection (b) thereof
                                                            and this paragraph), and
                                                               ‘‘(II) in the case of a charitable gift annuity, a deduction in an
                                                            amount equal to the amount of the distribution reduced by the
                                                            value of the annuity described in section 501(m)(5)(B) would be al-
                                                            lowable under section 170 (determined without regard to sub-
                                                            section (b) thereof and this paragraph).
                                                        ‘‘(iv) LIMITATION ON INCOME INTERESTS.—A distribution meets the re-
                                                     quirements of this clause only if—
                                                               ‘‘(I) no person holds an income interest in the split-interest entity
                                                            other than the individual for whose benefit such account is main-
                                                            tained, the spouse of such individual, or both, and
                                                               ‘‘(II) the income interest in the split-interest entity is nonassign-
                                                            able.
                                                        ‘‘(v) SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                               ‘‘(I) CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUSTS.—Notwithstanding section
                                                            664(b), distributions made from a trust described in subclause (I)
                                                            or (II) of clause (ii) shall be treated as ordinary income in the
                                                            hands of the beneficiary to whom the annuity described in section
                                                            664(d)(1)(A) or the payment described in section 664(d)(2)(A) is
                                                            paid.
                                                               ‘‘(II) CHARITABLE GIFT ANNUITIES.—Qualified charitable distribu-
                                                            tions made to fund a charitable gift annuity shall not be treated
                                                            as an investment in the contract for purposes of section 72(c).’’.
                                        (b) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—Section 408(d)(8) of such Code, as amended by sub-
                                      section (a), is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                  ‘‘(G) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—
                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable year beginning after
                                                     2021, each of the dollar amounts in subparagraphs (A) and (F) shall be
                                                     increased by an amount equal to—
                                                               ‘‘(I) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                               ‘‘(II) the cost-of-living adjustment determined under section
                                                            1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which the taxable year begins, de-
                                                            termined by substituting ‘calendar year 2020’ for ‘calendar year
                                                            2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                        ‘‘(ii) ROUNDING.—If any dollar amount increased under clause (i) is
                                                     not a multiple of $1,000, such dollar amount shall be rounded to the
                                                     nearest multiple of $1,000.’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                              30
                                         (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section shall apply to dis-
                                      tributions made in taxable years ending after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 310. DISTRIBUTIONS TO FIREFIGHTERS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (A) of section 72(t)(10) of the Internal Revenue
                                      Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘414(d))’’ and inserting ‘‘414(d)) or a distribu-
                                      tion from a plan described in clause (iii), (iv), or (vi) of section 402(c)(8)(B) to an
                                      employee who provides firefighting services’’.
                                         (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The heading of paragraph (10) of section 72(t) of
                                      such Code is amended—
                                              (1) by striking ‘‘QUALIFIED’’, and
                                              (2) by striking ‘‘IN GOVERNMENTAL PLANS’’.
                                         (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to dis-
                                      tributions made after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 311. EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN DISABILITY-RELATED FIRST RESPONDER RETIREMENT
                                                PAYMENTS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Part III of subchapter B of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue
                                      Code of 1986 is amended by inserting after section 139B the following new section:
                                      ‘‘SEC. 139C. CERTAIN DISABILITY-RELATED FIRST RESPONDER RETIREMENT PAYMENTS.
                                         ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an individual who receives qualified first re-
                                      sponder retirement payments for any taxable year, gross income shall not include
                                      so much of such payments as do not exceed the annualized excludable disability
                                      amount with respect to such individual.
                                         ‘‘(b) QUALIFIED FIRST RESPONDER RETIREMENT PAYMENTS.—For purposes of this
                                      section, the term ‘qualified first responder retirement payments’ means, with re-
                                      spect to any taxable year, any pension or annuity which but for this section would
                                      be includible in gross income for such taxable year and which is received—
                                                ‘‘(1) from a plan described in clause (iii), (iv), (v), or (vi) of section 402(c)(8)(B),
                                             and
                                                ‘‘(2) in connection with such individual’s qualified first responder service.
                                         ‘‘(c) ANNUALIZED EXCLUDABLE DISABILITY AMOUNT.—For purposes of this section—
                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘annualized excludable disability amount’ means,
                                             with respect to any individual, the service-connected excludable disability
                                             amounts which are properly attributable to the 12-month period immediately
                                             preceding the date on which such individual attains retirement age.
                                                ‘‘(2) SERVICE-CONNECTED EXCLUDABLE DISABILITY AMOUNT.—The term ‘service-
                                             connected excludable disability amount’ means periodic payments received by
                                             an individual which—
                                                      ‘‘(A) are not includible in such individual’s gross income under section
                                                   104(a)(1),
                                                      ‘‘(B) are received in connection with such individual’s qualified first re-
                                                   sponder service, and
                                                      ‘‘(C) terminate when such individual attains retirement age.
                                                ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULE FOR PARTIAL-YEAR PAYMENTS.—In the case of an individual
                                             who only receives service-connected excludable disability amounts properly at-
                                             tributable to a portion of the 12-month period described in paragraph (1), such
                                             paragraph shall be applied by multiplying such amounts by the ratio of 365 to
                                             the number of days in such period to which such amounts were properly attrib-
                                             utable.
                                         ‘‘(d) QUALIFIED FIRST RESPONDER SERVICE.—For purposes of this section, the term
                                      ‘qualified first responder service’ means service as a law enforcement officer, fire-
                                      fighter, paramedic, or emergency medical technician.’’.
                                         (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for part III of subchapter B of
                                      chapter 1 of such Code is amended by inserting after the item relating to section
                                      139B the following new item:
                                      ‘‘Sec. 139C. Certain disability-related first responder retirement payments.’’.

                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to
                                      amounts received with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2026.
                                      SEC. 312. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT PLAN STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR EXCISE TAX ON EX-
                                                 CESS CONTRIBUTIONS AND CERTAIN ACCUMULATIONS.
                                        Section 6501(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the
                                      end the following new paragraph:
                                            ‘‘(4) INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT PLANS.—
                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of any tax imposed by section 4973 or
                                               4974 in connection with an individual retirement plan, the return referred
                                               to in this section shall be the income tax return filed by the person on




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000     Frm 00032     Fmt 6659     Sfmt 6621    E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          31
                                                 whom the tax under such section is imposed for the year in which the act
                                                 (or failure to act) giving rise to the liability for such tax occurred.
                                                   ‘‘(B) RULE IN CASE OF INDIVIDUALS NOT REQUIRED TO FILE RETURN.—In
                                                 the case of a person who is not required to file an income tax return for
                                                 such year—
                                                         ‘‘(i) the return referred to in this section shall be the income tax re-
                                                      turn that such person would have been required to file but for the fact
                                                      that such person was not required to file such return, and
                                                         ‘‘(ii) the 3-year period referred to in subsection (a) with respect to the
                                                      return shall be deemed to begin on the date by which the return would
                                                      have been required to be filed (excluding any extension thereof).’’.
                                      SEC. 313. REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE PAPER STATEMENTS IN CERTAIN CASES.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 105(a)(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security
                                      Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1025(a)(2)) is amended—
                                             (1) in subparagraph (A)(iv), by inserting ‘‘subject to subparagraph (E),’’ before
                                          ‘‘may be delivered’’; and
                                             (2) by adding at the end the following:
                                                  ‘‘(E) PROVISION OF PAPER STATEMENTS.—With respect to at least 1 pension
                                               benefit statement furnished for a calendar year with respect to an indi-
                                               vidual account plan under paragraph (1)(A), and with respect to at least 1
                                               pension benefit statement furnished every 3 calendar years with respect to
                                               a defined benefit plan under paragraph (1)(B), such statement shall be fur-
                                               nished on paper in written form except—
                                                        ‘‘(i) in the case of a plan that furnishes such statement in accordance
                                                     with section 2520.104b-1(c) of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations; or
                                                        ‘‘(ii) in the case of a plan that permits a participant or beneficiary
                                                     to request that the statements referred to in the matter preceding
                                                     clause (i) be furnished by electronic delivery, if the participant or bene-
                                                     ficiary requests that such statements be delivered electronically and
                                                     the statements are so delivered.’’.
                                        (b) IMPLEMENTATION.—
                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Labor shall, not later than December 31,
                                          2021, update section 2520.104b-1(c) of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, to
                                          provide that a plan may furnish the statements referred to in subparagraph (E)
                                          of section 105(a)(2) by electronic delivery only if, in addition to meeting the
                                          other requirements under the regulations—
                                                  (A) such plan furnishes each participant or beneficiary, including partici-
                                               pants described in subparagraph (B), a one-time initial notice on paper in
                                               written form, prior to the electronic delivery of any pension benefit state-
                                               ment, of their right to request that all documents required to be disclosed
                                               under title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 be
                                               furnished on paper in written form; and
                                                  (B) such plan furnishes each participant who is separated from service
                                               with at least 1 pension benefit statement on paper in written form for each
                                               calendar year, unless, on election of the participant, the participant receives
                                               such statements electronically.
                                             (2) OTHER GUIDANCE.—In implementing the amendment made by subsection
                                          (a) with respect to a plan that discloses required documents or statements elec-
                                          tronically, in accordance with applicable guidance governing electronic disclo-
                                          sure by the Department of Labor (with the exception of section 2520.104b-1(c)
                                          of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations), the Secretary of Labor shall, not later
                                          than December 31, 2021, update such guidance to the extent necessary to en-
                                          sure that—
                                                  (A) a participant or beneficiary under such a plan is permitted the oppor-
                                               tunity to request that any disclosure required to be delivered on paper
                                               under applicable guidance by the Department of Labor shall be furnished
                                               by electronic delivery;
                                                  (B) each paper statement furnished under such a plan pursuant to the
                                               amendment shall include—
                                                        (i) an explanation of how to request that all such statements, and
                                                     any other document required to be disclosed under title I of the Em-
                                                     ployee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, be furnished by elec-
                                                     tronic delivery; and
                                                        (ii) contact information for the plan sponsor, including a telephone
                                                     number;
                                                  (C) the plan may not charge any fee to a participant or beneficiary for
                                               the delivery of any paper statements;




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          32
                                                 (D) each paper pension benefit statement shall identify each plan docu-
                                               ment required to be disclosed and shall include information about how a
                                               participant or beneficiary may access each such document;
                                                 (E) each document required to be disclosed that is furnished by electronic
                                               delivery under such a plan shall include an explanation of how to request
                                               that all such documents be furnished on paper in written form; and
                                                 (F) a plan is permitted to furnish a duplicate electronic statement in any
                                               case in which the plan furnishes a paper pension benefit statement.
                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with re-
                                      spect to plan years beginning after December 31, 2022.
                                      SEC. 314. SEPARATE APPLICATION OF TOP HEAVY RULES TO DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS
                                                 COVERING EXCLUDIBLE EMPLOYEES.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 416(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is
                                      amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                ‘‘(C) SEPARATE APPLICATION TO EMPLOYEES NOT MEETING AGE AND SERVICE
                                              REQUIREMENTS.—If employees not meeting the age or service requirements
                                              of section 410(a)(1) (without regard to subparagraph (B) thereof) are cov-
                                              ered under a plan of the employer which meets the requirements of sub-
                                              paragraphs (A) and (B) separately with respect to such employees, such em-
                                              ployees may be excluded from consideration in determining whether any
                                              plan of the employer meets the requirements of subparagraphs (A) and
                                              (B).’’.
                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 315. REPAYMENT OF QUALIFIED BIRTH OR ADOPTION DISTRIBUTION LIMITED TO 3
                                                YEARS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 72(t)(2)(H)(v)(I) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                      is amended by striking ‘‘may make’’ and inserting ‘‘may, at any time during the 3-
                                      year period beginning on the day after the date on which such distribution was re-
                                      ceived, make’’.
                                         (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section shall take effect as
                                      if included in the enactment of section 113 of the Setting Every Community Up for
                                      Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019.
                                      SEC. 316. EMPLOYER MAY RELY ON EMPLOYEE CERTIFYING THAT DEEMED HARDSHIP DIS-
                                                 TRIBUTION CONDITIONS ARE MET.
                                        (a) CASH OR DEFERRED ARRANGEMENTS.—Section 401(k)(14) of the Internal Rev-
                                      enue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following new subpara-
                                      graph:
                                                    ‘‘(C) EMPLOYEE CERTIFICATION.—In determining whether a distribution is
                                                 upon the hardship of an employee, the administrator of the plan may rely
                                                 on a certification by the employee that the distribution is on account of a
                                                 financial need of a type that is deemed in regulations prescribed by the Sec-
                                                 retary to be an immediate and heavy financial need and that such distribu-
                                                 tion is not in excess of the amount required to satisfy such financial need.’’.
                                        (b) 403(b) PLANS.—
                                              (1) CUSTODIAL ACCOUNTS.—Section 403(b)(7) of such Code is amended by add-
                                           ing at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                    ‘‘(D) EMPLOYEE CERTIFICATION.—In determining whether a distribution is
                                                 upon the financial hardship of an employee, the administrator of the plan
                                                 may rely on a certification by the employee that the distribution is on ac-
                                                 count of a financial need of a type that is deemed in regulations prescribed
                                                 by the Secretary to be an immediate and heavy financial need and that
                                                 such distribution is not in excess of the amount required to satisfy such fi-
                                                 nancial need.’’.
                                              (2) ANNUITY CONTRACTS.—Section 403(b)(11) of such Code is amended by add-
                                           ing at the end the following: ‘‘In determining whether a distribution is upon
                                           hardship of an employee, the administrator of the plan may rely on a certifi-
                                           cation by the employee that the distribution is on account of a financial need
                                           of a type that is deemed in regulations prescribed by the Secretary to be an im-
                                           mediate and heavy financial need and that such distribution is not in excess
                                           of the amount required to satisfy such financial need.’’.
                                        (c) 457(b) PLAN.—Section 457(d) of such Code is amended by adding at the end
                                      the following new paragraph:
                                              ‘‘(4) PARTICIPANT CERTIFICATION.—In determining whether a distribution of a
                                           participant is made when the participant is faced with an unforeseeable emer-
                                           gency, the administrator of a plan maintained by an eligible employer described
                                           in subsection (e)(1)(A) may rely on a certification by the participant that the dis-
                                           tribution is made when the participant is faced with unforeseeable emergency




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          33
                                          of a type that is specifically described in regulations prescribed by the Secretary
                                          as an unforeseeable emergency and that the distribution is not in excess of the
                                          amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need.’’.
                                        (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 317. PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS FROM RETIREMENT PLANS FOR INDIVIDUALS IN
                                                CASE OF DOMESTIC ABUSE.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 72(t)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amend-
                                      ed by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                 ‘‘(I) DISTRIBUTIONS FROM RETIREMENT PLAN IN CASE OF DOMESTIC
                                               ABUSE.—
                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Any eligible distribution to a domestic abuse vic-
                                                     tim.
                                                        ‘‘(ii) LIMITATION.—The aggregate amount which may be treated as an
                                                     eligible distribution to a domestic abuse victim by any individual shall
                                                     not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of—
                                                               ‘‘(I) $10,000, or
                                                               ‘‘(II) 50 percent of the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued
                                                            benefit of the employee under the plan.
                                                        ‘‘(iii) ELIGIBLE DISTRIBUTION TO A DOMESTIC ABUSE VICTIM.—For pur-
                                                     poses of this subparagraph—
                                                               ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—A distribution shall be treated as an eligible
                                                            distribution to a domestic abuse victim if such distribution is from
                                                            an applicable eligible retirement plan to an individual and made
                                                            during the 1-year period beginning on any date on which the indi-
                                                            vidual is a victim of domestic abuse by a spouse or domestic part-
                                                            ner.
                                                               ‘‘(II) DOMESTIC ABUSE.—The term ‘domestic abuse’ means phys-
                                                            ical, psychological, sexual, emotional, or economic abuse, including
                                                            efforts to control, isolate, humiliate, or intimidate the victim, or to
                                                            undermine the victim’s ability to reason independently, including
                                                            by means of abuse of the victim’s child or another family member
                                                            living in the household.
                                                        ‘‘(iv) TREATMENT OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS.—
                                                               ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—If a distribution to an individual would (with-
                                                            out regard to clause (ii)) be an eligible distribution to a domestic
                                                            abuse victim , a plan shall not be treated as failing to meet any
                                                            requirement of this title merely because the plan treats the dis-
                                                            tribution as an eligible distribution to a domestic abuse victim, un-
                                                            less the aggregate amount of such distributions from all plans
                                                            maintained by the employer (and any member of any controlled
                                                            group which includes the employer) to such individual exceeds the
                                                            limitation under clause (ii).
                                                               ‘‘(II) CONTROLLED GROUP.—For purposes of subclause (I), the
                                                            term ‘controlled group’ means any group treated as a single em-
                                                            ployer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414.
                                                        ‘‘(v) AMOUNT DISTRIBUTED MAY BE REPAID.—
                                                               ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—Any individual who receives a distribution de-
                                                            scribed in clause (i) may, at any time during the 3-year period be-
                                                            ginning on the day after the date on which such distribution was
                                                            received, make one or more contributions in an aggregate amount
                                                            not to exceed the amount of such distribution to an applicable eligi-
                                                            ble retirement plan of which such individual is a beneficiary and
                                                            to which a rollover contribution of such distribution could be made
                                                            under section 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or 457(e)(16), as
                                                            the case may be.
                                                               ‘‘(II) LIMITATION ON CONTRIBUTIONS TO APPLICABLE ELIGIBLE RE-
                                                            TIREMENT PLANS OTHER THAN IRAs.—The aggregate amount of con-
                                                            tributions made by an individual under subclause (I) to any appli-
                                                            cable eligible retirement plan which is not an individual retirement
                                                            plan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of eligible distributions
                                                            to a domestic abuse victim which are made from such plan to such
                                                            individual. Subclause (I) shall not apply to contributions to any ap-
                                                            plicable eligible retirement plan which is not an individual retire-
                                                            ment plan unless the individual is eligible to make contributions
                                                            (other than those described in subclause (I)) to such applicable eli-
                                                            gible retirement plan.
                                                               ‘‘(III) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS OF DISTRIBUTIONS FROM APPLI-
                                                            CABLE ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLANS OTHER THAN IRAS.—If a con-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          34
                                                        tribution is made under subclause (I) with respect to an eligible
                                                        distribution to a domestic abuse victim from an applicable eligible
                                                        retirement plan other than an individual retirement plan, then the
                                                        taxpayer shall, to the extent of the amount of the contribution, be
                                                        treated as having received such distribution in an eligible rollover
                                                        distribution (as defined in section 402(c)(4)) and as having trans-
                                                        ferred the amount to the applicable eligible retirement plan in a
                                                        direct trustee to trustee transfer within 60 days of the distribution.
                                                           ‘‘(IV) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS FROM
                                                        IRAS.—If a contribution is made under subclause (I) with respect to
                                                        an eligible distribution to a domestic abuse victim from an indi-
                                                        vidual retirement plan, then, to the extent of the amount of the
                                                        contribution, such distribution shall be treated as a distribution de-
                                                        scribed in section 408(d)(3) and as having been transferred to the
                                                        applicable eligible retirement plan in a direct trustee to trustee
                                                        transfer within 60 days of the distribution.
                                                     ‘‘(vi) DEFINITION AND SPECIAL RULES.—For purposes of this subpara-
                                                   graph:
                                                           ‘‘(I) APPLICABLE ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN.—The term ‘applica-
                                                        ble eligible retirement plan’ means an eligible retirement plan (as
                                                        defined in section 402(c)(8)(B)) other than a defined benefit plan.
                                                           ‘‘(II) EXEMPTION OF DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TRUSTEE TO TRUSTEE
                                                        TRANSFER AND WITHHOLDING RULES.—For purposes of sections
                                                        401(a)(31), 402(f), and 3405, an eligible distribution to a domestic
                                                        abuse victim shall not be treated as an eligible rollover distribu-
                                                        tion.
                                                           ‘‘(III) DISTRIBUTIONS TREATED AS MEETING PLAN DISTRIBUTION RE-
                                                        QUIREMENTS; SELF-CERTIFICATION.—Any distribution which the em-
                                                        ployee or participant certifies as being an eligible distribution to a
                                                        domestic abuse victim shall be treated as meeting the require-
                                                        ments of sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i), 403(b)(7)(A)(i), 403(b)(11), and
                                                        457(d)(1)(A).’’.
                                         (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to dis-
                                      tributions made after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 318. REFORM OF FAMILY ATTRIBUTION RULE.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended—
                                             (1) in subsection (b)—
                                                   (A) by striking ‘‘For purposes of’’ and inserting the following:
                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of’’, and
                                                   (B) by adding at the end the following new paragraphs:
                                             ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULES FOR APPLYING FAMILY ATTRIBUTION.—For purposes of ap-
                                          plying the attribution rules under section 1563 with respect to paragraph (1),
                                          the following rules apply:
                                                   ‘‘(A) Community property laws shall be disregarded for purposes of deter-
                                                mining ownership.
                                                   ‘‘(B) Except as provided by the Secretary, stock of an individual not at-
                                                tributed under section 1563(e)(5) to such individual’s spouse shall not be at-
                                                tributed to such spouse by reason of section 1563(e)(6)(A).
                                                   ‘‘(C) Except as provided by the Secretary, in the case of stock in different
                                                corporations that is attributed to a child under section 1563(e)(6)(A) from
                                                each parent, and is not attributed to such parents as spouses under section
                                                1563(e)(5), such attribution to the child shall not by itself result in such cor-
                                                porations being members of the same controlled group.
                                             ‘‘(3) PLAN SHALL NOT FAIL TO BE TREATED AS SATISFYING THIS SECTION.—If ap-
                                          plication of paragraph (2) causes two or more entities to be a controlled group,
                                          or an affiliated service group, or to no longer be in a controlled group or an af-
                                          filiated service group, such change shall be treated as a transaction to which
                                          section 410(b)(6)(C) applies.’’, and
                                             (2) in subsection (m)(6)(B), by striking ‘‘apply’’ and inserting ‘‘apply, except
                                          that community property laws shall be disregarded for purposes of determining
                                          ownership’’.
                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning on or after the date of the enactment of this section.
                                      SEC. 319. AMENDMENTS TO INCREASE BENEFIT ACCRUALS UNDER PLAN FOR PREVIOUS
                                                PLAN YEAR ALLOWED UNTIL EMPLOYER TAX RETURN DUE DATE.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended
                                      by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                             ‘‘(3) RETROACTIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS THAT INCREASE BENEFIT ACCRUALS.—If—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          35
                                                  ‘‘(A) an employer amends a stock bonus, pension, profit-sharing, or annu-
                                               ity plan to increase benefits accrued under the plan effective for the pre-
                                               ceding plan year (other than increasing the amount of matching contribu-
                                               tions (as defined in subsection (m)(4)(A))),
                                                  ‘‘(B) such amendment would not otherwise cause the plan to fail to meet
                                               any of the requirements of this subchapter, and
                                                  ‘‘(C) such amendment is adopted before the time prescribed by law for fil-
                                               ing the return of the employer for a taxable year (including extensions
                                               thereof) during which such amendment is effective,
                                          the employer may elect to treat such amendment as having been adopted as of
                                          the last day of the plan year in which the amendment is effective.’’.
                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning after December 31, 2022.
                                      SEC. 320. RETROACTIVE FIRST YEAR ELECTIVE DEFERRALS FOR SOLE PROPRIETORS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is
                                      amended by adding at the end the following: ‘‘In the case of an individual who owns
                                      the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business, and who is the only em-
                                      ployee of such trade or business, any elective deferrals (as defined in section
                                      402(g)(3)) under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement to which the preceding
                                      sentence applies, which are made by such individual before the time for filing the
                                      return of such individual for the taxable year (determined without regard to any ex-
                                      tensions) ending after or with the end of the plan’s first year, shall be treated as
                                      having been made before the end of such first plan year.’’.
                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                      SEC. 321. LIMITING CESSATION OF IRA TREATMENT TO PORTION OF ACCOUNT INVOLVED IN
                                                 A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 408(e)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is
                                      amended by striking ‘‘such account ceases to be an individual retirement account’’
                                      and inserting the following: ‘‘the portion of such account which is used in such
                                      transaction shall be treated as distributed to the individual’’.
                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                             (1) Section 408(e)(2)(B) of such Code is amended—
                                                  (A) by striking ‘‘ALL ITS ASSETS.—In any case’’ and all that follows
                                                through ‘‘by reason of subparagraph (A)’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘POR-
                                                TION OF ASSETS USED IN PROHIBITED TRANSACTION.—In any case in which
                                                a portion of an individual retirement account is treated as distributed
                                                under subparagraph (A)’’, and
                                                  (B) by striking ‘‘all assets in the account’’ and inserting ‘‘such portion’’.
                                             (2) Section 4975(c)(3) of such Code is amended by striking ‘‘the account
                                           ceases’’ and all that follows and inserting the following: ‘‘the portion of the ac-
                                           count used in the transaction is treated as distributed under paragraph (2)(A)
                                           or (4) of section 408(e).’’.
                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.

                                                 TITLE IV—TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS
                                      SEC. 401. AMENDMENTS RELATING TO SETTING EVERY COMMUNITY UP FOR RETIREMENT
                                                 ENHANCEMENT ACT OF 2019.
                                        (a) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—
                                             (1) AMENDMENT RELATING TO SECTION 114.—Section 401(a)(9)(C)(iii) of the In-
                                          ternal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘employee to whom clause
                                          (i)(II) applies’’ and inserting ‘‘employee (other than an employee to whom clause
                                          (i)(II) does not apply by reason of clause (ii))’’.
                                             (2) AMENDMENT RELATING TO SECTION 116.—Section 4973(b) of the Internal
                                          Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end of the flush matter the
                                          following: ‘‘Such term shall not include any designated nondeductible contribu-
                                          tion (as defined in subparagraph (C) of section 408(o)(2)) which does not exceed
                                          the nondeductible limit under subparagraph (B) thereof by reason of an election
                                          under section 408(o)(5).’’.
                                             (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall take effect
                                          as if included in section of the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement En-
                                          hancement Act of 2019 to which the amendment relates.
                                        (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 72(t)(2)(H)(vi)(IV) of the Internal Revenue
                                      Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘403(b)(7)(A)(ii)’’ and inserting ‘‘
                                      403(b)(7)(A)(i)’’.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          36

                                              TITLE V—ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
                                      SEC. 501. PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN AMENDMENTS.
                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—If this section applies to any retirement plan or contract amend-
                                      ment—
                                            (1) such retirement plan or contract shall be treated as being operated in ac-
                                          cordance with the terms of the plan during the period described in subsection
                                          (b)(2)(A); and
                                            (2) except as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s del-
                                          egate), such retirement plan shall not fail to meet the requirements of section
                                          411(d)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and section 204(g) of the Em-
                                          ployee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 by reason of such amendment.
                                       (b) AMENDMENTS TO WHICH SECTION APPLIES.—
                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—This section shall apply to any amendment to any retire-
                                          ment plan or annuity contract which is made—
                                                   (A) pursuant to any amendment made by this Act or pursuant to any reg-
                                                ulation issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary of Labor
                                                (or a delegate of either such Secretary) under this Act; and
                                                   (B) on or before the last day of the first plan year beginning on or after
                                                January 1, 2023, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may
                                                prescribe.
                                          In the case of a governmental plan (as defined in section 414(d) of the Internal
                                          Revenue Code of 1986), this paragraph shall be applied by substituting ‘‘2025’’
                                          for ‘‘2023’’.
                                            (2) CONDITIONS.—This section shall not apply to any amendment unless—
                                                   (A) during the period—
                                                        (i) beginning on the date the legislative or regulatory amendment de-
                                                     scribed in paragraph (1)(A) takes effect (or in the case of a plan or con-
                                                     tract amendment not required by such legislative or regulatory amend-
                                                     ment, the effective date specified by the plan); and
                                                        (ii) ending on the date described in paragraph (1)(B) (as modified by
                                                     the second sentence of paragraph (1)) (or, if earlier, the date the plan
                                                     or contract amendment is adopted),
                                                the plan or contract is operated as if such plan or contract amendment were
                                                in effect; and
                                                   (B) such plan or contract amendment applies retroactively for such pe-
                                                riod.
                                       (c) COORDINATION WITH OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN AMENDMENTS.—
                                            (1) SECURE ACT.—Section 601(b)(1) of the Setting Every Community Up for
                                          Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019 is amended—
                                                   (A) by striking ‘‘January 1, 2022’’ in subparagraph (B) and inserting ‘‘Jan-
                                                uary 1, 2023’’, and
                                                   (B) by striking ‘‘substituting ‘2024’ for ‘2022’.’’ in the flush matter at the
                                                end and inserting ‘‘substituting ‘2025’ for ‘2023’.’’.
                                            (2) CARES ACT.—
                                                   (A) SPECIAL RULES FOR USE OF RETIREMENT FUNDS.—Section 2202(c)(2)(A)
                                                of the CARES Act is amended by striking ‘‘January 1, 2022’’ in clause (ii)
                                                and inserting ‘‘January 1, 2023’’.
                                                   (B) TEMPORARY WAIVER OF REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS RULES FOR
                                                CERTAIN RETIREMENT PLANS AND ACCOUNTS.—Section 2203(c)(2)(B)(i) of the
                                                CARES Act is amended—
                                                        (i) by striking ‘‘January 1, 2022’’ in subclause (II) and inserting ‘‘Jan-
                                                     uary 1, 2023’’, and
                                                        (ii) by striking ‘‘substituting ‘2024’ for ‘2022’.’’ in the flush matter at
                                                     the end and inserting ‘‘substituting ‘2025’ for ‘2023’.’’.
                                                   (C) TAXPAYER CERTAINTY AND DISASTER TAX RELIEF ACT OF 2020.—Section
                                                302(d)(2)(A) of the Taxpayer Certainty and Disaster Tax Relief Act of 2020
                                                is amended by striking ‘‘January 1, 2022’’ in clause (ii) and inserting ‘‘Janu-
                                                ary 1, 2023’’.

                                                        TITLE VI—REVENUE PROVISIONS
                                      SEC. 601. SIMPLE AND SEP ROTH IRAS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended
                                      by striking subsection (f).
                                        (b) RULES RELATING TO SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS.—




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          37
                                                (1) CONTRIBUTIONS.—Section 402(h)(1) of such Code is amended by striking
                                            ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (A), by striking the period at the end of sub-
                                            paragraph (B) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by adding at the end the following new
                                            subparagraph:
                                                      ‘‘(C) in the case of any contributions pursuant to a simplified employer
                                                   pension which are made to an individual retirement plan designated as a
                                                   Roth IRA, such contribution shall not be excludable from gross income.’’.
                                                (2) DISTRIBUTIONS.—Section 402(h)(3) of such Code is amended by inserting
                                            ‘‘, or section 408A(d) in the case of an individual retirement plan designated as
                                            a Roth IRA’’ before the period at the end.
                                                (3) ELECTION REQUIRED.—Section 408(k) of such Code is amended by redesig-
                                            nating paragraphs (7), (8), and (9) as paragraphs (8), (9), and (10), respectively,
                                            and by inserting the after paragraph (6) the following new paragraph:
                                                ‘‘(7) ROTH CONTRIBUTION ELECTION.—An individual retirement plan which is
                                            designated as a Roth IRA shall not be treated as a simplified employee pension
                                            under this subsection unless the employee elects for such plan to be so treated
                                            (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may provide).’’.
                                         (c) RULES RELATING TO SIMPLE RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS.—
                                                (1) ELECTION REQUIRED.—Section 408(p) of such Code is amended by adding
                                            at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                ‘‘(11) ROTH CONTRIBUTION ELECTION.—An individual retirement plan which is
                                            designated as a Roth IRA shall not be treated as a simple retirement account
                                            under this subsection unless the employee elects for such plan to be so treated
                                            (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may provide).’’.
                                                (2) ROLLOVERS.—Section 408A(e) of such Code is amended by adding at the
                                            end the following new paragraph:
                                                ‘‘(3) SIMPLE RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS.—In the case of any payment or distribu-
                                            tion out of a simple retirement account (as defined in section 408(p)) with re-
                                            spect to which an election has been made under section 408(p)(11) and to which
                                            72(t)(6) applies, the term ‘qualified rollover contribution’ shall not include any
                                            payment or distribution paid into an account other than another simple retire-
                                            ment account (as so defined).’’.
                                         (d) COORDINATION WITH ROTH CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.—Section 408A(c) of
                                      such Code is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                ‘‘(7) COORDINATION WITH LIMITATION FOR SIMPLE RETIREMENT PLANS AND
                                            SEPS.—In the case of an individual on whose behalf contributions are made to
                                            a simple retirement account or a simplified employee pension, the amount de-
                                            scribed in paragraph (2)(A) shall be increased by an amount equal to the con-
                                            tributions made on the individual’s behalf to such account or pension for the
                                            taxable year, but only to the extent such contributions—
                                                      ‘‘(A) in the case of a simplified retirement account—
                                                            ‘‘(i) do not exceed the sum of the dollar amount in effect for the tax-
                                                         able year under section 408(p)(2)(A)(ii) and the employer contribution
                                                         required under subparagraph (A)(iii) or (B)(i), as the case may be, of
                                                         section 408(p)(2), and
                                                            ‘‘(ii) do not cause the elective deferrals (as defined in section
                                                         402(g)(3)) on behalf of such individual to exceed the limitation under
                                                         section 402(g)(1) (taking into account any additional elective deferrals
                                                         permitted under section 414(v)), or
                                                      ‘‘(B) in the case of a simplified employee pension, do not exceed the limi-
                                                   tation in effect under section 408(j).’’.
                                         (e) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 408A(d)(2)(B) of such Code is amended by
                                      inserting ‘‘, or employer in the case of a simple retirement account (as defined in
                                      section 408(p)) or simplified employee pension (as defined in section 408(k)),’’ after
                                      ‘‘individual’s spouse’’.
                                         (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 602. HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL RULES FOR 403(b) PLANS.
                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amend-
                                      ed by the preceding provisions of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the fol-
                                      lowing new paragraph:
                                             ‘‘(16) SPECIAL RULES RELATING TO HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS.—For purposes of
                                          paragraphs (7) and (11)—
                                                  ‘‘(A) AMOUNTS WHICH MAY BE WITHDRAWN.—The following amounts may
                                                be distributed upon hardship of the employee:
                                                       ‘‘(i) Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
                                                     (within the meaning of section 3121(a)(5)(D)).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          38
                                                        ‘‘(ii) Qualified nonelective contributions (as defined in section
                                                     401(m)(4)(C)).
                                                        ‘‘(iii) Qualified matching contributions described in section
                                                     401(k)(3)(D)(ii)(I).
                                                        ‘‘(iv) Earnings on any contributions described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii).
                                                  ‘‘(B) NO REQUIREMENT TO TAKE AVAILABLE LOAN.—A distribution shall not
                                               be treated as failing to be made upon the hardship of an employee solely
                                               because the employee does not take any available loan under the plan.’’.
                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                             (1) Section 403(b)(7)(A)(i)(V) of such Code is amended by striking ‘‘in the case
                                           of contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement (within the
                                           meaning of section 3121(a)(5)(D))’’ and inserting ‘‘subject to the provisions of
                                           paragraph (16)’’.
                                             (2) Paragraph (11) of section 403(b) of such Code, as amended by the pre-
                                           ceding provisions of this Act, is amended—
                                                  (A) by striking ‘‘in’’ in subparagraph (B) and inserting ‘‘subject to the pro-
                                               visions of paragraph (16), in’’, and
                                                  (B) by striking the penultimate sentence.
                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to plan
                                      years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 603. ELECTIVE DEFERRALS GENERALLY LIMITED TO REGULAR CONTRIBUTION LIMIT.
                                        (a) APPLICABLE EMPLOYER PLANS.—Section 414(v)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                      of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Except in the case of an
                                      applicable employer plan described in paragraph (6)(iv), the preceding sentence
                                      shall only apply if contributions are designated Roth contributions (as defined in
                                      section 402A(c)(1)).’’.
                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                             (1) Section 402(g)(1) of such Code is amended by striking subparagraph (C).
                                             (2) Section 457(e)(18)(A)(ii) of such Code is amended by inserting ‘‘the lesser
                                           of any designated Roth contributions made by the participant to the plan or’’
                                           before ‘‘the applicable dollar amount’’.
                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to tax-
                                      able years beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      SEC. 604. OPTIONAL TREATMENT OF EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AS ROTH CON-
                                                 TRIBUTIONS.
                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 402A(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amend-
                                      ed by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end
                                      of paragraph (1), and by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph:
                                              ‘‘(2) any designated Roth contribution which is made by the employer to the
                                            program on the employee’s behalf, and on account of the employee’s contribution
                                            or elective deferral, shall be treated as a matching contribution for purposes of
                                            this chapter, except that such contribution shall not be excludable from gross
                                            income, and’’.
                                         (b) MATCHING INCLUDED IN QUALIFIED ROTH CONTRIBUTION PROGRAM.—Section
                                      402A(b)(1) of such Code is amended—
                                              (1) by inserting ‘‘, or to have made on the employee’s behalf,’’ after ‘‘elect to
                                            make’’, and
                                              (2) by inserting ‘‘, or of matching contributions which may otherwise be made
                                            on the employee’s behalf,’’ after ‘‘otherwise eligible to make’’.
                                         (c) DESIGNATED ROTH MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.—Section 402A(c)(1) of such
                                      Code is amended by inserting ‘‘or matching contribution’’ after ‘‘elective deferral’’.
                                         (d) MATCHING CONTRIBUTION DEFINED.—Section 402A(e) of such Code is amended
                                      by adding at the end the following:
                                              ‘‘(3) MATCHING CONTRIBUTION.—The term ‘matching contribution’ means—
                                                    ‘‘(A) any matching contribution described in section 401(m)(4)(A), and
                                                    ‘‘(B) any contribution to an eligible deferred compensation plan (as de-
                                                 fined in section 457(b)) by an eligible employer described in section
                                                 457(e)(1)(A) on behalf of an employee and on account of such employee’s
                                                 elective deferral under such plan.’’.
                                         (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to con-
                                      tributions made after the date of the enactment of this Act.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6621   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          39

                                                             I. SUMMARY AND BACKGROUND
                                                                     A. PURPOSE AND SUMMARY
                                        The bill, H.R. 2954, the ‘‘Securing a Strong Retirement Act of
                                      2021’’ as amended and ordered reported by the Committee on Ways
                                      and Means on May 5, 2021, amends the Internal Revenue Code of
                                      1986 to encourage retirement savings, and for other purposes.
                                                        B. BACKGROUND AND NEED FOR LEGISLATION
                                         Employer-sponsored retirement plans and Individual Retirement
                                      Arrangements (IRAs) are valuable tools successfully used by mil-
                                      lions of Americans to help save for retirement. The Committee be-
                                      lieves that it should be easier for Americans to use these accounts
                                      to save. The Committee also believes that it should be easier for
                                      employers to offer retirement plans to their employees.
                                         H.R. 2954 addresses these issues by expanding opportunities for
                                      Americans to increase their savings and making administrative
                                      simplifications to the retirement system. Specifically, H.R. 2954, as
                                      amended, requires new 401(k) and 403(b) plans to automatically
                                      enroll participants in the plans upon becoming eligible and expands
                                      and increases the startup credit to encourage small businesses to
                                      establish retirement plans. H.R. 2954 also increases the required
                                      minimum distribution age from age 72 to age 75, reduces the max-
                                      imum service requirement for long-term part-time workers to make
                                      elective deferrals to 401(k) plans from 3 years to 2 years, estab-
                                      lishes a retirement lost and found to reconnect former employees
                                      with their benefits, and makes various other changes.
                                                                       C. LEGISLATIVE HISTORY
                                      Background
                                        H.R. 2954 was introduced on May 4, 2021 and was referred to
                                      the Committee on Ways and Means, and additionally to the Com-
                                      mittees on Financial Services, and Education and Labor.
                                        The legislation builds upon several different bills. One of those
                                      bills, H.R. 4524, the Retirement Plan Simplification and Enhance-
                                      ment Act of 2017, was introduced December 1, 2017, in the 115th
                                      Congress and was referred to the Committee on Ways and Means
                                      and to the Committee on Education and the Workforce.
                                        H.R. 2954 largely incorporates the text of H.R. 2741, which was
                                      introduced April 21, 2021 in the 117th Congress and referred to the
                                      Committee on Financial Services, and in addition to the Committee
                                      on Ways and Means. H.R. 2741, as included in H.R. 2954, elimi-
                                      nates the requirement that a section 403(b)(7) custodial account be
                                      invested solely in regulated investment company stock, allowing in-
                                      vestment in collective investment trusts. H.R. 2954 also includes
                                      provisions from H.R. 2796, introduced April 22, 2021 in the 117th
                                      Congress and referred to the House Committee on Ways and
                                      Means, to modernize family attribution rules for determining own-
                                      ership of a business in community property states and when
                                      spouses share a minor child.
                                        H.R. 2954 also incorporates provisions from several bills intro-
                                      duced and referred to the Committee on Ways and Means April 30,
                                      2021 in the 117th Congress. It includes provisions from H.R. 2913,




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          40

                                      which increase public awareness of the Saver’s Credit, a non-
                                      refundable income tax credit for taxpayers who make qualified re-
                                      tirement savings contributions, and from H.R. 2933 to increase the
                                      required minimum distribution age from age 72 to age 75. It in-
                                      cludes provisions from H.R. 2927, also introduced on April 30 and
                                      additionally referred to the Committee on Education and Labor, to
                                      provide that a section 403(b) plan may be established and main-
                                      tained as a multiple employer plan. There are included provisions
                                      from H.R. 2917, permitting retirement plan sponsors to make
                                      matching contributions on account of student loan payments and
                                      from H.R. 2944 to reduce the maximum service requirement for
                                      long-term part-time workers to make elective deferrals to 401(k)
                                      plans from 3 years to 2 years. H.R. 2954 also incorporates H.R.
                                      2951 which directs the Secretary of the Treasury to revise regula-
                                      tions to facilitate the use of exchanged traded funds in variable in-
                                      surance contracts and H.R. 2909 to index the limit on qualified
                                      charitable distributions (QCDs) and allow for a one-time election
                                      for QCDs to split-interest entities.
                                         The bill also includes provisions directing the Secretary of Labor
                                      to modify its regulations so that an investment that uses a mix of
                                      asset classes can be benchmarked against a blend of broad-based
                                      securities market indices per H.R. 8660, introduced October, 32,
                                      2020, in the 116th Congress and referred to the Committee on Edu-
                                      cation and Labor. H.R. 2954 also includes H.R. 2953, introduced
                                      May 4, 2021, in the 117th Congress and referred to the Committee
                                      on Ways and Means, to allow a victim of domestic violence to with-
                                      draw retirement funds without penalty.
                                      Committee hearings
                                        The Committee on Ways and Means has held numerous hearings
                                      on retirement security in multiple Congresses. In the 113th Con-
                                      gress, the Subcommittee on Select Revenue Measures of the Com-
                                      mittee on Ways and Means held a hearing on ‘‘Private Employer
                                      Defined Benefit Pension Plans’’ on September 17, 2014. Witnesses
                                      included Deborah Tully, Director of Compensation and Benefits Fi-
                                      nance and Accounting Analysis, Raytheon; R. Dale Hall, Managing
                                      Director of Research, Society of Actuaries; Scott Henderson, Vice
                                      President of Pension Investment and Strategy, The Kroger Co.;
                                      Jeremy Gold, FSA, MAAA, Jeremy Gold Pensions; and Diane Oak-
                                      ley, Executive Director, National Institute on Retirement Security.
                                        In the 114th Congress, the Subcommittee on Oversight of the
                                      Committee on Ways and Means held a hearing on the ‘‘Department
                                      of Labor’s Proposed Fiduciary Rule’’ on September 17, 2014. Wit-
                                      nesses included Bradford Campbell, Counsel, Drinker Biddle &
                                      Reath LLP, Washington, D.C.; Paul Schott Stevens, President and
                                      CEO, Investment Company Institute, Washington, D.C.; Judy
                                      VanArsdale, LPL Financial, Deer Park, IL; Kenneth Specht, Finan-
                                      cial Services Professional, Agent, New York Life Insurance Com-
                                      pany, Kenosha, WI; Patricia Owen, President, FACES DaySpa, Hil-
                                      ton Head Island, SC; and Damon Silvers, Director of Policy and
                                      Special Counsel, AFL–CIO, Washington, D.C.
                                        In the 115th Congress, the Tax Policy Subcommittee of the Com-
                                      mittee on Ways & Means held a hearing on ‘‘How Tax Reform Will
                                      Simplify Our Broken Tax Code and Help Individuals and Families’’
                                      on July 18, 2017. Witnesses included the Honorable Bill Archer,




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          41

                                      Former Chairman, Committee on Ways and Means; Bernard F.
                                      McKay, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Council for Electronic
                                      Revenue Communication Advancement; Jania Stout, Practice Lead-
                                      er and Co-Founder, Fiduciary Plan Advisors at HighTower; and
                                      Eric Rodriguez, Vice President—Office of Research, Advocacy, and
                                      Legislation, UnidosUS.
                                         Most recently, in the 116th Congress, on February 6, 2019, the
                                      Committee on Ways and Means held a hearing on ‘‘Improving Re-
                                      tirement Security for America’s Workers.’’ Witnesses included
                                      Nancy Altman, President, Social Security Works; Andrew Biggs,
                                      Resident Scholar, American Enterprise Institute; Roger J.
                                      Crandall, Chairman, President & CEO, MassMutual; Robin
                                      Diamonte, Corporate Vice President, Pension Investments, United
                                      Technologies; Luke Huffstutter, Owner, Annastasia Salon and
                                      Summit Salon Academy, Portland, OR; Cindy McDaniel, Co-direc-
                                      tor, Missouri-Kansas City Committee to Protect Pensions; and
                                      Diane Oakley Executive Director, National Institute on Retirement
                                      Security.
                                      Committee action
                                        The Committee on Ways and Means met to consider H.R. 2954
                                      on May 5, 2021, and ordered the bill, as amended, favorably re-
                                      ported by a voice vote (with a quorum being present).
                                                              II. EXPLANATION OF THE BILL
                                              TITLE I—EXPANDING COVERAGE AND INCREASING
                                                          RETIREMENT SAVINGS
                                           1. EXPANDING AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT IN RETIREMENT PLANS
                                                 (SEC. 101 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 414 OF THE CODE)
                                                                               PRESENT LAW

                                      Section 401(k) plans
                                         A section 401(k) plan is a type of profit-sharing or stock bonus
                                      plan that contains a qualified cash or deferred arrangement. Such
                                      arrangements are subject to the rules generally applicable to quali-
                                      fied defined contribution plans. In addition, special rules apply to
                                      such arrangements. Employees who participate in a section 401(k)
                                      plan may elect to have contributions made to the plan (referred to
                                      as ‘‘elective deferrals’’) rather than receive the same amount as cur-
                                      rent compensation.1 The maximum annual amount of elective de-
                                      ferrals that can be made by an employee for a year is $19,500 (for
                                      2021) or, if less, the employee’s compensation.2 For an employee
                                      who attains age 50 by the end of the year, the dollar limit on elec-
                                      tive deferrals is increased by $6,500 (for 2021) (called ‘‘catch-up
                                      contributions’’).3 An employee’s elective deferrals must be fully
                                         1 Elective deferrals generally are made on a pre-tax basis and distributions attributable to
                                      elective deferrals are includible in income. However, a section 401(k) plan is permitted to in-
                                      clude a ‘‘qualified Roth contribution program’’ that permits a participant to elect to have all or
                                      a portion of the participant’s elective deferrals under the plan treated as after-tax Roth contribu-
                                      tions. Certain distributions from a designated Roth account are excluded from income, even
                                      though they include earnings not previously taxed.
                                         2 Sec. 402(g).
                                         3 Sec. 414(v).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          42

                                      vested. A section 401(k) plan may also provide for employer match-
                                      ing and nonelective contributions.
                                      Section 403(b) plans
                                         Tax-deferred annuity plans (referred to as section 403(b) plans)
                                      are generally similar to qualified defined contribution plans, but
                                      may be maintained only by (1) tax-exempt charitable organiza-
                                      tions,4 and (2) educational institutions of State or local govern-
                                      ments (that is, public schools, including colleges and universities).5
                                      Section 403(b) plans may provide for employees to make elective
                                      deferrals (in pre-tax or designated Roth form), including catch-up
                                      contributions, or other after-tax employee contributions, and em-
                                      ployers may make nonelective or matching contributions on behalf
                                      of employees. Contributions to a section 403(b) plan are generally
                                      subject to the same contribution limits applicable to qualified de-
                                      fined contribution plans, including the limits on elective deferrals.
                                      Automatic enrollment
                                         Section 401(k) plans and section 403(b) plans must provide each
                                      eligible employee with an effective opportunity to make or change
                                      an election to make elective deferrals at least once each plan year.6
                                      Whether an employee has an effective opportunity is determined
                                      based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, including the
                                      adequacy of notice of the availability of the election, the period of
                                      time during which an election may be made, and any other condi-
                                      tions on elections.
                                         Section 401(k) plans, and section 403(b) plans that have salary
                                      reduction arrangements, are generally designed so that an em-
                                      ployee will receive cash compensation unless the employee affirma-
                                      tively elects to make elective deferrals to the plan. Alternatively,
                                      such plans may provide that elective deferrals are made at a speci-
                                      fied rate (when the employee becomes eligible to participate) unless
                                      the employee elects otherwise (i.e., affirmatively elects not to make
                                      contributions or to make contributions at a different rate). This al-
                                      ternative plan design is referred to as automatic enrollment.
                                             Nondiscrimination test and automatic enrollment safe harbor
                                        An annual nondiscrimination test, called the actual deferral per-
                                      centage test (the ‘‘ADP’’ test) applies to elective deferrals under a
                                      section 401(k) plan.7 The ADP test generally compares the average
                                      rate of deferral for highly compensated employees to the average
                                      rate of deferral for non-highly compensated employees and requires
                                      that the average deferral rate for highly compensated employees
                                      not exceed the average rate for non-highly compensated employees
                                      by more than certain specified amounts. If a plan fails to satisfy
                                      the ADP test for a plan year based on the deferral elections of
                                      highly compensated employees, the plan is permitted to distribute
                                      deferrals to highly compensated employees (‘‘excess deferrals’’) in a
                                      sufficient amount to correct the failure. The distribution of the ex-
                                        4 These are organizations exempt from tax under section 501(c)(3). Section 403(b) plans of pri-
                                      vate, tax-exempt employers may be subject to ERISA as well as the requirements of section
                                      403(b).
                                        5 Sec. 403(b).
                                        6 Treas. Reg. secs. 1. 401(k)–1(e)(2)(ii); 1.403(b)–5(b)(2).
                                        7 Sec. 401(k)(3).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           43

                                      cess deferrals must be made by the close of the following plan
                                      year.8
                                        The ADP test is deemed to be satisfied if a section 401(k) plan
                                      includes certain minimum matching or nonelective contributions
                                      under either of two plan designs (a ‘‘section 401(k) safe harbor
                                      plan’’), as well as certain required rights and features, and satisfies
                                      a notice requirement.9 One type of section 401(k) safe harbor plan
                                      includes automatic enrollment.
                                        An automatic enrollment section 401(k) safe harbor plan must
                                      provide that, unless an employee elects otherwise, the employee is
                                      treated as electing to make elective deferrals at a default rate
                                      equal to a percentage of compensation as stated in the plan and at
                                      least (1) three percent of compensation for the first year the
                                      deemed election applies to the participant, (2) four percent during
                                      the second year, (3) five percent during the third year, and (4) six
                                      percent during the fourth year and thereafter. Although an auto-
                                      matic enrollment section 401(k) safe harbor plan generally may
                                      provide for default rates higher than these minimum rates, the de-
                                      fault rate cannot exceed 15 percent for any year.
                                      Eligible automatic contribution arrangements
                                         Plans that include eligible automatic contribution arrangements
                                      may allow participants to withdraw certain elective contributions
                                      (‘‘permissive withdrawals’’).10 For this purpose, an eligible auto-
                                      matic contribution arrangement is an arrangement under an em-
                                      ployer plan 11 that meets the following conditions: (1) a participant
                                      under the arrangement may elect to have the employer make pay-
                                      ments as contributions under the plan on behalf of the participant,
                                      or to the participant directly in cash; (2) the participant is treated
                                      as having elected to have the employer make such contributions in
                                      an amount equal to a uniform percentage of compensation provided
                                      under the plan until the participant specifically elects not to have
                                      such contributions made (or specifically elects to have such con-
                                      tributions made at a different percentage); and (3) the adminis-
                                      trator of the plan meets certain notice requirements described
                                      below.12
                                         A permissive withdrawal is an election by the employee to with-
                                      draw elective contributions described in clause (2) above (and earn-
                                      ings attributable thereto). Such withdrawals are excludable from
                                      the employee’s gross income for that taxable year and are not sub-
                                      ject to the 10-percent additional tax 13 on early distributions from
                                      a retirement plan. The employee’s election to make a permissive
                                      withdrawal must be made no later than 90 days after the date of
                                      the employee’s first elective contribution under the arrangement.
                                           8 Sec. 401(k)(8).
                                         9 Sec. 401(k)(12) and (13). If certain additional requirements are met, matching contributions
                                      under a section 401(k) safe harbor plan may also satisfy a nondiscrimination test applicable
                                      under section 401(m).
                                         10 For this purpose, elective contributions are elective deferrals under section 402(g) or con-
                                      tributions to certain governmental plans (as described in Treas. Reg. sec. 1.457–2(f)) that would
                                      be elective contributions if they were made under a qualified plan. Treas. Reg. sec. 1.414(w)–
                                      1(e)(4).
                                         11 The employer plan must be one of the following: a plan qualified under section 401(a); a
                                      section 403(b) plan; a governmental section 457(b) plan; a simplified employer pension (‘‘SEP’’)
                                      under section 408(k)(6) that provides for a salary reduction arrangement; or a SIMPLE IRA,
                                      as defined in section 408(p).
                                         12 Sec. 414(w)(3).
                                         13 Under section 72(t).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00045   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             44

                                         Under the notice requirements, the administrator must, within a
                                      reasonable period before each plan year, give to each employee to
                                      whom the eligible automatic contribution arrangement applies a
                                      notice of the employee’s rights and obligations under the arrange-
                                      ment which (1) is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to ap-
                                      prise the employee of such rights and obligations, and (2) is written
                                      in a manner calculated to be understood by the average employee
                                      to whom the arrangement applies. The notice must describe the
                                      level of the default electronic contributions that will be made on
                                      the employee’s behalf if the employee does not make an affirmative
                                      election.14 It also must include an explanation of the employee’s
                                      right under the arrangement to elect not to have elective contribu-
                                      tions made on the employee’s behalf (or to elect to have a different
                                      percentage of compensation or a different amount of contribution
                                      made to the plan on his or her behalf),15 as well as an explanation
                                      of how contributions made under the arrangement will be invested
                                      in the absence of any investment election by the employee. If the
                                      plan allows permissive withdrawals, it must explain the employee’s
                                      right to make such a withdrawal and describe the procedures to
                                      elect such withdrawal. In addition, the employee must have a rea-
                                      sonable period of time after receipt of the notice and before the first
                                      elective contribution is made to make an election with respect to
                                      such contributions.16
                                                                            REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee recognizes that one of the main reasons many
                                      Americans reach retirement age with little or no savings is that too
                                      few workers are offered an opportunity to save for retirement
                                      through their employers. However, even for those employees who
                                      are offered a retirement plan at work, many do not participate.
                                      Automatic enrollment in section 401(k) plans significantly in-
                                      creases participation. Since first defined and approved by Treasury
                                      in 1998, automatic enrollment has boosted participation by eligible
                                      employees generally, and particularly for Black, Latinx, and lower-
                                      wage employees. For these reasons, the Committee believes it is
                                      appropriate to generally require section 401(k) plans and section
                                      403(b) plans established after the date of enactment to automati-
                                      cally enroll participants in their plans.
                                                                        EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision generally requires newly established section 401(k)
                                      plans and section 403(b) plans with salary reduction agreements to
                                      provide for automatic enrollment.17 Such plans must include an eli-
                                      gible automatic contribution arrangement that allows employees to
                                      make permissive withdrawals,18 and that meets requirements re-
                                      lating to the minimum contribution percentage and the investment
                                      of the employee’s contributions.
                                         Under the minimum contribution percentage requirements, the
                                      eligible automatic contribution arrangement must provide that the
                                           14 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.414(w)–1(b)(3)(ii).
                                           15 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.414(w)–1(b)(3)(ii)(B).
                                        16 Sec. 414(w)(4).
                                        17 SIMPLE section 401(k) plans (section 401(k)(11)) are not subject to the requirements of this
                                      provision.
                                        18 As defined in section 414(w)(2).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000    Frm 00046    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           45

                                      uniform percentage of compensation contributed by the participant
                                      during the first year of participation is at least three percent, and
                                      that such percentage increases by one percentage point each year
                                      to at least 10 percent (but no more than 15 percent), unless the
                                      participant specifically elects not to have such contributions made
                                      or to have them made at a different percentage. For a plan other
                                      than a section 401(k) safe harbor plan, the percentage of compensa-
                                      tion contributed under the eligible automatic contribution arrange-
                                      ment (other than due to a participant’s election to change such per-
                                      centage) may not be greater than 10 percent in any plan year end-
                                      ing before January 1, 2025.
                                         The percentage increase under the eligible automatic contribu-
                                      tion arrangement must be effective as of the first day of the first
                                      plan year commencing after the completion of each year of partici-
                                      pation. In addition, under the investment requirements, amounts
                                      contributed pursuant to such arrangement for which no investment
                                      is elected by the participant must be invested consistent with cer-
                                      tain Department of Labor (‘‘DOL’’) regulations under which a par-
                                      ticipant is treated as exercising control over the assets in the par-
                                      ticipant’s account with respect to certain default investments.19
                                         Certain plans are exempt from the requirements of the provision.
                                      First, the provision does not apply to plans established before the
                                      date of enactment. However, this grandfathering rule does not
                                      apply in the case of an employer adopting a multiple employer plan
                                      after the date of enactment. Second, governmental plans 20 and
                                      church plans 21 are exempt from the provision. Third, the provision
                                      does not apply to a plan while the employer maintaining the plan
                                      has been in existence for less than three years. And fourth, the pro-
                                      vision does not apply to a plan earlier than the date that is one
                                      year after the close of the first taxable year with respect to which
                                      the employer maintaining the plan normally employed more than
                                      10 employees. In the case of a multiple employer plan, the exemp-
                                      tions relating to new employers and to small employers apply sepa-
                                      rately with respect to each employer.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for plan years beginning after Decem-
                                      ber 31, 2022.
                                       2. MODIFICATION OF CREDIT FOR SMALL EMPLOYER PENSION PLAN
                                      START-UP COSTS (SEC. 102 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 45E OF THE CODE)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                        Present law provides a nonrefundable income tax credit equal to
                                      50 percent of the qualified start-up costs paid or incurred during
                                      the taxable year by an eligible employer 22 that adopts a new eligi-
                                      ble employer plan,23 provided that the plan covers at least one non-
                                           19 29 C.F.R. sec. 2550.404c–5, or any successor regulations.
                                           20 Within the meaning of section 414(d).
                                           21 Within the meaning of section 414(e).
                                        22 An eligible employer has the meaning given such term by section 408(p)(2)(C)(i).
                                        23 An eligible employer plan means a qualified employer plan within the meaning of section
                                      4972(d) and includes a section 401(a) qualified retirement plan, a section 403 annuity, any sim-
                                      plified employee pension (‘‘SEP’’) within the meaning of section 408(k), and any simple retire-
                                      ment account (‘‘SIMPLE’’) within the meaning of section 408(p). An eligible employer plan does
                                                                                                                            Continued




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00047   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                                                     46

                                      highly compensated employee.24 Qualified start-up costs are ex-
                                      penses connected with the establishment or administration of the
                                      plan and retirement-related education of employees with respect to
                                      the plan. The amount of the credit for any taxable year is limited
                                      to the greater of (1) $500 or (2) the lesser of (a) $250 multiplied
                                      by the number of non-highly compensated employees of the eligible
                                      employer who are eligible to participate in the plan or (b) $5,000.
                                      The credit applies for up to three consecutive taxable years begin-
                                      ning with the taxable year the plan is first effective, or, at the elec-
                                      tion of the employer, with the year preceding the first plan year.
                                         An eligible employer is an employer that, for the preceding year,
                                      had no more than 100 employees, each with compensation of
                                      $5,000 or more.25 In addition, the employer must not have had a
                                      qualified employer plan covering substantially the same employees
                                      as the new plan with respect to which contributions were made or
                                      benefits were accrued during the three years preceding the first
                                      year for which the credit would apply. Members of controlled
                                      groups and affiliated service groups are treated as a single em-
                                      ployer for purposes of these requirements.26 All eligible employer
                                      plans of an employer are treated as a single plan.
                                         No deduction is allowed for the portion of qualified start-up costs
                                      paid or incurred for the taxable year equal to the amount of the
                                      credit.
                                                                                              REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The credit for small employer pension plan start-up costs serves
                                      to encourage small employers to provide retirement benefits to
                                      their employees. The Committee believes the modifications to this
                                      credit will further encourage small employers to provide these ben-
                                      efits.
                                                                                       EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision increases from 50 percent to 100 percent of quali-
                                      fied start-up costs, the amount of the nonrefundable income tax
                                      credit allowed to an eligible employer with no more than 50 em-
                                      ployees.
                                         The provision also increases by an additional amount up to
                                      $1,000 per employee the credit allowed to any employer who is eli-
                                      gible, as determined in the first taxable year in which the plan is
                                      established. The additional amount of the credit is equal to the ap-
                                      plicable percentage of employer contributions (not including any
                                      elective deferrals) by the employer to an eligible employer plan (not
                                      including a defined benefit plan). The applicable percentages are as
                                      follow:
                                                                                               Taxable Year                                                               Applicable Percentage

                                      Taxable year in which the plan is established ...................................................................................                       100
                                      1st taxable year after the taxable year in which the plan is established .........................................                                      100
                                      2nd taxable year after the taxable year in which the plan is established ........................................                                        75
                                      3rd taxable year after the taxable year in which the plan is established ........................................                                        50

                                      not include a plan maintained by a tax-exempt employer or a governmental plan, as defined
                                      in section 414(d).
                                        24 A non-highly compensated employee is an employee who is not a highly compensated em-
                                      ployee as defined under section 414(q).
                                        25 As defined in section 408(p)(2)(C).
                                        26 Sec. 52(a) or (b) and 414(m) or (o).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191          PO 00000           Frm 00048           Fmt 6659          Sfmt 6602          E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX                 HR283P1
                                                                                                                             47
                                                                                                    Taxable Year                                                                      Applicable Percentage

                                      4th taxable year after the taxable year in which the plan is established ........................................                                                       25
                                      Any taxable years thereafter ................................................................................................................                            0

                                         In the case of an eligible employer which had more than 50 em-
                                      ployees in the year preceding the taxable year in which the plan
                                      is established, the amount of the additional credit is reduced by an
                                      amount equal to two percent for each employee above 50 employees
                                      and is zero for eligible employers with 100 employees.
                                         No deduction is allowed for the portion of qualified start-up costs
                                      paid or incurred or for the portion of employer contributions for the
                                      taxable year equal to the increased amounts of the credit.
                                                                                                          EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December
                                      31, 2021.
                                           3. PROMOTION OF THE SAVER’S CREDIT (SEC. 103 OF THE BILL AND
                                                             SEC. 25B OF THE CODE)

                                                                                                              PRESENT LAW

                                         Present law provides a nonrefundable income tax credit for eligi-
                                      ble taxpayers who make qualified retirement savings contribu-
                                      tions.27 Subject to AGI limits, the credit is available to individuals
                                      who are 18 or older, other than individuals who are full-time stu-
                                      dents or claimed as a dependent on another taxpayer’s return. The
                                      AGI limits for 2021 (as indexed for inflation) are $66,000 for mar-
                                      ried taxpayers filing joint returns, $49,500 for head of household
                                      taxpayers, and $33,000 for single taxpayers and married taxpayers
                                      filing separate returns.
                                         For purposes of the credit, qualified retirement savings contribu-
                                      tions include (1) elective deferrals to a section 401(k) plan, a sec-
                                      tion 403(b)plan, a governmental section 457 plan, a SIMPLE IRA,
                                      or a SEP; (2) contributions to a traditional or Roth IRA; (3) vol-
                                      untary after-tax employee contributions to a qualified retirement
                                      plan or annuity or a section 403(b) plan; (4) contributions to a
                                      501(c)(18)(D) plan; and (6) contributions made to an ABLE account
                                      for which the taxpayer is the designated beneficiary. The maximum
                                      amount of qualified retirement savings contributions taken into ac-
                                      count for purposes of the credit is $2,000. The amount of any con-
                                      tribution eligible for the credit is reduced by distributions received
                                      by the taxpayer (or by the taxpayer’s spouse if the taxpayer files
                                      a joint return with the spouse) from any plan or IRA to which eligi-
                                      ble contributions can be made during the taxable year for which
                                      the credit is claimed, the two taxable years prior to the year the
                                      credit is claimed, and during the period after the end of the taxable
                                      year for which the credit is claimed and prior to the due date for
                                      filing the taxpayer’s return for the year. Distributions that are
                                      rolled over to another retirement plan do not affect the credit.
                                         The credit is a percentage of the taxpayer’s qualified retirement
                                      savings contributions up to $2,000. The credit percentage may be
                                      10 percent, 20 percent, or 50 percent, depending on the AGI of the
                                      taxpayer, as shown in the table below. The credit is in addition to
                                           27 Sec. 25B.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191            PO 00000             Frm 00049            Fmt 6659            Sfmt 6602            E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX                   HR283P1
                                                                                                                48

                                      any deduction or exclusion that would otherwise apply with respect
                                      to the contribution. The credit offsets minimum tax liability as well
                                      as regular tax liability.
                                                                        TABLE 1.—CREDIT RATES FOR SAVER’S CREDIT (FOR 2021)
                                                                                                        Heads of
                                                             Joint Filers                                                        All Other Filers      Credit Rate
                                                                                                       Households

                                      $0–$39,500 .................................................          $0–$29,625                 $0–$19,750             50 percent
                                      $39,501–$43,000 ........................................         $29,626–$32,250            $19,751–$21,500             20 percent
                                      $43,001–$66,000 ........................................         $32,251–$49,500            $21,501–$33,000             10 percent


                                                                                                 REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         Many low- and middle-income individuals have inadequate sav-
                                      ings for retirement. The Committee believes that the saver’s credit
                                      provides an incentive for low- and middle-income individuals to
                                      save for retirement. The principal criticisms of the effectiveness of
                                      the credit focus on the low use of the credit owing, in part, to the
                                      lack of awareness of the credit by taxpayers. The Committee be-
                                      lieves that increased promotion of the credit in a variety of com-
                                      monly spoken languages to increase public awareness of the bene-
                                      fits will improve the effectiveness of the credit.
                                                                                          EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         Under the provision, the Secretary shall take steps to increase
                                      public awareness of the benefits provided under this section and
                                      not later than 90 days after the date of enactment provide a report
                                      to Congress summarizing anticipated promotion efforts. The report
                                      will include a description of plan for the development and distribu-
                                      tion of digital and print materials as well as the translation of such
                                      materials into the five most commonly spoken languages as deter-
                                      mined by data from the U.S. Census Bureau, American Community
                                      Survey.
                                                                                                     EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision applies to taxable years beginning after the date
                                      of enactment.
                                       4. ENHANCEMENT OF 403(b) PLANS (SEC. 104 OF THE BILL AND SEC.
                                                          403(b) OF THE CODE)
                                                                                                      PRESENT LAW

                                      Tax-sheltered annuities (‘‘section 403(b) plans’’)
                                        Section 403(b) plans are a form of tax-favored employer-spon-
                                      sored plan that provides tax benefits similar to qualified retirement
                                      plans. Section 403(b) plans may be maintained only by (1) chari-
                                      table tax-exempt organizations, and (2) educational institutions of
                                      State or local governments (that is, public schools, including col-
                                      leges and universities). Many of the rules that apply to section
                                      403(b) plans are similar to the rules applicable to qualified retire-
                                      ment plans, including section 401(k) plans.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191           PO 00000            Frm 00050       Fmt 6659       Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX    HR283P1
                                                                                             49

                                      Contributions to 403(b) plans
                                        Employers may make nonelective or matching contributions to
                                      such plans on behalf of their employees, and the plan may provide
                                      for employees to make pre-tax elective deferrals, designated Roth
                                      contributions (held in designated Roth accounts) 28 or other after-
                                      tax contributions.
                                             Annuity contracts
                                        Generally, section 403(b) plans provide for contributions toward
                                      the purchase of annuity contracts. The employee’s rights under the
                                      annuity contract are nonforfeitable, except for a failure to pay fu-
                                      ture premiums.29 Amounts contributed by an employer for an an-
                                      nuity contract are excluded from the gross income of the employee
                                      for the taxable year if certain requirements are satisfied.
                                             Section 403(b) custodial accounts
                                        Alternatively, such contributions may be held in custodial ac-
                                      counts established for each employee if those accounts satisfy cer-
                                      tain requirements.
                                        Contributions to a section 403(b) plan that are held in a custodial
                                      account are treated as contributions to an annuity contract 30 if the
                                      assets are (1) held by a bank 31 or another person who dem-
                                      onstrates, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, that the manner in
                                      which the assets will be held is consistent with the requirements
                                      for a qualified retirement plan 32 and (2) invested only in regulated
                                      investment company stock.33
                                        In addition, assets of a section 403(b) custodial account cannot be
                                      commingled in a group trust with any assets other than those of
                                      a regulated investment company.34 Contributions to a custodial ac-
                                      count are not permitted to be distributed before the employee dies,
                                      attains age 591⁄2, has a severance from employment, becomes dis-
                                      abled,35 or, in the case of elective deferrals, encounters financial
                                      hardship; or, with respect to lifetime income options, the date that
                                      is 90 days prior to the date such lifetime income investment no
                                      longer is held as an investment option and is distributed in the
                                      form of a qualified distribution.36 Finally, a custodial account must
                                      contain a written statement that the assets held in a custodial ac-
                                      count cannot be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for
                                      the exclusive benefit of plan participants and their beneficiaries.37
                                           28 Sec. 402A.
                                           29 Sec. 403(b)(1)(C).
                                           30 Sec. 403(b)(7).
                                         31 A ‘‘bank’’ is defined as any bank as defined in section 581, an insured credit union within
                                      the meaning of section 101, paragraph (6) or (7) of the Federal Credit Union Act, and a corpora-
                                      tion which, under the laws of the State of its incorporation, is subject to supervision and exam-
                                      ination by the Commissioner of Banking or other officer of such State in charge of the adminis-
                                      tration of the banking laws of such State. Sec. 408(n).
                                         32 Sec. 401(f)(2) and Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(f)–1. A custodial account that satisfies the require-
                                      ments of section 401(f)(2) is treated as an organization described in section 401(a) solely for pur-
                                      poses of subchapter F of chapter 1 of Subtitle A (secs. 501–530) and subtitle F (pertaining to
                                      procedure and administration) with respect to amounts received by the account and with respect
                                      to any income from the investment of those amounts.
                                         33 Sec. 403(b)(7) and Treas. Reg. sec. 1.403(b)–8(d)(2)(i).
                                         34 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.403(b)–8(d)(2)(ii).
                                         35 Within the meaning of section 72(m)(7).
                                         36 In accordance with section 401(a)(38).
                                         37 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.403(b)–8(d)(2)(iii).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191     PO 00000   Frm 00051   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           50

                                                                                GROUP TRUST

                                        Under the Code, a trust created or organized in the United
                                      States and forming a part of a stock bonus, pension, or profit-shar-
                                      ing plan of an employer for the exclusive benefit of its employees
                                      or their beneficiaries constitutes a qualified trust if it provides
                                      that:
                                              • Contributions made to the trust by the applicable em-
                                           ployer or employers, or both, are used for the purpose of dis-
                                           tributing the corpus and income of the trust, in accordance
                                           with the terms of the plan, to such employees or their bene-
                                           ficiaries; 38
                                              • A trust described in section 401(a) is exempt from income
                                           tax; 39 and
                                              • Under each trust instrument, it must be impossible, at any
                                           time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to
                                           employees and their beneficiaries under the plan and trust, for
                                           any part of the corpus or income of the trust to be used for or
                                           diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the
                                           employees or their beneficiaries.
                                        A group trust is an arrangement under which individual retire-
                                      ment plan trusts pool their assets in a group trust (usually created
                                      for the purpose of providing diversification of investments), where
                                      the trust is declared to be part of each participating retirement
                                      plan and the trust instruments creating both the participating and
                                      group trusts provide that amounts are transferred from one trust
                                      to the other at the direction of the trustee of the participating
                                      trust.40
                                        The tax status of the group trust is derived from the tax status
                                      of the entities participating in the group trust to the extent of the
                                      entities’ equitable interests in such trust if the following require-
                                      ments are satisfied:
                                              • The group trust is itself adopted as a part of each adopting
                                           group trust retiree benefit plan;
                                              • The group trust instrument expressly limits participation
                                           to pension, profit-sharing, and stock bonus trusts or custodial
                                           accounts qualifying under section 401(a) that are exempt under
                                           section 501(a); individual retirement accounts that are exempt
                                           under section 408(e); eligible governmental plan trusts or cus-
                                           todial accounts under section 457(b) that are exempt under sec-
                                           tion 457(g); custodial accounts under section 403(b)(7); retire-
                                           ment income accounts under section 403(b)(9); and section
                                           401(a)(24) governmental plans;
                                              • The group trust instrument expressly prohibits any part of
                                           its corpus or income that equitably belongs to any adopting
                                           group trust retiree benefit plan from being used for, or diverted
                                           to, any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the par-
                                           ticipants and beneficiaries of the group trust retiree benefit
                                           plan;
                                           38 Sec. 401(a)(1).
                                           39 Sec. 501(a).
                                        40 See Rev. Rul. 81–100, 1981–1 C.B. 326, as modified by Rev. Rul. 2004–67, 2004–2 C.B. 28;
                                      Rev. Rul. 2008–40, 2008–2 C.B. 166; Rev. Rul. 2011–1, 2011–2 I.R.B. 251 which was modified
                                      by Notice 2012–6, 2012–3 I.R.B. 293, January 17, 2012; and Rev. Rul. 2014–24, 2014–37 I.R.B.
                                      529.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00052   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           51

                                              • Each group trust retiree benefit plan that adopts the group
                                           trust is itself a trust, a custodial account, or a similar entity
                                           that is tax-exempt under section 408(e) or section 501(a) (or is
                                           treated as exempt under section 501(a));
                                              • Each group trust retiree benefit plan that adopts the group
                                           trust expressly provides in its governing document that it is
                                           impossible for any part of the corpus or income of the group
                                           trust retiree benefit plan to be used for, or diverted to, pur-
                                           poses other than for the exclusive benefit of the plan partici-
                                           pants and their beneficiaries;
                                              • The group trust instrument expressly limits the assets
                                           that may be held by the group trust to assets that are contrib-
                                           uted by, or transferred from, a group trust retiree benefit plan
                                           to the group trust (and the earnings thereon), and the group
                                           trust instrument expressly provides for separate accounting to
                                           reflect the interest that each adopting group trust retiree ben-
                                           efit plan has in the group trust, including separate accounting
                                           for contributions to the group trust from the adopting plan,
                                           disbursements made from the adopting plan’s account in the
                                           group trust, and investment experience of the group trust allo-
                                           cable to that account;
                                              • The group trust instrument expressly prohibits an assign-
                                           ment by an adopting group trust retiree benefit plan of any
                                           part of its equity or interest in the group trust; and
                                              • The group trust is created or organized in the United
                                           States and is maintained at all times as a domestic trust in the
                                           United States.
                                         With respect to section 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, under Inter-
                                      nal Revenue Service (‘‘IRS’’) guidance, such an account fails to sat-
                                      isfy the requirements for a group trust if the assets of the account
                                      are invested other than in the stock of a regulated investment com-
                                      pany, and any group trust in which the assets of a section 403(b)(7)
                                      custodial account is invested must comply with this restriction.41
                                      As a result of this investment restriction, the assets of a custodial
                                      account under section 403(b)(7) generally will be commingled in a
                                      group trust that solely contains the assets of other section 403(b)(7)
                                      custodial accounts.
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        Under present law, group trusts permit certain retirement plans
                                      and IRAs to pool their assets for investment purposes if certain
                                      specified requirements are satisfied providing certain cost savings
                                      and broader investment options to such plans than might otherwise
                                      be available. Section 403(b) investments are generally limited to
                                      annuity contracts and mutual funds. This limitation restricts
                                      403(b) plan participants who are generally employees of charities
                                      and public educational organizations from access to collective in-
                                      vestment trusts, which are often used by 401(a) plans due to their
                                      lower fees.
                                        The Committee believes that section 403(b) custodial accounts
                                      would benefit from participating in a group trust.
                                           41 Rev. Rul. 2011–1, 2011–2 I.R.B. 251.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00053   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          52

                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision provides that contributions to a section 403(b) plan
                                      that are held in a custodial account are treated as contributions to
                                      an annuity contract if the assets are to be held in that custodial
                                      account and invested in regulated investment company stock or a
                                      group trust intended to satisfy the requirements of IRS Revenue
                                      Ruling 81–100 (or any successor guidance).
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is applicable to amounts invested after December
                                      31, 2021.
                                      5. INCREASE IN AGE FOR REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE FOR MANDA-
                                        TORY DISTRIBUTIONS (SEC. 105 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 401(a)(9) OF
                                        THE CODE)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Required minimum distributions
                                        Employer-provided qualified retirement plans and IRAs are sub-
                                      ject to required minimum distribution rules.42 A qualified retire-
                                      ment plan for this purpose means a tax-qualified plan described in
                                      section 401(a) (such as a defined benefit pension plan or a section
                                      401(k) plan), an employee retirement annuity described in section
                                      403(a), a tax-sheltered annuity described in section 403(b), and a
                                      plan described in section 457(b) that is maintained by a govern-
                                      mental employer.43 An employer-provided qualified retirement plan
                                      that is a defined contribution plan is a plan that provides (1) an
                                      individual account for each participant and (2) for benefits based
                                      on the amount contributed to the participant’s account and any in-
                                      come, expenses, gains, losses, and forfeitures of accounts of other
                                      participants which may be allocated to such participant’s account.44
                                        Required minimum distributions generally must begin by April 1
                                      of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the indi-
                                      vidual (employee or IRA owner) reaches age 72. Prior to January
                                      1, 2020, the age after which required minimum distributions were
                                      required to begin was 701⁄2.45 In the case of an employer-provided
                                      qualified retirement plan, the required minimum distribution date
                                      for an individual who is not a five-percent owner of the employer
                                      maintaining the plan may be delayed to April 1 of the year fol-
                                      lowing the year in which the individual retires, if the plan provides
                                      for this later distribution date. For all subsequent years, including
                                      the year in which the individual was paid the first required min-
                                      imum distribution by April 1, the individual must take the re-
                                      quired minimum distribution by December 31.
                                        For IRAs and defined contribution plans, the required minimum
                                      distribution for each year generally is determined by dividing the
                                      account balance as of the end of the prior year by the number of
                                         42 Secs. 401(a)(9) and 408(a)(6).
                                         43 The required minimum distribution rules also apply to section 457(b) plans maintained by
                                      tax-exempt employers other than governmental employers.
                                         44 Sec. 414(i).
                                         45 The SECURE Act, enacted as part of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020,
                                      Pub. L. No. 116–94, Div. O, sec. 114, increased the age after which required minimum distribu-
                                      tions must begin from 701⁄2 to 72, effective for distributions required to be made after December
                                      31, 2019, with respect to individuals who attain age 701⁄2 after that date.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00054   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                              53

                                      years in the distribution period.46 The distribution period is gen-
                                      erally derived from the Uniform Lifetime Table.47 This table is
                                      based on the joint life expectancies of the individual and a hypo-
                                      thetical beneficiary 10 years younger than the individual. For an
                                      individual with a spouse as designated beneficiary who is more
                                      than 10 years younger, the joint life expectancy of the couple is
                                      used (because the couple’s remaining joint life expectancy is longer
                                      than the length provided in the Uniform Lifetime Table). There are
                                      special rules in the case of annuity payments from an insurance
                                      contract.
                                         If an individual dies before the individual’s entire interest is dis-
                                      tributed, and the individual has a designated beneficiary, unless
                                      the designated beneficiary is an eligible designated beneficiary, the
                                      individual’s entire account must be distributed within 10 years
                                      after the individual’s death. This rule applies regardless of whether
                                      the individual dies before or after the individual’s required begin-
                                      ning date.
                                         In the case of an eligible designated beneficiary, the remaining
                                      required minimum distributions are distributed over the life of the
                                      beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expect-
                                      ancy of such beneficiary). Such distributions must begin no later
                                      than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
                                      calendar year in which the individual dies. An eligible designated
                                      beneficiary is a designated beneficiary who is (1) the surviving
                                      spouse of the individual; (2) a child of the individual who has not
                                      reached majority; (3) disabled; (4) chronically ill; or (5) not more
                                      than 10 years younger than the individual.48 If the eligible des-
                                      ignated beneficiary is the individual’s spouse, commencement of
                                      distributions is permitted to be delayed until December 31 of the
                                      calendar year in which the deceased individual would have at-
                                      tained age 72. The required minimum distribution for each year is
                                      determined by dividing the account balance as of the end of the
                                      prior year by a distribution period, which is determined by ref-
                                      erence to the beneficiary’s life expectancy.49 Special rules apply in
                                      the case of trusts for disabled or chronically ill beneficiaries.50
                                         In the case of an individual who does not have a designated ben-
                                      eficiary, if an individual dies on or after the individual’s required
                                      beginning date, the distribution period for the remaining required
                                      minimum distributions is equal to the remaining years of the de-
                                      ceased individual’s single life expectancy, using the age of the de-
                                      ceased individual in the year of death.51 If an individual dies before
                                      the required beginning date, the individual’s entire account must
                                      be distributed no later than December 31 of the calendar year that
                                      includes the fifth anniversary of the individual’s death.52
                                         A special after-death rule applies for an IRA if the beneficiary of
                                      the IRA is the surviving spouse. The surviving spouse is permitted
                                      to choose to calculate required minimum distributions both while
                                           46 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–5.
                                           47 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–9.
                                           48 Sec. 401(a)(9)(E)(ii).
                                           49 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–5, A–5.
                                           50 Sec. 401(a)(9)(H)(iv).
                                           51 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–5, A–5(a).
                                           52 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–3, Q&As 1, 2.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191    PO 00000     Frm 00055   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                            54

                                      the surviving spouse is alive and after death as though the sur-
                                      viving spouse is the IRA owner, rather than a beneficiary.53
                                        Roth IRAs are not subject to the minimum distribution rules dur-
                                      ing the IRA owner’s lifetime. However, Roth IRAs are subject to
                                      the post-death minimum distribution rules that apply to traditional
                                      IRAs. For Roth IRAs, the IRA owner is treated as having died be-
                                      fore the individual’s required beginning date.
                                        Failure to make a required minimum distribution triggers a 50-
                                      percent excise tax, payable by the individual or the individual’s
                                      beneficiary. The tax is imposed during the taxable year that begins
                                      with or within the calendar year during which the distribution was
                                      required.54 The tax may be waived if the failure to distribute is
                                      reasonable error and reasonable steps are taken to remedy the vio-
                                      lation.55
                                      Eligible rollover distributions
                                         With certain exceptions, distributions from an employer-provided
                                      qualified retirement plan are eligible to be rolled over tax free into
                                      another employer-provided qualified retirement plan or an IRA.
                                      This can be achieved by contributing the amount of the distribution
                                      to the other plan or IRA within 60 days of the distribution, or by
                                      a direct payment by the plan to the other plan or IRA (referred to
                                      as a ‘‘direct rollover’’). Distributions that are not eligible for rollover
                                      include (i) any distribution that is one of a series of periodic pay-
                                      ments generally for a period of 10 years or more (or a shorter pe-
                                      riod for distributions made for certain life expectancies), and (ii)
                                      any distribution to the extent that the distribution is a required
                                      minimum distribution.56
                                         For any distribution that is eligible for rollover, an employer-pro-
                                      vided qualified retirement plan must offer the distributee the right
                                      to have the distribution made in a direct rollover.57 Before making
                                      the distribution, the plan administrator must provide the dis-
                                      tributee with a written explanation of the direct rollover right and
                                      related tax consequences.58 Unless a distributee elects to have the
                                      distribution made in a direct rollover, the distribution is generally
                                      subject to mandatory 20-percent income tax withholding.59
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        When mandatory distributions from qualified retirement plans
                                      based on age were added to the Code in 1962,60 the life expectancy
                                      of Americans was shorter. In addition, increasing numbers of
                                      Americans are continuing to work past traditional retirement ages.
                                      For these reasons, the Setting Every Community Up for Retire-
                                      ment (‘‘SECURE’’) Act 61 increased the age at which required min-
                                      imum distributions generally must be made from age 701⁄2 to age
                                           53 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.408–8, Q&A 5.
                                           54 Sec. 4974(a).
                                           55 Sec. 4974(d).
                                         56 Sec. 402(c)(4). Distributions that are not eligible rollover distributions also include distribu-
                                      tions made upon hardship of the employee.
                                         57 Sec. 401(a)(31).
                                         58 Sec. 402(f).
                                         59 Sec. 3405(c). This mandatory withholding does not apply to a distributee that is a bene-
                                      ficiary other than a surviving spouse of an employee.
                                         60 Sec. 2(2) of the Self-Employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962, Pub. L. No. 87–792.
                                         61 Pub. L. No. 116–94.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00056    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           55

                                      72. The Committee believes it is appropriate to further increase
                                      this age to more accurately reflect present-day circumstances.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision changes the age on which the required beginning
                                      date for required minimum distributions is based, from the cal-
                                      endar year in which the employee or IRA owner attains age 72 to
                                      the calendar year in which the employee or IRA owner attains age
                                      73, for individuals who attain age 72 after December 31, 2021, and
                                      who attain age 73 before January 1, 2029. In addition, the provi-
                                      sion changes such age from 73 years to 74 years, for individuals
                                      who attain age 73 after December 31, 2028, and who attain age 74
                                      before January 1, 2032. Such age is further increased to age 75 for
                                      individuals who attain age 74 after December 31, 2031.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for distributions required to be made
                                      after December 31, 2021, for employees and IRA owners who attain
                                      age 72 after such date.
                                           6. INDEXING IRA CATCH-UP LIMIT (SEC. 106 OF THE BILL AND SEC.
                                                                219 OF THE CODE)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                         There are two general types of individual retirement arrange-
                                      ments (‘‘IRAs’’): traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.62 The total
                                      amount that an individual may contribute to one or more IRAs for
                                      a year is generally limited to the lesser of: (1) a dollar amount
                                      ($6,000 for 2021); and (2) the amount of the individual’s compensa-
                                      tion that is includible in gross income for the year.63 In the case
                                      of an individual who has attained age 50 by the end of the taxable
                                      year, the dollar amount is increased by $1,000 (referred to as a
                                      ‘‘catch-up contribution’’). In the case of a married couple, contribu-
                                      tions can be made up to the dollar limit for each spouse if the com-
                                      bined compensation of the spouses that is includible in gross in-
                                      come is at least equal to the contributed amount. An individual
                                      may make contributions to a traditional IRA (up to the contribu-
                                      tion limit) without regard to his or her adjusted gross income.
                                         An individual may deduct his or her contributions to a tradi-
                                      tional IRA if neither the individual nor the individual’s spouse is
                                      an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan. If
                                      an individual or the individual’s spouse is an active participant in
                                      an employer-sponsored retirement plan, the deduction is phased
                                      out for taxpayers with adjusted gross income over certain levels.64
                                         Individuals with adjusted gross income below certain levels may
                                      make contributions to a Roth IRA (up to the contribution limit).65
                                      Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible.

                                           62 Secs. 408 and 408A.
                                         63 Sec. 219(b)(2) and (5), as referenced in secs. 408(a)(1) and (b)(2)(B) and 408A(c)(2). Under

                                      section 4973, IRA contributions in excess of the applicable limit are generally subject to an ex-
                                      cise tax of six percent per year until withdrawn.
                                         64 Sec. 219(g).
                                         65 Sec. 408A(c)(3).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00057   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           56

                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The Committee wishes to enhance an individual’s ability to save
                                      for retirement, and therefore believes it is appropriate to increase
                                      the amount of catch-up contributions that an individual may con-
                                      tribute to an IRA based on increases in cost of living.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Under the provision, the $1,000 amount that may be contributed
                                      as a catch-up contribution by individuals who attain age 50 by the
                                      end of the taxable year is increased for cost-of-living adjustments
                                      for taxable years beginning in 2023 or later.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December
                                      31, 2022.
                                       7. HIGHER CATCH-UP LIMIT TO APPLY AT AGE 62, 63, AND 64 (SEC.
                                                107 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 414(v) OF THE CODE)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                         Under certain types of employer-sponsored retirement plans, in-
                                      cluding section 401(k) plans, section 403(b) plans, SIMPLE IRAs,66
                                      and governmental section 457(b) plans, an employee may elect to
                                      have contributions (elective deferrals) made to the plan, rather
                                      than receive the same amount in cash. The maximum annual
                                      amount of elective deferrals that can be made by an employee for
                                      a year is $19,500 for 2021 ($13,500 in the case of a SIMPLE IRA
                                      or SIMPLE section 401(k) plan 67) or, if less, the employee’s com-
                                      pensation.68 For individuals who will attain age 50 by the end of
                                      the taxable year, this limit is increased to allow additional ‘‘catch-
                                      up contributions.’’ 69
                                         A section 401(k) plan, section 403(b) plan, and governmental sec-
                                      tion 457(b) plan may generally permit catch-up contributions up to
                                      $6,500 in 2021 (indexed for inflation). A SIMPLE IRA or SIMPLE
                                      section 401(k) plan may permit catch-up contributions up to $3,000
                                      in 2021. If elective deferral and catch-up contributions are made to
                                      both a section 401(k) plan and a section 403(b) plan for the same
                                      employee, a single limit applies to the elective deferrals under both
                                      plans. Special contribution limits apply to certain employees under
                                      a section 403(b) plan maintained by a church. In addition, under
                                      a special catch-up rule, an increased elective deferral limit applies
                                      under a plan maintained by an educational organization, hospital,
                                      home health service agency, health and welfare service agency,
                                      church, or convention or association of churches in the case of em-
                                      ployees who have completed 15 years of service. In this case, the
                                      limit is increased by the least of (1) $3,000, (2) $15,000, reduced
                                      by the employee’s total elective deferrals in prior years, and (3)
                                      $5,000 times the employee’s years of service, reduced by the em-
                                      ployee’s total elective deferrals in prior years.
                                           66 Sec. 408(p).
                                           67 Sec. 401(k)(11).
                                        68 Secs. 402(g); 457(c). This limit applies to total elective deferrals under all of a participant’s
                                      section 401(k) plans and section 403(b) plans but applies separately to any governmental section
                                      457(b) plan. Sec. 414(v).
                                        69 Sec. 414(v).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00058   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             57

                                         The section 457(b) plan limits apply separately from the com-
                                      bined limit applicable to section 401(k) and section 403(b) plan con-
                                      tributions, so that an employee covered by a governmental section
                                      457(b) plan and a section 401(k) or section 403(b) plan can con-
                                      tribute the full amount to each plan. In addition, under a special
                                      catch-up rule, for one or more of the participant’s last three years
                                      before normal retirement age, the otherwise applicable limit is in-
                                      creased to the lesser of (1) two times the normal annual limit
                                      ($39,000 for 2021) or (2) the sum of the otherwise applicable limit
                                      for the year plus the amount by which the limit applicable in pre-
                                      ceding years of participation exceeded the deferrals for that year.
                                         Catch-up contributions are not subject to any other contribution
                                      limits and are not taken into account in applying other contribu-
                                      tion limits. In addition, such contributions are not subject to appli-
                                      cable nondiscrimination rules. However, a plan fails to meet the
                                      applicable nondiscrimination requirements under section 401(a)(4)
                                      with respect to benefits, rights, and features unless the plan allows
                                      all eligible individuals participating in the plan to make the same
                                      election with respect to catch-up contributions. For purposes of this
                                      rule, all plans of related employers are treated as a single plan. In
                                      addition, the special nondiscrimination rule for mergers and acqui-
                                      sitions applies for this purpose.70
                                         An employer is permitted to make matching contributions with
                                      respect to catch-up contributions. Any such matching contributions
                                      are subject to the normally applicable rules.
                                                                            REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        Under present law, the Code permits catch-up contributions at a
                                      time when individuals are typically more advanced in their careers
                                      and in a better financial position to contribute additional funds to
                                      their retirement plans. In order to increase such individuals’ ability
                                      to grow their retirement savings, the Committee believes it is ap-
                                      propriate to increase the limit on catch-up contributions in the
                                      three years before the individual attains age 65 (a typical normal
                                      retirement age under a plan).
                                                                        EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Under the provision, the limit on catch-up contributions is in-
                                      creased for individuals who have attained age 62, 63, or 64 (but
                                      who are not older than 64) by the end of the taxable year. A section
                                      401(k) plan (other than a SIMPLE section 401(k) plan), section
                                      403(b) plan, or governmental section 457(b) plan may increase the
                                      limit on catch-up contributions for such individuals to the lesser of
                                      (1) $10,000 or (2) the participant’s compensation for the year re-
                                      duced by any other elective deferrals of the participant for the
                                      year.71 A SIMPLE section 401(k) plan or a SIMPLE IRA may in-
                                      crease the limit on catch-up contributions for such individuals to
                                      the lesser of (1) $5,000 or (2) the participant’s compensation for the
                                      year reduced by any other elective deferrals of the participant for
                                      the year. Both the $10,000 amount and the $5,000 amount are in-
                                      dexed for inflation beginning in 2023.
                                           70 Secs. 410(b)(6)(C); 414(v)(4)(B).
                                        71 This increase also applies to catch-up contributions under a simplified employee pension
                                      under section 408(k) that includes a salary reduction arrangement.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000    Frm 00059    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          58

                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December
                                      31, 2022.
                                      8. MULTIPLE EMPLOYER 403(b) PLANS (SEC. 108 OF THE BILL AND
                                        SECS. 403(b), 6057, 6058 OF THE CODE AND SECS. 3(43) AND 3(44)
                                        OF ERISA)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Retirement savings under the Code and ERISA
                                         The Code provides tax-favored treatment for various types of re-
                                      tirement plans, including employer-sponsored plans and IRAs.
                                      Code provisions are generally within the jurisdiction of the Sec-
                                      retary of the Treasury (the ‘‘Secretary’’), through his or her dele-
                                      gate, the IRS.
                                         The most common type of tax-favored employer-sponsored retire-
                                      ment plan is a qualified retirement plan,72 which may be a defined
                                      contribution plan or a defined benefit plan. Under a defined con-
                                      tribution plan, separate individual accounts are maintained for
                                      participants, to which accumulated contributions, earnings, and
                                      losses are allocated, and participants’ benefits are based on the
                                      value of their accounts.73 Defined contribution plans commonly
                                      allow participants to direct the investment of their accounts, usu-
                                      ally by choosing among investment options offered under the plan.
                                      Under a defined benefit plan, benefits are determined under a plan
                                      formula and paid from general plan assets, rather than individual
                                      accounts.74 Besides qualified retirement plans, certain tax-exempt
                                      employers and public schools may maintain tax-deferred annuity
                                      plans.75
                                         An IRA is generally established by the individual for whom the
                                      IRA is maintained.76 However, in some cases, an employer may es-
                                      tablish IRAs on behalf of employees and provide retirement con-
                                      tributions to the IRAs.77 In addition, IRA treatment may apply to
                                      accounts maintained for employees under a trust created by an em-
                                      ployer (or an employee association) for the exclusive benefit of em-
                                      ployees or their beneficiaries, provided that the trust complies with
                                      the relevant IRA requirements and separate accounting is main-
                                      tained for the interest of each employee or beneficiary (referred to
                                      herein as an ‘‘IRA trust’’).78 In that case, the assets of the trust
                                        72 Sec. 401(a). A qualified annuity plan under section 403(a) is similar to and subject to re-
                                      quirements similar to those applicable to qualified retirement plans.
                                        73 Sec. 414(i). Defined contribution plans generally provide for contributions by employers and
                                      may include a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under a section 401(k) plan, under which
                                      employees may elect to contribute to the plan.
                                        74 Sec. 414(j).
                                        75 Sec. 403(b). Private and governmental employers that are exempt from tax under section
                                      501(c)(3), including tax-exempt private schools, may maintain tax-deferred annuity plans (dis-
                                      cussed further below). State and local governmental employers may maintain another type of
                                      tax-favored retirement plan, an eligible deferred compensation plan under section 457(b).
                                        76 Sections 219, 408 and 408A provide rules for IRAs. Under section 408(a)(2) and (n), only
                                      certain entities are permitted to be the trustee of an IRA. The trustee of an IRA generally must
                                      be a bank, an insured credit union, or a corporation subject to supervision and examination by
                                      the Commissioner of Banking or other officer in charge of the administration of the banking
                                      laws of the State in which it is incorporated. Alternatively, an IRA trustee may be another per-
                                      son who demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the manner in which the person
                                      will administer the IRA will be consistent with the IRA requirements.
                                        77 Simplified employee pension (‘‘SEP’’) plans under section 408(k) and SIMPLE IRA plans
                                      under section 408(p) are employer-sponsored retirement plans funded using IRAs for employees.
                                        78 Sec. 408(c).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00060   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             59

                                      may be held in a common fund for the account of all individuals
                                      who have an interest in the trust.
                                      Tax-sheltered annuities (‘‘section 403(b) plans’’)
                                         Section 403(b) plans are a form of tax-favored employer-spon-
                                      sored plan that provide tax benefits similar to qualified retirement
                                      plans. Section 403(b) plans may be maintained only by (1) chari-
                                      table tax-exempt organizations, and (2) educational institutions of
                                      State or local governments (that is, public schools, including col-
                                      leges and universities).
                                         Many of the rules that apply to section 403(b) plans are similar
                                      to the rules applicable to qualified retirement plans, including sec-
                                      tion 401(k) plans. Section 403(b) plans are generally subject to the
                                      minimum coverage and nondiscrimination rules that apply to quali-
                                      fied defined contribution plans. However, as in the case of a quali-
                                      fied retirement plan, a governmental section 403(b) plan is not sub-
                                      ject to the nondiscrimination rules.
                                      Contributions to section 403(b) plans
                                        Employers may make nonelective or matching contributions to
                                      such plans on behalf of their employees, and the plan may provide
                                      for employees to make pre-tax elective deferrals, designated Roth
                                      contributions (held in designated Roth accounts) 79 or other after-
                                      tax contributions.
                                             Annuity contracts
                                        Generally, section 403(b) plans provide for contributions toward
                                      the purchase of annuity contracts for providing retirement benefits
                                      for their employees. The employee’s rights under the annuity con-
                                      tract are nonforfeitable, except for a failure to pay future pre-
                                      miums.80 Section 403(b) generally provides that amounts contrib-
                                      uted by an employer for an annuity contract are excluded from the
                                      gross income of the employee for the taxable year if certain require-
                                      ments are satisfied.
                                             403(b) Custodial accounts
                                        Alternatively, such contributions may be held in custodial ac-
                                      counts established for each employee if those accounts satisfy cer-
                                      tain requirements.
                                        Contributions to a section 403(b) plan that are held in a custodial
                                      account are treated as contributions to an annuity contract 81 if the
                                      assets (1) are held by a bank 82 or another person who dem-
                                      onstrates, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, that the manner in
                                      which the assets will be held is consistent with the requirements



                                           79 Sec. 402A.
                                           80 Sec. 403(b)(1)(C).
                                           81 Sec. 403(b)(7).
                                         82 A ‘‘bank’’ is defined as any bank as defined in section 581, an insured credit union within

                                      the meaning of section 101, paragraph (6) or (7) of the Federal Credit Union Act, and a corpora-
                                      tion which, under the laws of the State of its incorporation, is subject to supervision and exam-
                                      ination by the Commissioner of Banking or other officer of such State in charge of the adminis-
                                      tration of the banking laws of such State. Sec. 408(n).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191     PO 00000   Frm 00061   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          60

                                      for a qualified retirement plan 83 and (2) are invested only in regu-
                                      lated investment company stock.84
                                               Retirement income accounts
                                         Assets of a section 403(b) plan generally must be invested in an-
                                      nuity contracts or mutual funds.85 However, the restrictions on in-
                                      vestments do not apply to a retirement income account, which is
                                      a type of section 403(b) plan that is a defined contribution program
                                      established or maintained by a church, or a convention or associa-
                                      tion of churches, to provide benefits under the plan to employees
                                      of a religious, charitable or similar tax-exempt organization.86
                                         Certain rules prohibiting discrimination in favor of highly com-
                                      pensated employees, which apply to section 403(b) plans generally,
                                      do not apply to a plan maintained by a church or qualified church-
                                      controlled organization.87 For this purpose, church means a church,
                                      a convention or association of churches, or an elementary or sec-
                                      ondary school that is controlled, operated, or principally supported
                                      by a church or by a convention or association of churches, and in-
                                      cludes a qualified church-controlled organization. A qualified
                                      church-controlled organization is any church-controlled tax-exempt
                                      organization other than an organization that (1) offers goods, serv-
                                      ices, or facilities for sale, other than on an incidental basis, to the
                                      general public, other than goods, services, or facilities that are sold
                                      at a nominal charge substantially less than the cost of providing
                                      the goods, services, or facilities, and (2) normally receives more
                                      than 25 percent of its support from either governmental sources, or
                                      receipts from admissions, sales of merchandise, performance of
                                      services, or furnishing of facilities, in activities that are not unre-
                                      lated trades or businesses, or from both. Church-controlled organi-
                                      zations that are not qualified church-controlled organizations are
                                      generally referred to as ‘‘nonqualified church-controlled organiza-
                                      tions.’’
                                      Church plans
                                        A church plan is a plan established and maintained for employ-
                                      ees (or their beneficiaries) by the church or by a convention or asso-
                                      ciation of churches that is exempt from tax.88 Church plans include
                                      plans maintained by an organization, whether a corporation or oth-
                                      erwise, that has as its principal purpose or function the adminis-
                                      tration or funding of a plan or program for providing retirement or

                                         83 Sec. 401(f)(2) and Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(f)–1. A custodial account that satisfies the require-

                                      ments of section 401(f)(2) is treated as an organization described in section 401(a) solely for pur-
                                      poses of subchapter F of chapter 1 of Subtitle A (secs. 501–530) and subtitle F (pertaining to
                                      procedure and administration) with respect to amounts received by the account and with respect
                                      to any income from the investment of those amounts.
                                         84 Sec. 403(b)(7) and Treas. Reg. sec. 1.403(b)–8(d)(2)(i).
                                         85 Sec. 403(b)(1)(A) and (7).
                                         86 Sec. 403(b)(9)(B), referring to organizations exempt from tax under section 501(c)(3). For

                                      this purpose, a church or a convention or association of churches includes an organization de-
                                      scribed in section 414(e)(3)(A), that is, an organization, the principal purpose or function of
                                      which is the administration or funding of a plan or program for the provision of retirement bene-
                                      fits or welfare benefits, or both, for the employees of a church or a convention or association
                                      of churches, provided that the organization is controlled by, or associated with, a church or a
                                      convention or association of churches.
                                         87 Sec. 403(b)(1)(D) and (12).
                                         88 Sec. 414(e). The plan is exempt from tax under section 501.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00062   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          61

                                      welfare benefits for the employees of the church or convention or
                                      association of churches.89
                                      ERISA
                                         Retirement plans of private employers, including qualified retire-
                                      ment plans and tax-deferred annuity plans, are generally subject to
                                      requirements under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
                                      of 1974 (‘‘ERISA’’).90 A plan covering only business owners (or busi-
                                      ness owners and their spouses)—that is, it covers no other employ-
                                      ees—is exempt from ERISA.91 Thus, a plan covering only self-em-
                                      ployed individuals is exempt from ERISA. Tax-deferred annuity
                                      plans that provide solely for salary reduction contributions by em-
                                      ployees may be exempt from ERISA.92 IRAs are generally exempt
                                      from ERISA.
                                         The provisions of Title I of ERISA are under the jurisdiction of
                                      the Secretary of Labor.93 Many of the requirements under Title I
                                      of ERISA parallel Code requirements for qualified retirement
                                      plans. Under ERISA, in carrying out provisions relating to the
                                      same subject matter, the Secretary (of the Treasury) and the Sec-
                                      retary of Labor are required to consult with each other and develop
                                      rules, regulations, practices, and forms that, to the extent appro-
                                      priate for efficient administration, are designed to reduce duplica-
                                      tion of effort, duplication of reporting, conflicting or overlapping re-
                                      quirements, and the burden of compliance by plan administrators,
                                      employers, and participants and beneficiaries.94 In addition, inter-
                                      pretive jurisdiction over parallel Code and ERISA provisions relat-
                                      ing to retirement plans is divided between the two Secretaries by
                                      an Executive Order, referred to as the Reorganization Plan No. 4
                                      of 1978.95
                                         Certain church plans are exempt from the coverage, vesting,
                                      funding, and fiduciary requirements of ERISA (‘‘non-electing’’
                                      churches). Church plans may waive this exemption by election.96
                                      Electing plans become subject to all section 401(a) qualification re-
                                      quirements, Title I of ERISA, and the excise tax on prohibited
                                      transactions.97 Such plans participate in the termination insurance
                                      program administered by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corpora-
                                      tion (‘‘PBGC’’).
                                            Fiduciary and bonding requirements
                                         Among other requirements, ERISA requires a plan to be estab-
                                      lished and maintained pursuant to a written instrument (that is,
                                         89 Sec. 414(e)(3)(A). With respect to certain provisions (e.g., the exemption for church plans
                                      from nondiscrimination rules applicable for tax-sheltered annuities), the more limited definition
                                      of church under the employment-tax rules applies (secs. 312l(w)(3)(A) and (B)).
                                         90 ERISA applies to employee welfare benefit plans, such as health plans, of private employ-
                                      ers, as well as to employer-sponsored retirement (or pension) plans. Employer-sponsored welfare
                                      and pension plans are both referred to under ERISA as employee benefit plans. Under ERISA
                                      sec. 4(b)(1) and (2), governmental plans and church plans are generally exempt from ERISA.
                                         91 29 C.F.R. sec. 2510.3–3(b)–(c).
                                         92 29 C.F.R. sec. 2510.3–2(f).
                                         93 The provisions of Title I of ERISA are codified at 29 U.S.C.1001–1191c. Under Title IV of
                                      ERISA, defined benefit plans of private employers are generally covered by the PBGC’s pension
                                      insurance program.
                                         94 ERISA sec. 3004.
                                         95 43 Fed. Reg. 47713 (October 17, 1978).
                                         96 Section 4(b)(2) of ERISA excepts a church plan (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA)
                                      with respect to which no election has been made under Code section 410(d) from the provisions
                                      of Title I of ERISA (including the fiduciary, participation and vesting, and funding rules).
                                         97 Sec. 4975.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00063   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           62

                                      a plan document) that contains certain terms.98 The terms of the
                                      plan must provide for one or more named fiduciaries that jointly
                                      or severally have authority to control and manage the operation
                                      and administration of the plan.99 Among other required plan terms
                                      are a procedure for the allocation of responsibilities for the oper-
                                      ation and administration of the plan and a procedure for amending
                                      the plan and for identifying the persons who have authority to
                                      amend the plan. Among other permitted terms, a plan may provide
                                      also that any person or group of persons may serve in more than
                                      one fiduciary capacity with respect to the plan (including service
                                      both as trustee and administrator) and that a person who is a
                                      named fiduciary with respect to the control or management of plan
                                      assets may appoint an investment manager or managers to man-
                                      age plan assets.
                                         In general, a plan fiduciary is responsible for the investment of
                                      plan assets. However, a special rule applies in the case of a defined
                                      contribution plan that permits participants to direct the investment
                                      of their individual accounts.100 Under the special rule, if various
                                      requirements are met, a participant is not deemed to be a fiduciary
                                      by reason of directing the investment of the participant’s account
                                      and no person who is otherwise a fiduciary is liable for any loss,
                                      or by reason of any breach, that results from the participant’s in-
                                      vestments. Defined contribution plans that provide for participant-
                                      directed investments commonly offer a set of investment options
                                      among which participants may choose. The selection of investment
                                      options to be offered under a plan is subject to ERISA fiduciary re-
                                      quirements.
                                         Under ERISA, any plan fiduciary or person that handles plan as-
                                      sets is required to be bonded, generally for an amount not to exceed
                                      $500,000.101 In some cases, the maximum bond amount is $1 mil-
                                      lion, rather than $500,000.
                                             Tax-sheltered annuity plans under ERISA
                                        ERISA generally applies to section 403(b) plans maintained by
                                      tax-exempt organizations.
                                        However, there is an exception from ERISA for certain tax-shel-
                                      tered annuity programs established by tax-exempt entities which
                                      consist of a program for the purchase of an annuity contract or the
                                      establishment of a custodial account pursuant to salary reduction
                                      agreements or agreements to forego an increase in salary where
                                      the tax-exempt entity has very limited involvement. Under the pro-
                                      gram: (1) participation is completely voluntary for employees, (2)
                                      all rights under the annuity contract or custodial account are en-
                                      forceable solely by the employee, and (3) the employer’s sole in-
                                      volvement in the program is limited to the following, for example:
                                      (a) permitting annuity contractors to publicize their products to
                                      employees, (b) requesting information concerning proposed funding,
                                      media, products, or annuity contracts, (c) summarizing or otherwise
                                      compiling information provided, (d) collecting annuity or custodial
                                      account contributions, or (e) holding in the employer’s name, one or
                                           98 ERISA sec. 402.
                                         99 Fiduciary is defined in ERISA section 3(21), and named fiduciary is defined in ERISA sec-
                                      tion 402(a)(2).
                                         100 ERISA sec. 404(c). Under ERISA, a defined contribution plan is also referred to as an indi-
                                      vidual account plan.
                                         101 ERISA sec. 412.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00064   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          63

                                      more group annuity contracts covering the employees; and (4) for
                                      which the employer receives no direct or indirect consideration or
                                      compensation.102
                                        Section 403(b) plans sponsored by governmental and public edu-
                                      cation employers are generally not subject to ERISA.
                                        Similarly, non-electing church plans funded through section
                                      403(b) annuities are generally not subject to ERISA.103
                                      Multiple employer plans under the Code
                                             In general
                                         Qualified retirement plans, either defined contribution or defined
                                      benefit plans, are categorized as single employer plans or multiple
                                      employer plans (‘‘MEPs’’). A single employer plan is a plan main-
                                      tained by one employer. For this purpose, businesses and organiza-
                                      tions that are members of a controlled group of corporations, a
                                      group under common control, or an affiliated service group are
                                      treated as one employer (referred to as ‘‘aggregation’’).104
                                         A MEP generally is a single plan maintained by two or more un-
                                      related employers (that is, employers that are not treated as a sin-
                                      gle employer under the aggregation rules).105 MEPs are commonly
                                      maintained by employers in the same industry and are used also
                                      by professional employer organizations (‘‘PEOs’’) to provide quali-
                                      fied retirement plan benefits to employees working for PEO cli-
                                      ents.106
                                         There is no specific provision in the Code that provides for sec-
                                      tion 403(b) plans maintained by more than one employer.107
                                             Application of Code requirements to MEPs
                                         Some requirements are applied to a MEP on a plan-wide
                                      basis.108 For example, all employees covered by the plan are treat-
                                      ed as employees of all employers participating in the plan for pur-
                                      poses of the exclusive benefit rule. Similarly, an employee’s service
                                      with all participating employers is taken into account in applying
                                      the minimum participation and vesting requirements. In applying
                                      the limits on contributions and benefits, compensation, contribu-
                                      tions, and benefits attributable to all employers are taken into ac-
                                      count.109 Other requirements are applied separately, including the
                                      minimum coverage requirements, nondiscrimination requirements
                                        102 29 C.F.R. sec. 2510.3–2(f).
                                        103 However, whether or not they are maintained by a church, plans that are funded through
                                      tax-deferred custodial accounts are subject to annual reporting requirements and to the duty
                                      to report distributions of $600 or more. This is because such an account constitutes a ‘‘funded
                                      plan of deferred compensation described in part I of subchapter D of chapter 1.’’ Sec. 6058, 6041;
                                      Treas. Reg. sec. 301.6058–1(a)(2).
                                        104 Sec. 414(b), (c), (m) and (o).
                                        105 Sec. 413(c). Multiple employer status does not apply if the plan is a multiemployer plan.
                                      Multiemployer plans are different from single employer plans and MEPs. A multiemployer plan
                                      is defined under section 414(f) as a plan maintained pursuant to one or more collective bar-
                                      gaining agreements with two or more unrelated employers and to which the employers are re-
                                      quired to contribute under the collective bargaining agreement(s). Multiemployer plans are also
                                      known as Taft-Hartley plans.
                                        106 Rev. Proc. 2003–86, 2003–2 C.B. 1211, and Rev. Proc. 2002–21, 2002–1 C.B. 911, address
                                      the application of the MEP rules to qualified defined contribution plans maintained by PEOs.
                                        107 Section 413(c) provides rules governing MEPs subject to sections 401(a), 410(a) and 411,
                                      in other words tax-qualified retirement plans, but does not apply those rules to section 403(b)
                                      plans.
                                        108 Sec. 413(c).
                                        109 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.415(a)–1(e).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00065   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                            64

                                      (both the general requirements and the special tests for section
                                      401(k) plans), and the top-heavy rules.110
                                             ‘‘One bad apple’’ rule
                                         The qualified status of the plan as a whole is determined with
                                      respect to all employers maintaining the plan, and the failure by
                                      one employer (or by the plan itself) to satisfy an applicable quali-
                                      fication requirement may result in disqualification of the plan with
                                      respect to all employers (sometimes referred to as the ‘‘one bad
                                      apple’’ rule).111
                                         The SECURE Act provided relief from the ‘‘one bad apple’’ rule
                                      under the Code for certain MEPs.112 MEPs that satisfy certain re-
                                      quirements (referred to herein as a ‘‘covered MEP’’) may avoid the
                                      consequences of the ‘‘one bad apple rule.’’ A ‘‘covered MEP’’ is a
                                      multiple employer qualified defined contribution plan 113 or a plan
                                      that consists of IRAs (referred to herein as an ‘‘IRA plan’’), includ-
                                      ing under an IRA trust,114 that either (1) is maintained by employ-
                                      ers which have a common interest other than having adopted the
                                      plan, or (2) in the case of a plan not described in (1), has a pooled
                                      plan provider (referred to herein as a ‘‘pooled provider plan’’),115
                                      and which meets certain other requirements as described below.
                                         Relief from the ‘‘one bad apple’’ rule does not apply to a plan un-
                                      less the terms of the plan provide that, in the case of any employer
                                      in the plan failing to take required actions (referred to herein as
                                      a ‘‘noncompliant employer’’):
                                             • Plan assets attributable to employees of the noncompliant
                                           employer (or beneficiaries of such employees) will be trans-
                                           ferred to a plan maintained only by that employer (or its suc-
                                           cessor), to a tax-favored retirement plan for each individual
                                           whose account is transferred,116 or to any other arrangement
                                           that the Secretary determines is appropriate, unless the Sec-
                                           retary determines it is in the best interests of the employees
                                           of the noncompliant employer (and beneficiaries of such em-
                                           ployees) to retain the assets in the plan, and
                                             • The noncompliant employer (and not the plan with respect
                                           to which the failure occurred or any other employer in the
                                           plan) is, except to the extent provided by the Secretary, liable
                                           for any plan liabilities attributable to employees of the non-
                                           compliant employer (or beneficiaries of such employees).
                                         In addition, in the case of a pooled provider plan, if the pooled
                                      plan provider does not perform substantially all the administrative
                                      duties required of the provider (as described below) for any plan
                                      year, the Secretary may provide that the determination as to
                                           110 Treas. Reg. secs. 1.413–2(a)(3)(ii)–(iii) and 1.416–1, G–2.
                                           111 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.413–2(a)(3)(iv).
                                         112 Sec. 101 of Div. O. of Pub. L. No. 116–94, the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act,
                                      2020, December 20, 2019. With respect to plans described under section 413(e)(1)(A), other than
                                      providing relief from the ‘‘one bad apple’’ rule if certain requirements are met and adding cer-
                                      tain reporting requirements, the provision generally did not change present law and related
                                      guidance applicable to such MEPs under the Code or ERISA.
                                         113 To which section 413(c) applies.
                                         114 In applying the exclusive benefit requirement under section 408(c) to an IRA plan with an
                                      IRA trust covering employees of unrelated employers, all employees covered by the plan are
                                      treated as employees of all employers participating in the plan.
                                         115 Sec. 413(e)(1).
                                         116 For this purpose, a tax-favored retirement plan means an eligible retirement plan as de-
                                      fined in section 402(c)(8)(B), that is, an IRA, a qualified retirement plan, a tax-deferred annuity
                                      plan under section 403(b), or an eligible deferred compensation plan of a State or local govern-
                                      mental employer under section 457(b).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000    Frm 00066   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           65

                                      whether the plan meets the Code requirements for tax-favored
                                      treatment will be made in the same manner as would be made
                                      without regard to the relief under the provision.
                                      MEP status under ERISA
                                         Like the Code, ERISA contains rules for multiple employer re-
                                      tirement plans.117 However, a different concept of MEP applies
                                      under ERISA.
                                         Under ERISA, an employee benefit plan (whether a pension plan
                                      or a welfare plan) must be sponsored by an employer, by an em-
                                      ployee organization, or by both.118 The definition of employer is any
                                      person acting directly as an employer, or indirectly in the interest
                                      of an employer, in relation to an employee benefit plan, and in-
                                      cludes a group or association of employers acting for an employer
                                      in such capacity.119
                                         Historically, these definitional provisions of ERISA have been in-
                                      terpreted as only permitting a MEP to be established or main-
                                      tained by a cognizable, bona fide group or association of employers,
                                      acting in the interests of its employer members to provide benefits
                                      to their employees.120 This approach is based on the premise that
                                      the person or group that maintains the plan is tied to the employ-
                                      ers and employees that participate in the plan by some common
                                      economic or representational interest or genuine organizational re-
                                      lationship unrelated to the provision of benefits. Based on the facts
                                      and circumstances, the employers that participate in the benefit
                                      program must, either directly or indirectly, exercise control over
                                      that program, both in form and in substance, in order to act as a
                                      bona fide employer group or association with respect to the pro-
                                      gram, or the plan is sponsored by one or more employers as defined
                                      in section 3(5) of ERISA.121 However, an employer association does
                                      not exist where several unrelated employers merely execute partici-
                                      pation agreements or similar documents as a means to fund bene-
                                      fits, in the absence of any genuine organizational relationship be-
                                      tween the employers. In that case, each participating employer es-
                                      tablishes and maintains a separate employee benefit plan for the
                                      benefit of its own employees, rather than a MEP.
                                            DOL MEP regulations
                                        On July 31, 2019, the DOL issued final regulations 122 pursuant
                                      to Executive Order 13847 123 which had directed the DOL to con-
                                      sider within 180 days whether to issue a notice of proposed rule-
                                      making, other guidance, or both, that would clarify when a group
                                      or association of employers or other appropriate business or organi-
                                           117 ERISA sec. 210(a).
                                           118 ERISA secs. 3(1) and (2).
                                           119 ERISA sec. 3(5).
                                         120 See, e.g., Department of Labor Advisory Opinions 2012–04A, 2003–17A, 2001–04A, and
                                      1994–07A, and other authorities cited therein.
                                         121 See, e.g., Department of Labor Advisory Opinion 2017–02AC.
                                         122 84 Fed. Reg. 37508, July 31, 2019. DOL noted in the preamble to the final regulations that
                                      these final regulations differ significantly from the legislative proposals introduced in Congress,
                                      including the SECURE Act which ‘‘makes comprehensive changes to ERISA and the Code to
                                      facilitate open MEPs.’’ DOL indicates that the final rule is significantly more limited in scope
                                      because it relies solely on the Department’s authority to promulgate regulations administering
                                      title I of ERISA and unlike Congress, DOL does not have the authority to make statutory
                                      changes to ERISA and other areas of law that govern retirement savings such as the Code.
                                         123 83 Fed. Reg. 45321, September 6, 2018. The Executive Order was issued on August 31,
                                      2018.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00067   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           66

                                      zation could be an ‘‘employer’’ under ERISA.124 The final regulation
                                      focuses its scope on MEPs sponsored by either a group or associa-
                                      tion of employers or by a PEO and is limited to defined contribu-
                                      tion plans.125 The final regulation does not deal with pooled em-
                                      ployer plans.
                                         The final regulation recognizes that a bona fide group or associa-
                                      tion of employers may establish a MEP if such group or association
                                      meets the following requirements: (1) the primary purpose of the
                                      group or association may be to provide MEP coverage to its em-
                                      ployer members and their employees, but there must also be at
                                      least one substantial business purpose unrelated to offering and
                                      providing MEP coverage or other employee benefits to the employer
                                      members and their employees; (2) each employer member of the
                                      group or association is a person acting directly as an employer of
                                      at least one employee who is a participant covered under the plan;
                                      (3) the group or association has a formal organizational structure
                                      with a governing body and has by-laws or other similar indications
                                      of formality; (4) the functions and activities of the group or associa-
                                      tion are controlled by its employer members, and the group’s or as-
                                      sociation’s employer members that participate in the plan control
                                      (in form and in substance) the plan; (5) the employer members
                                      have a commonality of interest; (6) plan participation is only per-
                                      mitted to employees and former employees of employer members,
                                      and their beneficiaries; and (7) the group or association is not a
                                      bank or trust company, insurance issuer, broker-dealer or other
                                      similar financial services firm. Under the final regulation, a bona
                                      fide PEO may establish a MEP. Certain ‘‘working owners’’ may also
                                      establish a MEP.
                                            Section 403(b) Plans under ERISA
                                        There is no specific provision in ERISA that provides for section
                                      403(b) plans maintained by more than one employer.126
                                      ‘‘Pooled’’ MEPs under the Code and ERISA
                                         As described above, the SECURE Act provided relief from the
                                      ‘‘one bad apple’’ rule under the Code for certain MEPs. The SE-
                                      CURE Act also introduced the concept of a ‘‘pooled’’ MEP for pur-
                                      poses of the Code and ERISA. Various requirements apply to a
                                      ‘‘pooled provider plan’’ under the Code, with similar, but not iden-
                                      tical, requirements applying under ERISA.
                                              Pooled provider plan
                                         A ‘‘pooled provider plan’’ is a qualified defined contribution plan
                                      that is established or maintained for the purpose of providing bene-
                                      fits to the employees of a MEP administered by a ‘‘pooled plan pro-
                                      vider.’’ A pooled provider plan does not include a plan maintained
                                      by employers that have a common interest other than having
                                      adopted the plan.
                                         In the case of a pooled provider plan, if the pooled plan provider
                                      does not perform substantially all the administrative duties re-
                                           124 Within the meaning of ERISA sec. 3(5).
                                           125 As defined in section 3(34) of ERISA.
                                         126 ERISA section 210 provides rules related to MEPs. Section 29 C.F.R. sec. 2530.210(c) de-
                                      fines the term ‘‘multiple employer plan’’ to mean a MEP within the meaning of sections 413(b)
                                      and (c) of the Code and the regulations thereafter, and as previously noted, those rules are ap-
                                      plicable to plans subject to sections 401(a), 410(a) and 411.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00068   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             67

                                      quired of the provider (as described below) for any plan year, the
                                      Secretary may provide that the determination as to whether the
                                      plan meets the Code requirements for tax-favored treatment will be
                                      made in the same manner as would be made without regard to the
                                      relief under the provision.
                                              Pooled plan provider
                                         A ‘‘pooled plan provider’’ with respect to a plan means a person
                                      that:
                                              • Is designated by the terms of the plan as a named fidu-
                                           ciary under ERISA,127 as the plan administrator, and as the
                                           person responsible to perform all administrative duties (includ-
                                           ing conducting proper testing with respect to the plan and the
                                           employees of each employer in the plan) that are reasonably
                                           necessary to ensure that the plan meets the Code requirements
                                           for tax-favored treatment and the requirements of ERISA and
                                           to ensure that each employer in the plan takes actions as the
                                           Secretary or the pooled plan provider determines necessary for
                                           the plan to meet Code and ERISA requirements, including pro-
                                           viding to the pooled plan provider any disclosures or other in-
                                           formation that the Secretary may require or that the pooled
                                           plan provider otherwise determines are necessary to admin-
                                           ister the plan or to allow the plan to meet Code and ERISA
                                           requirements,
                                              • Registers with the Secretary as a pooled plan provider and
                                           provides any other information that the Secretary may require,
                                           before beginning operations as a pooled plan provider,
                                              • Acknowledges in writing its status as a named fiduciary
                                           under ERISA and as the plan administrator, and
                                              • Is responsible for ensuring that all persons who handle
                                           plan assets or are plan fiduciaries are bonded in accordance
                                           with ERISA requirements.
                                         The Secretary may perform audits, examinations, and investiga-
                                      tions of pooled plan providers as may be necessary to enforce and
                                      carry out the purposes of the statute.
                                         In addition, in determining whether a person meets the require-
                                      ments to be a pooled plan provider with respect to any plan, all
                                      persons who perform services for the plan and who are treated as
                                      a single employer 128 are treated as one person.
                                            Plan sponsor
                                        Except with respect to the administrative duties (as a named fi-
                                      duciary, as the plan administrator, and as the person responsible
                                      for the performance of all administrative duties) for which the
                                      pooled plan provider is responsible as described above, each em-
                                      ployer in a plan which has a pooled plan provider is treated as the
                                      plan sponsor with respect to the portion of the plan attributable to
                                      that employer’s employees (or beneficiaries of such employees).
                                            Guidance
                                        The Secretary is directed to issue guidance (that the Secretary
                                      determines appropriate) (1) to identify the administrative duties
                                           127 Within the meaning of ERISA section 402(a)(2).
                                           128 Under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000    Frm 00069    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           68

                                      and other actions required to be performed by a pooled plan pro-
                                      vider, (2) that describes the procedures to be taken to terminate a
                                      plan that fails to meet the requirements to be a covered MEP, in-
                                      cluding the proper treatment of, and actions needed to be taken by,
                                      any employer in the plan and plan assets and liabilities attrib-
                                      utable to employees of that employer (or beneficiaries of such em-
                                      ployees), and (3) to identify appropriate cases in which corrective
                                      action will apply with respect to noncompliant employers. For pur-
                                      poses of (3), the Secretary is to take into account whether the fail-
                                      ure of an employer or pooled plan provider to provide any disclo-
                                      sures or other information, or to take any other action, necessary
                                      to administer a plan or to allow a plan to meet the Code require-
                                      ments for tax-favored treatment, has continued over a period of
                                      time that demonstrates a lack of commitment to compliance. An
                                      employer or pooled plan provider is not treated as failing to meet
                                      a requirement of guidance issued by the Secretary if, before the
                                      issuance of such guidance, the employer or pooled plan provider
                                      complies in good faith with a reasonable interpretation of the provi-
                                      sions to which the guidance relates.
                                        The Secretary is directed to publish model plan language that
                                      meets the Code and ERISA requirements and that may be adopted
                                      in order for the plan to be treated as a pooled employer plan under
                                      ERISA.
                                        The Secretary (or the Secretary’s delegate) has the authority to
                                      provide for the proper treatment of a failure to meet any Code re-
                                      quirement with respect to any employer (and its employees) in a
                                      MEP.
                                      Pooled employer plans under ERISA
                                             In general
                                        A pooled employer plan is treated for purposes of ERISA as a
                                      single plan that is a MEP. A ‘‘pooled employer plan’’ is a qualified
                                      defined contribution plan that is established or maintained for the
                                      purpose of providing benefits to the employees of two or more em-
                                      ployers, that meets certain requirements in order to be treated for
                                      purposes of ERISA as a single plan. A pooled employer plan does
                                      not include a plan maintained by employers that have a common
                                      interest other than having adopted the plan.
                                        In order for a plan to be a pooled employer plan, the plan terms
                                      must:
                                             • Designate a pooled plan provider and provide that the
                                          pooled plan provider is a named fiduciary of the plan;
                                             • Designate one or more trustees (other than an employer in
                                          the plan) 129 to be responsible for collecting contributions to,
                                          and holding the assets of, the plan, and require the trustees to
                                          implement written contribution collection procedures that are
                                          reasonable, diligent, and systematic;
                                             • Provide that each employer in the plan retains fiduciary
                                          responsibility for the selection and monitoring, in accordance
                                          with ERISA fiduciary requirements, of the person designated
                                          as the pooled plan provider and any other person who is also
                                          designated as a named fiduciary of the plan, and, to the extent
                                          not otherwise delegated to another fiduciary by the pooled plan
                                           129 Any trustee must meet the requirements under the Code to be an IRA trustee.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00070   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          69

                                           provider (and subject to the ERISA rules relating to self-di-
                                           rected investments), the investment and management of the
                                           portion of the plan’s assets attributable to the employees of
                                           that employer (or beneficiaries of such employees) in the plan;
                                              • Provide that employers in the plan, and participants and
                                           beneficiaries, are not subject to unreasonable restrictions, fees,
                                           or penalties with regard to ceasing participation, receipt of dis-
                                           tributions, or otherwise transferring assets of the plan in ac-
                                           cordance with applicable rules for plan mergers and transfers;
                                              • Require the pooled plan provider to provide to employers
                                           in the plan any disclosures or other information that the Sec-
                                           retary of Labor may require, including any disclosures or other
                                           information to facilitate the selection or any monitoring of the
                                           pooled plan provider by employers in the plan, and require
                                           each employer in the plan to take any actions that the Sec-
                                           retary of Labor or pooled plan provider determines are nec-
                                           essary to administer the plan or to allow for the plan to meet
                                           the ERISA and Code requirements applicable to the plan, in-
                                           cluding providing any disclosures or other information that the
                                           Secretary of Labor may require or that the pooled plan pro-
                                           vider otherwise determines are necessary to administer the
                                           plan or to allow the plan to meet such ERISA and Code re-
                                           quirements; and
                                              • Provide that any disclosure or other information required
                                           to be provided as described above may be provided in electronic
                                           form and will be designed to ensure only reasonable costs are
                                           imposed on pooled plan providers and employers in the plan.
                                        In the case of a fiduciary of a pooled employer plan or a person
                                      handling assets of a pooled employer plan, the maximum bond
                                      amount under ERISA is $1 million.
                                        The term ‘‘pooled employer plan’’ does not include a multiem-
                                      ployer plan. Such term also does not include a plan established be-
                                      fore the date of enactment of the SECURE Act unless the plan ad-
                                      ministrator elects to have the plan treated as a pooled employer
                                      plan and the plan meets the ERISA requirements applicable to a
                                      pooled employer plan established on or after such date.
                                             Pooled plan provider
                                        The definition of pooled plan provider for ERISA purposes is gen-
                                      erally similar to the definition under the Code, described above.130
                                      The ERISA definition requires a person to register as a pooled plan
                                      provider with the Secretary of Labor and provide any other infor-
                                      mation that the Secretary of Labor may require before beginning
                                      operations as a pooled plan provider.
                                        The Secretary of Labor may perform audits, examinations, and
                                      investigations of pooled plan providers as may be necessary to en-
                                      force and carry out the purposes of the statute.
                                            Plan sponsor
                                        Except with respect to the administrative duties (as a named fi-
                                      duciary, as the plan administrator, and as the person responsible
                                      for the performance of all administrative duties) for which the
                                        130 In determining whether a person meets the requirements to be a pooled plan provider with
                                      respect to a plan, all persons who perform services for the plan and who are treated as a single
                                      employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 are treated as one person.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00071   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          70

                                      pooled plan provider is responsible as described above, each em-
                                      ployer in a pooled employer plan will be treated as the plan spon-
                                      sor with respect to the portion of the plan attributable to that em-
                                      ployer’s employees (or beneficiaries of such employees).
                                              Guidance
                                         The Secretary of Labor is to issue guidance that he or she deter-
                                      mines appropriate (1) to identify the administrative duties and
                                      other actions required to be performed by a pooled plan provider,131
                                      and (2) that requires, in appropriate cases of a noncompliant em-
                                      ployer, plan assets attributable to employees of the noncompliant
                                      employer (or beneficiaries of such employees) to be transferred to
                                      a plan maintained only by that employer (or its successor), to a tax-
                                      favored retirement plan for each individual whose account is trans-
                                      ferred, or to any other arrangement that the Secretary of Labor de-
                                      termines in the guidance is appropriate,132 and the noncompliant
                                      employer (and not the plan with respect to which the failure oc-
                                      curred or any other employer in the plan) to be liable for any plan
                                      liabilities attributable to employees of the noncompliant employer
                                      (or beneficiaries of such employees), except to the extent provided
                                      in the guidance. For purposes of (2), the Secretary of Labor is to
                                      take into account whether the failure of an employer or pooled plan
                                      provider to provide any disclosures or other information, or to take
                                      any other action, necessary to administer a plan or to allow a plan
                                      to meet the requirements of ERISA and the Code requirements for
                                      tax-favored treatment, has continued over a period of time that
                                      demonstrates a lack of commitment to compliance. An employer or
                                      pooled plan provider is not treated as failing to meet a requirement
                                      of guidance issued by the Secretary if, before the issuance of such
                                      guidance, the employer or pooled plan provider complies in good
                                      faith with a reasonable interpretation of the provisions to which
                                      the guidance relates.
                                              Form 5500 reporting
                                         Under the Code, an employer maintaining a qualified retirement
                                      plan generally is required to file an annual return containing infor-
                                      mation required under regulations with respect to the qualification,
                                      financial condition, and operation of the plan.133 ERISA requires
                                      the plan administrator of certain pension and welfare benefit plans
                                      to file annual reports disclosing certain

                                        131 The DOL has issued guidance on registering as a pooled plan provider. See 85 Fed. Reg.

                                      72934, November 16, 2020. (29 C.F.R. sec. 2510.3–44).
                                        132 The Secretary of Labor may waive the requirement to transfer assets to another plan or

                                      arrangement in appropriate circumstances if the Secretary of Labor determines it is in the best
                                      interests of the employees of the noncompliant employer (and the beneficiaries of such employ-
                                      ees) to retain the assets in the pooled employer plan.
                                        133 Sec. 6058. In addition, under section 6059, the plan administrator of a defined benefit plan

                                      subject to the minimum funding requirements is required to file an annual actuarial report.
                                      Under section 414(g) and ERISA section 3(16), plan administrator generally means the person
                                      specifically so designated by the terms of the plan document. In the absence of a designation,
                                      the plan administrator generally is (1)in the case of a plan maintained by a single employer,
                                      the employer, (2)in the case of a plan maintained by an employee organization, the employee
                                      organization, or (3)in the case of a plan maintained by two or more employers or jointly by one
                                      or more employers and one or more employee organizations, the association, committee, joint
                                      board of trustees, or other similar group of representatives of the parties that maintain the plan.
                                      Under ERISA, the party described in (1), (2), or (3) is referred to as the ‘‘plan sponsor.’’




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00072   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          71

                                         Information to the DOL.134 These filing requirements are met by
                                      filing a completed Form 5500, Annual Return/Report of Employee
                                      Benefit Plan. Forms 5500 are filed with DOL, and information from
                                      Forms 5500 is shared with the IRS.135
                                         In the case of a MEP (including a pooled employer plan), the
                                      Form 5500 filing must include a list of participating employers in
                                      the plan; a good faith estimate of the percentage of total contribu-
                                      tions made by the participating employers during the plan year;
                                      and the aggregate account balances attributable to each employer
                                      in the plan (determined as the sum of the account balances of the
                                      employees of each employer (and the beneficiaries of such employ-
                                      ees)); and with respect to a pooled employer plan, the identifying
                                      information for the person designated under the terms of the plan
                                      as the pooled plan provider. The Secretary of Labor may prescribe
                                      simplified reporting for a MEP that covers fewer than 1,000 partici-
                                      pants, but only if no single employer in the plan has 100 or more
                                      participants covered by the plan.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         Under present law, employers eligible to sponsor section 401(a)
                                      tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plans may maintain a
                                      multiple employer plan if the employers either (1) have a common
                                      interest (other than having adopted the plan) or (2) have a pooled
                                      plan provider. Multiple employer plans afford an opportunity to
                                      small employers to band together to obtain more favorable retire-
                                      ment plan investment results and more efficient and less expensive
                                      management services. However, the ability of employers eligible to
                                      sponsor section 403(b) arrangements to sponsor and maintain mul-
                                      tiple employer plans is uncertain under the Code and ERISA.
                                         The Committee believes that employers eligible to maintain sec-
                                      tion 403(b) tax sheltered annuity arrangements should have the
                                      same access to multiple employer plans as is provided to sponsors
                                      of section 401(a) tax-qualified retirement plans.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                      Section 403(b) MEPs under the Code
                                             In general
                                         The provision clarifies that a section 403(b) plan may be estab-
                                      lished and maintained as a MEP. Specifically, it provides that, ex-
                                      cept in the case of a church plan, section 403(b) annuity contracts
                                      and 403(b) custodial accounts 136 do not fail to qualify as section
                                      403(b) plans solely by reason of such contracts being purchased or
                                      accounts being established under a plan maintained by more than
                                      one employer.
                                         For purposes of this provision, a section 403(b) plan includes
                                      such a plan sponsored by (1) tax-exempt entities (described in sec-
                                         134 ERISA secs. 103 and 104. Under ERISA section 4065, the plan administrator of certain
                                      defined benefit plans must provide information to the PBGC.
                                         135 Information is shared also with the PBGC, as applicable. Form 5500 filings are also pub-
                                      licly released in accordance with section 6104(b) and Treas. Reg. sec. 301.6104(b)–1 and ERISA
                                      sections 104(a)(1) and 106(a).
                                         136 Sec. 403(b)(7) provides that amounts paid by a tax-exempt employer to a custodial account
                                      which satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2) are treated as amounts contributed by him
                                      for an annuity contract for his employee if the amounts are to be invested in regulated invest-
                                      ment company stock to be held in that custodial account.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00073   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             72

                                      tion 501(c)(3) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a)) and
                                      (2) public schools (including state colleges and universities).
                                              Relief from ‘‘one bad apple’’ rule
                                         Under the provision, as long as such a section 403(b) plan main-
                                      tained by more than one employer satisfies rules similar to certain
                                      rules that apply to qualified retirement MEPs,137 the section 403(b)
                                      plan will not fail to be treated as such merely because one or more
                                      employers of employees covered by the plan fail to meet the re-
                                      quirements of section 403(b). The rules applicable to qualified re-
                                      tirement MEPs require that where one or more employers of em-
                                      ployees covered by the MEP fails to meet the applicable qualifica-
                                      tion requirements:
                                              • the assets of the plan attributable to employees of such
                                           employer (or beneficiaries of such employees) will be trans-
                                           ferred to a plan maintained only by such employer (or its suc-
                                           cessor), to an eligible retirement plan 138 for each individual
                                           whose account is transferred, or to any other arrangement that
                                           the Secretary determines is appropriate, unless the Secretary
                                           determines it is in the best interests of the employees of such
                                           employer (and the beneficiaries of such employees) to retain
                                           the assets in the plan, and
                                              • such employer (and not the plan with respect to which the
                                           failure occurred or any other employer in such plan) will, ex-
                                           cept to the extent provided by the Secretary, be liable for any
                                           liabilities with respect to such plan attributable to employees
                                           of such employer (or beneficiaries of such employees).
                                         In addition, in the case of a section 403(b) plan maintained by
                                      tax-exempt entities, such plans must also meet either the com-
                                      monality rule 139 or have a pooled plan provider. This requirement
                                      does not apply to plans maintained by governmental employers.
                                      Section 403(b) MEPs under ERISA
                                        The provision:
                                            • Amends the definition of pooled employer plan under
                                          ERISA 140 to include a section 403(b) MEP that meets the ap-
                                          plicable requirements under the Code (as added by this provi-
                                          sion).141
                                            • It also amends the requirements relating to plan terms for
                                          pooled employer plans to permit, in the case of section 403(b)
                                          plans, fiduciaries other than trustees to hold certain respon-
                                          sibilities relating to plan assets.142
                                      Disclosure Rules
                                             Special disclosure rules for tax-exempt employers joining a
                                                 section 403(b) MEP
                                        As noted above, there is an exception from ERISA for certain tax-
                                      sheltered annuity programs established by tax-exempt entities
                                      which consist of a program for the purchase of annuity contracts
                                           137 Under section 413(e)(2).
                                           138 As defined in section 402(c)(8)(B).
                                           139 Sec. 413(e)(1)(A).
                                           140 ERISA sec. 3(43)(A).
                                           141 Under section 403(b)(15), as added by this provision.
                                           142 ERISA sec. 3(43)(B)(ii).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000     Frm 00074   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           73

                                      or the establishment of custodial accounts pursuant to salary re-
                                      duction agreements or agreements to forego an increase in salary
                                      where the tax-exempt entity has very limited involvement in the
                                      program. However, if a tax-exempt employer who had participated
                                      in such a non-ERISA program decides to become a participating
                                      employer in a section 403(b) MEP, that employer will become sub-
                                      ject to ERISA because of the fiduciary responsibilities imposed on
                                      each employer in a section 403(b) MEP.
                                         To ensure that such tax-exempt employers are aware of their
                                      ERISA fiduciary duties, the provision imposes additional disclosure
                                      to such employers. First, the provision directs the Secretary (or the
                                      Secretary’s delegate) to modify the model plan language applicable
                                      to qualified retirement MEPs 143 to include language which notifies
                                      participating tax-exempt employers that the plan is subject to
                                      ERISA and that each such employer is a plan sponsor with respect
                                      to its employees participating in the MEP, and, as such, has cer-
                                      tain fiduciary duties with respect to the plan and the employees.
                                      Second, Treasury must undertake necessary education and out-
                                      reach efforts to increase awareness to tax-exempt employers that
                                      MEPs are subject to ERISA, that such employers are plan sponsors
                                      with respect to their employees participating in the MEP and, as
                                      such, have certain fiduciary duties with respect to the plan and to
                                      its employees.
                                             Other disclosures
                                        The provision also provides that the Secretary also publish model
                                      plan language similar to the model plan language published for
                                      qualified plan MEPs 144 for section 403(b) MEPs sponsored by non-
                                      governmental employers.
                                      Reporting requirements for section 403(b) MEPs
                                        In the case of any annuity contract described in section 403(b)
                                      that is a MEP, such plan is treated as a single plan for purposes
                                      of the reporting requirements under the Code relating to the an-
                                      nual registration statement and the annual return for certain
                                      plans 145 As a result, the plan can file a single Form 8955–SSA,
                                      Annual Registration Statement Identifying Separated Participants
                                      With Deferred Vested Benefits, and a single Form 5500, Annual
                                      Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan, rather than having each
                                      participating employer in the section 403(b) MEP file their own
                                      form. These filing requirements only apply to tax-exempt employ-
                                      ers because governmental employers are not subject to ERISA.
                                      Regulations
                                        The Secretary (or the Secretary’s designee) must prescribe such
                                      regulations as may be necessary to clarify the treatment of a plan
                                      termination by an employer in the case of section 403(b) MEPs.146

                                           143 Sec. 413(e)(5).
                                           144 Under section 413(e)(5).
                                        145 The reporting requirement relating to the annual registration statement is under section

                                      6057, and the requirement relating to the annual return is under 6058. These requirements only
                                      apply in the case of a section 403(b) plan that is otherwise subject to such requirements.
                                        146 As described in section 403(b)(15).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00075   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           74

                                      No inference with respect to church plans
                                        The provision provides that regarding any application of section
                                      403(b) to an annuity contract purchased under a church plan,147
                                      maintained by more than one employer, or to any application of
                                      rules similar to the rules that apply to qualified retirement
                                      MEPs 148 to such a plan, no inference is to be made from the rules
                                      applicable to section 403(b) MEPs not applying to such plans.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is generally effective for plan years beginning after
                                      December 31, 2021.
                                        Nothing in the amendments made by the general rule is to be
                                      construed as limiting the authority of the Secretary or the Sec-
                                      retary’s delegate (determined without regard to such amendment)
                                      to provide for the proper treatment of a failure to meet any re-
                                      quirement applicable under such Code with respect to one em-
                                      ployer (and its employees) in the case of a section 403(b) MEP.149
                                      9. TREATMENT OF STUDENT LOAN PAYMENTS AS ELECTIVE DEFER-
                                        RALS FOR PURPOSES OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (SEC. 109 OF
                                        THE BILL AND SECS. 401(m), 403(b), 408(p), AND 457(b) OF THE
                                        CODE)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                      Section 401(k) plans
                                         A section 401(k) plan is a type of profit-sharing or stock bonus
                                      plan that contains a qualified cash or deferred arrangement. Such
                                      arrangements are subject to the rules generally applicable to quali-
                                      fied defined contribution plans. In addition, special rules apply to
                                      such arrangements. Employees who participate in a section 401(k)
                                      plan may elect to have contributions made to the plan (referred to
                                      as ‘‘elective deferrals’’) rather than receive the same amount as cur-
                                      rent compensation.150 The maximum annual amount of elective de-
                                      ferrals that can be made by an employee for a year is $19,500 (for
                                      2021) or, if less, the employee’s compensation.151 For an employee
                                      who attains age 50 by the end of the year, the dollar limit on elec-
                                      tive deferrals is increased by $6,500 (for 2021) (called ‘‘catch-up
                                      contributions’’).152 An employee’s elective deferrals must be fully
                                      vested. A section 401(k) plan may also provide for employer match-
                                      ing and nonelective contributions.
                                         In order to constitute a qualified cash or deferred arrangement,
                                      no benefit under the arrangement may be conditioned, directly or
                                      indirectly, on the employee electing to have the employer make or
                                      not make contributions under the arrangement in lieu of receiving
                                           147 As defined in section 414(e).
                                           148 Sec. 413(e).
                                           149 As described in section 403(b)(15).
                                         150 Elective deferrals generally are made on a pre-tax basis and distributions attributable to
                                      elective deferrals are includible in income. However, a section 401(k) plan is permitted to in-
                                      clude a ‘‘qualified Roth contribution program’’ that permits a participant to elect to have all or
                                      a portion of the participant’s elective deferrals under the plan treated as after-tax Roth contribu-
                                      tions. Certain distributions from a designated Roth account are excluded from income, even
                                      though they include earnings not previously taxed.
                                         151 Sec. 402(g).
                                         152 Sec. 414(v).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00076   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           75

                                      cash.153 However, matching contributions are exempt from this
                                      rule.
                                      Nondiscrimination test
                                             Actual deferral percentage test
                                         An annual nondiscrimination test, called the actual deferral per-
                                      centage test (the ‘‘ADP’’ test) applies to elective deferrals under a
                                      section 401(k) plan.154 The ADP test generally compares the aver-
                                      age rate of deferral for highly compensated employees to the aver-
                                      age rate of deferral for non-highly compensated employees and re-
                                      quires that the average deferral rate for highly compensated em-
                                      ployees not exceed the average rate for non-highly compensated
                                      employees by more than certain specified amounts. If a plan fails
                                      to satisfy the ADP test for a plan year based on the deferral elec-
                                      tions of highly compensated employees, the plan is permitted to
                                      distribute deferrals to highly compensated employees (‘‘excess de-
                                      ferrals’’) in a sufficient amount to correct the failure. The distribu-
                                      tion of the excess deferrals must be made by the close of the fol-
                                      lowing plan year.155
                                         The ADP test is deemed to be satisfied if a section 401(k) plan
                                      includes certain minimum matching or nonelective contributions
                                      under either of two plan designs (‘‘401(k) safe harbor plan’’), de-
                                      scribed below, as well as certain required rights and features and
                                      the plan satisfies a notice requirement.156
                                             Section 401(k) safe harbor contributions
                                         Under one type of section 401(k) safe harbor plan (‘‘basic 401(k)
                                      safe harbor plan’’), the plan either (1) satisfies a matching contribu-
                                      tion requirement (‘‘matching contribution basic 401(k) safe harbor
                                      plan’’) or (2) provides for the employer to make a nonelective con-
                                      tribution to a defined contribution plan of at least three percent of
                                      an employee’s compensation on behalf of each non-highly com-
                                      pensated employee who is eligible to participate in the plan (‘‘non-
                                      elective basic 401(k) safe harbor plan’’). The matching contribution
                                      requirement under the matching contribution basic 401(k) safe har-
                                      bor requires a matching contribution equal to at least 100 percent
                                      of elective contributions of the employee for contributions not in ex-
                                      cess of three percent of compensation, and 50 percent of elective
                                      contributions for contributions that exceed three percent of com-
                                      pensation but do not exceed five percent, for a total matching con-
                                      tribution of up to four percent of compensation. The required
                                      matching contributions and the three percent nonelective contribu-
                                      tion under the basic 401(k) safe harbor must be immediately non-
                                      forfeitable (that is, 100 percent vested) when made.
                                         Another safe harbor applies for a section 401(k) plan that in-
                                      cludes automatic enrollment (‘‘automatic enrollment 401(k) safe
                                      harbor’’). Under an automatic enrollment 401(k) safe harbor, unless
                                      an employee elects otherwise, the employee is treated as electing
                                           153 Sec. 401(k)(4)(A).
                                        154 Sec. 401(k)(3). Long-term part-time workers may be excluded from this and other non-
                                      discrimination tests. Sec. 401(k)(2)(D).
                                        155 Sec. 401(k)(8).
                                        156 Sec. 401(k)(12) and (13). If certain additional requirements are met, matching contributions
                                      under 401(k) safe harbor plan may also satisfy a nondiscrimination test applicable under section
                                      401(m).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00077   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          76

                                      to make elective deferrals equal to a percentage of compensation as
                                      stated in the plan, not in excess of 15 percent and at least (1) three
                                      percent of compensation for the first year the deemed election ap-
                                      plies to the participant, (2) four percent during the second year, (3)
                                      five percent during the third year, and (4) six percent during the
                                      fourth year and thereafter.157 The matching contribution require-
                                      ment under this safe harbor is 100 percent of elective contributions
                                      of the employee for contributions not in excess of one percent of
                                      compensation, and 50 percent of elective contributions for contribu-
                                      tions that exceed one percent of compensation but do not exceed six
                                      percent, for a total matching contribution of up to 3.5 percent of
                                      compensation (‘‘matching contribution automatic enrollment 401(k)
                                      safe harbor’’). Alternatively, the plan can provide that the employer
                                      will make a nonelective contribution of three percent, as under the
                                      basic 401(k) safe harbor (‘‘nonelective contribution automatic en-
                                      rollment 401(k) safe harbor’’). However, under the automatic enroll-
                                      ment 401(k) safe harbors, the matching and nonelective contribu-
                                      tions are allowed to become 100 percent vested after two years of
                                      service (rather than being required to be immediately vested when
                                      made).
                                             Matching contribution nondiscrimination test
                                         Employer matching contributions are also subject to a special
                                      nondiscrimination test, the ‘‘ACP test,’’ which compares the aver-
                                      age actual contribution percentages (‘‘ACPs’’) of matching contribu-
                                      tions for the highly compensated employee group and the non-high-
                                      ly compensated employee group. The plan generally satisfies the
                                      ACP test if the ACP of the highly compensated employee group for
                                      the current plan year is either (1) not more than 125 percent of the
                                      ACP of the non-highly compensated employee group for the prior
                                      plan year, or (2) not more than 200 percent of the ACP of the non-
                                      highly compensated employee group for the prior plan year and not
                                      more than two percentage points greater than the ACP of the non-
                                      highly compensated employee group for the prior plan year.
                                         A safe harbor section 401(k) plan that provides for matching con-
                                      tributions is deemed to satisfy the ACP test (‘‘401(m) safe harbor’’)
                                      if, in addition to meeting the safe harbor contribution and notice
                                      requirements under section 401(k), (1) matching contributions are
                                      not provided with respect to elective deferrals in excess of six per-
                                      cent of compensation, (2) the rate of matching contribution does not
                                      increase as the rate of an employee’s elective deferrals increases,
                                      and (3) the rate of matching contribution with respect to any rate
                                      of elective deferral of a highly compensated employee is no greater
                                      than the rate of matching contribution with respect to the same
                                      rate of deferral of a non-highly compensated employee.158
                                      SIMPLE IRA plan
                                        A small employer that employs no more than 100 employees who
                                      earned $5,000 or more during the prior calendar year can establish
                                      a simplified tax-favored retirement plan, which is called the SIM-
                                         157 These automatic increases in default contribution rates are required for plans using the
                                      safe harbor. Rev. Rul. 2009–30, 2009–39 I.R.B. 391, provides guidance for including automatic
                                      increases in other plans using automatic enrollment, including under a plan that includes an
                                      eligible automatic contribution arrangement.
                                         158 Sec. 401(m)(11); 401(m)(12).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00078   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           77

                                      PLE IRA plan. A SIMPLE IRA plan is generally a plan under
                                      which contributions are made to an IRA for each employee (a ‘‘SIM-
                                      PLE IRA’’).159 A SIMPLE IRA plan allows employees to make elec-
                                      tive deferrals to a SIMPLE IRA, subject to a limit of $13,500 (for
                                      2021). An individual who has attained age 50 before the end of the
                                      taxable year may also make catch-up contributions under a SIM-
                                      PLE IRA plan up to a limit of $3,000 (for 2021).
                                         In the case of a SIMPLE IRA plan, the group of eligible employ-
                                      ees generally must include any employee who has received at least
                                      $5,000 in compensation from the employer in any two preceding
                                      years and is reasonably expected to receive $5,000 in the current
                                      year. A SIMPLE IRA plan is not subject to the nondiscrimination
                                      rules generally applicable to qualified retirement plans.
                                         Employer contributions to a SIMPLE IRA must satisfy one of two
                                      contribution formulas. Under the matching contribution formula,
                                      the employer generally is required to match employee elective con-
                                      tributions on a dollar-for-dollar basis up to three percent of the em-
                                      ployee’s compensation. The employer can elect a lower percentage
                                      matching contribution for all employees (but not less than one per-
                                      cent of each employee’s compensation); however, a lower percentage
                                      cannot be elected for more than two years out of any five-year pe-
                                      riod. Alternatively, for any year, an employer is permitted to elect,
                                      in lieu of making matching contributions, to make a nonelective
                                      contribution of two percent of compensation on behalf of each eligi-
                                      ble employee with at least $5,000 in compensation for such year,
                                      whether or not the employee makes an elective contribution.
                                         The employer must provide each employee eligible to make elec-
                                      tive deferrals under a SIMPLE IRA plan a 60-day election period
                                      before the beginning of the calendar year and a notice at the begin-
                                      ning of the 60-day period explaining the employee’s choices under
                                      the plan.160
                                         No contributions other than employee elective contributions, re-
                                      quired employer matching contributions, or employer nonelective
                                      contributions can be made to a SIMPLE IRA plan, and the em-
                                      ployer may not maintain any other qualified retirement plan.
                                      Section 403(b) and governmental 457(b) plans
                                         Tax-deferred annuity plans (referred to as section 403(b) plans)
                                      are generally similar to qualified defined contribution plans, but
                                      may be maintained only by (1) tax-exempt charitable organiza-
                                      tions,161 and (2) educational institutions of State or local govern-
                                      ments (that is, public schools, including colleges and univer-
                                      sities).162 Section 403(b) plans may provide for employees to make
                                      elective deferrals (in pre-tax or designated Roth form), including
                                      catch-up contributions, or other after-tax employee contributions,
                                      and employers may make nonelective or matching contributions on
                                      behalf of employees. Contributions to a section 403(b) plan are gen-
                                      erally subject to the same contribution limits applicable to qualified
                                           159 Sec. 408(p). Employer may also establish SIMPLE section 401(k) plans. Sec. 401(k)(11).
                                           160 Notice 98–4, 1998–1 C.B. 269.
                                        161 These are organizations exempt from tax under section 501(c)(3). Section 403(b) plans of
                                      private, tax-exempt employers may be subject to ERISA as well as the requirements of section
                                      403(b).
                                        162 Sec. 403(b).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00079   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          78

                                      defined contribution plans, including the limits on elective defer-
                                      rals.
                                         Contributions to a section 403(b) plan must be fully vested. The
                                      minimum coverage and general nondiscrimination requirements
                                      applicable to a qualified retirement plan generally apply to a sec-
                                      tion 403(b) plan and to employer matching and nonelective con-
                                      tributions and after-tax employee contributions to the plan.163 If a
                                      section 403(b) plan provides for elective deferrals, the plan is sub-
                                      ject to a ‘‘universal availability’’ requirement under which all em-
                                      ployees must be given the opportunity to make deferrals of more
                                      than $200.164 In applying this requirement, nonresident aliens,
                                      students, and employees who normally work less than 20 hours per
                                      week may be excluded.165
                                         An eligible deferred compensation plan of a governmental em-
                                      ployer (referred to as a governmental section 457(b) plan) is gen-
                                      erally similar to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under a
                                      section 401(k) plan in that it consists of elective deferrals, that is,
                                      contributions (in pre-tax or designated Roth form) made at the elec-
                                      tion of an employee, including catch-up contributions. Deferrals
                                      under a governmental section 457(b) plan are generally subject to
                                      the same limits as elective deferrals under a section 401(k) plan or
                                      a section 403(b) plan.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee wishes to assist employees who may not be able
                                      to save for retirement because they are overwhelmed with student
                                      debt, and thus are missing out on available matching contributions
                                      under retirement plans. Thus, this provision allows a plan to pro-
                                      vide such employees with matching contributions based on student
                                      loan repayments.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision modifies the definition of matching contribution 166
                                      for purposes of defined contribution plans, including section 401(k)
                                      plans, to include employer contributions made to the plan on behalf
                                      of an employee on account of a qualified student loan payment. For
                                      this purpose, a qualified student loan payment is a payment made
                                      by an employee in repayment of a qualified education loan 167 and
                                      incurred by the employee to pay qualified higher education ex-
                                      penses, but only to the extent such payments in the aggregate for
                                      the year do not exceed the amount of elective deferrals that the
                                      employee would be permitted to contribute under the Code 168 (re-
                                        163 These requirements do not apply to a governmental section 403(b) plan or a section 403(b)
                                      plan maintained by a church or a qualified church-controlled organization as defined in section
                                      3121(w).
                                        164 Sec. 403(b)(12)(A)(ii).
                                        165 For this purpose, nonresident alien has the meaning in section 410(b)(3)(C), and student
                                      has the meaning in section 3121(b)(10). The universal availability requirement does not apply
                                      to a section 403(b) plan maintained by a church or a qualified church-controlled organization.
                                        166 Under section 401(m)(4)(A)(iii), as added by this provision.
                                        167 As defined in section 221(d)(1), a qualified education loan is generally any indebtedness
                                      incurred by the taxpayer solely to pay qualified higher education expenses (1) which are in-
                                      curred on behalf of the taxpayer, the taxpayer’s spouse, or any dependent of the taxpayer as
                                      of the time the indebtedness was incurred; (2) which are paid or incurred within a reasonable
                                      period of time before or after the indebtedness is incurred; and (3) which are attributable to
                                      education furnished during a period during which the recipient was an eligible student.
                                        168 The limitation applicable under section 402(g) for the year ($19,500 for 2021), or, if less,
                                      the employee’s compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) for the year.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00080   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          79

                                      duced by elective deferrals made by the employee for the year).
                                      Qualified higher education expenses are defined as the cost of at-
                                      tendance at an eligible educational institution.169 In addition, in
                                      order for the student loan payment to qualify, the employee must
                                      certify to the employer making the matching contribution that the
                                      loan payment has been made. The employer is permitted to rely on
                                      this certification.
                                         In order for an employer contribution made on account of a quali-
                                      fied student loan payment to be treated as a matching contribution
                                      under the provision, the plan must satisfy certain requirements.
                                      The plan must provide matching contributions on account of elec-
                                      tive deferrals at the same rate as contributions on account of quali-
                                      fied student loan payments. The plan must provide matching con-
                                      tributions on account of qualified student loan payments only on
                                      behalf of employees otherwise eligible to receive matching contribu-
                                      tions on account of elective deferrals (and, similarly, must provide
                                      matching contributions on account of elective deferrals only on be-
                                      half of employees eligible to receive matching contributions on ac-
                                      count of qualified student loan payments). The plan must also pro-
                                      vide that matching contributions on account of qualified student
                                      loan payments vest in the same manner as matching contributions
                                      on account of elective deferrals.
                                         Under the provision, for purposes of certain nondiscrimination
                                      rules and minimum coverage requirements,170 matching contribu-
                                      tions on account of qualified student loan payments do not fail to
                                      be treated as available to an employee solely because such em-
                                      ployee does not have debt incurred under a qualified education
                                      loan. In addition, the provision provides that a qualified student
                                      loan payment is generally not treated as a plan contribution. How-
                                      ever, a plan may treat a qualified student loan payment as an elec-
                                      tive deferral or an elective contribution (as applicable) for purposes
                                      of the matching contribution requirement under a basic safe harbor
                                      401(k) plan or an automatic enrollment safe harbor 401(k) plan, as
                                      well as for purposes of the section 401(m) safe harbors.171 A plan
                                      is also permitted to apply the ADP test separately to employees
                                      who receive matching contributions on account of qualified student
                                      loan payments.
                                         The provision also contains similar rules allowing matching con-
                                      tributions to be made on account of qualified student loan pay-
                                      ments in the case of SIMPLE IRAs, section 403(b) plans, and sec-
                                      tion 457(b) plans. In the case of SIMPLE IRAs, the provision pro-
                                      vides that a SIMPLE IRA does not fail to meet the matching con-
                                      tribution requirement applicable to such arrangements solely be-
                                      cause the arrangement treats qualified student loan payments as
                                      elective employer contributions to the extent such payments do not
                                      exceed the amount of elective employer contributions the employee
                                        169 ‘‘Cost of attendance’’ for this purpose is defined in section 472 of the Higher Education Act
                                      of 1965, as in effect on the day before the enactment of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997. ‘‘Eligi-
                                      ble educational institution’’ is defined in section 221(d)(2) of the Code.
                                        170 This rule applies for purposes of section 401(a)(4), section 410(b), and the rule under the
                                      provision that all employees eligible to receive matching contributions on account of elective de-
                                      ferrals be eligible to receive matching contributions on account of qualified student loan pay-
                                      ments.
                                        171 This rule applies for purposes of sections 401(k)(12)(B) and (13)(B), and sections
                                      401(m)(11)(B) and (12). It also applies to SIMPLE section 401(k) plans under section
                                      401(11)(B)(i)(II).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00081   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          80

                                      is permitted to contribute under the Code 172 (reduced by elective
                                      employer contributions contributed by the employee for the year).
                                      As under a section 401(k) plan, in order for the student loan pay-
                                      ment to qualify, the employee must certify to the employer making
                                      the matching contribution that the loan payment has been made.
                                      In addition, matching contributions on account of qualified student
                                      loan payments must be provided only on behalf of employees other-
                                      wise eligible to make elective employer contributions, and all em-
                                      ployees otherwise eligible to participate in the arrangement must
                                      be eligible to receive matching contributions on account of qualified
                                      student loan payments.
                                        In the case of a section 403(b) plan, under the provision, the fact
                                      that the employer offers matching contributions on account of
                                      qualified student loan payments 173 is not taken into account in de-
                                      termining whether the plan satisfies the universal availability re-
                                      quirement.174 Similarly, in the case of a governmental 457(b) plan,
                                      the provision provides that a plan is not treated as failing to meet
                                      the requirements applicable to such plans 175 solely because the
                                      plan, or another qualified plan 176 or section 403(b) plan main-
                                      tained by the employer provides for matching contributions on ac-
                                      count of qualified student loan payments.177
                                        The provision directs the Secretary to prescribe regulations for
                                      purposes of implementing the provision, including regulations:
                                             • Permitting a plan to make matching contributions for
                                          qualified student loan payments 178 at a different frequency
                                          than matching contributions are otherwise made under the
                                          plan, provided that the frequency is not less than annually;
                                             • Permitting employers to establish reasonable procedures to
                                          claim matching contributions for such qualified student loan
                                          payments under the plan, including an annual deadline (not
                                          earlier than three months after the close of each plan year) by
                                          which a claim must be made; and
                                             • Promulgating model amendments which plans may adopt
                                          to implement matching contributions on qualified student loan
                                          payments.179
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for contributions made for plan years
                                      beginning after December 31, 2021.
                                      10. APPLICATION OF CREDIT FOR SMALL EMPLOYER PENSION PLAN
                                        START-UP COSTS TO EMPLOYERS WHICH JOIN AN EXISTING PLAN
                                        (SEC. 110 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 45E OF THE CODE)
                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                        Present law provides a nonrefundable income tax credit equal to
                                      50 percent of the qualified start-up costs paid or incurred during
                                         172 The limitation applicable under section 408(p)(2)(E) for the year, including permitted catch-
                                      up contributions under section 414(v), or, if less, the employee’s compensation as defined in sec-
                                      tion 415(c)(3) for the year.
                                         173 As described in section 401(m)(13), as added by this provision.
                                         174 Sec. 403(b)(12)(A)(ii).
                                         175 Under section 457(b).
                                         176 Under section 401(a).
                                         177 As described in section 401(m)(13), as added by this provision.
                                         178 As defined in sections 401(m)(4)(D) and 408(p)(2)(F), as added by this provision.
                                         179 For purposes of sections 401(m), 408(p), 403(b), and 457(b).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00082   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           81

                                      the taxable year by an eligible employer 180 that adopts a new eligi-
                                      ble employer plan 181, provided that the plan covers at least one
                                      non-highly compensated employee.182 Qualified start-up costs are
                                      expenses connected with the establishment or administration of the
                                      plan and retirement-related education of employees with respect to
                                      the plan. The amount of the credit for any taxable year is limited
                                      to the greater of (1) $500 or (2) the lesser of (a) $250 multiplied
                                      by the number of non-highly compensated employees of the eligible
                                      employer who are eligible to participate in the plan or (b) $5,000.
                                      The credit applies for up to three consecutive taxable years begin-
                                      ning with the taxable year the plan is first effective, or, at the elec-
                                      tion of the employer, with the year preceding the first plan year.
                                         An eligible employer is an employer that, for the preceding year,
                                      had no more than 100 employees, each with compensation of
                                      $5,000 or more.183 In addition, the employer must not have had a
                                      qualified employer plan covering substantially the same employees
                                      as the new plan with respect to which contributions were made or
                                      benefits were accrued during the three years preceding the first
                                      year for which the credit would apply. Members of controlled
                                      groups and affiliated service groups are treated as a single em-
                                      ployer for purposes of these requirements.184 All eligible employer
                                      plans of an employer are treated as a single plan.
                                         No deduction is allowed for the portion of qualified start-up costs
                                      paid or incurred for the taxable year equal to the amount of the
                                      credit.
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The credit for small employer pension plan start-up costs serves
                                      to encourage small employers to provide retirement benefits to
                                      their employees. The Committee believes the modifications to this
                                      credit will clarify the application of the credit to certain small em-
                                      ployers who join an existing plan.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision clarifies that the first credit year is the taxable
                                      year which includes the date that the eligible employer plan to
                                      which such costs relate becomes effective with respect to the eligi-
                                      ble employer.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to eligible employer plans which become ef-
                                      fective with respect to the eligible employer after the date of enact-
                                      ment.

                                           180 An eligible employer has the meaning given such term by section 408(p)(2)(C)(i).
                                        181 An eligible employer plan means a qualified employer plan within the meaning of section

                                      4972(d) and includes a section 401(a) qualified retirement plan, a section 403 annuity, any sim-
                                      plified employee pension (‘‘SEP’’) within the meaning of section 408(k), and any simple retire-
                                      ment account (‘‘SIMPLE’’) within the meaning of section 408(p). An eligible employer plan does
                                      not include a plan maintained by a tax-exempt employer or a governmental plan, as defined
                                      in section 414(d).
                                        182 A non-highly compensated employee is an employee who is not a highly compensated em-

                                      ployee as defined under section 414(q).
                                        183 As defined in section 408(p)(2)(C).
                                        184 Sec. 52(a) or (b) and 414(m) or (o).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00083   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          82

                                      11. MILITARY SPOUSE RETIREMENT PLAN ELIGIBILITY CREDIT FOR
                                        SMALL EMPLOYERS (SEC. 111 OF THE BILL AND NEW SEC. 45U OF
                                        THE CODE)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                        Currently, there are no special credits for small employers that
                                      provide retirement benefits to military spouses.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The credit for military spouse retirement plan eligibility serves
                                      to encourage small employers to offer employees who are married
                                      to members of the uniformed services access to defined contribution
                                      plans. The Committee believes the credit will improve the ability
                                      of military families to save for retirement.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision allows eligible small employers to take a new non-
                                      refundable income tax credit with respect to each individual who
                                      is married to a member of the uniformed services and self-certifies
                                      as such (referred to as a military spouse), who is an employee of
                                      the employer, who is eligible to participate in an eligible defined
                                      contribution plan of the employer, and who is a non-highly com-
                                      pensated employee.185 The credit is determined to be the sum of
                                      $250 for each such employee plus the amount of the contributions
                                      made to all eligible defined contribution plans by the employer with
                                      respect to the employee up to a maximum of $250 for each such
                                      employee. The credit applies for up to three consecutive years be-
                                      ginning with the first taxable year in which the individual begins
                                      participating in the plan.
                                         An eligible small employer is an employer that, for the preceding
                                      year, had no more than 100 employees, each with compensation of
                                      $5,000 or more. In addition, the employer must not have had a
                                      plan covering substantially the same employees as the new plan
                                      during the three years preceding the first year for which the credit
                                      would apply. Members of controlled groups and affiliated service
                                      groups are treated as a single employer for purposes of these re-
                                      quirements.186
                                         An eligible defined contribution plan is a plan in which military
                                      spouses are eligible to participate within two months of beginning
                                      employment, and in which military spouses who are eligible to par-
                                      ticipate, (1) are immediately eligible to receive employer contribu-
                                      tions in amounts not less than that received by similarly situated
                                      nonmilitary spouses with two years of service, and (2) have an im-
                                      mediate, nonforfeitable right to accrued benefits derived from em-
                                      ployer contributions under the plan.
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision applies to taxable years beginning after the date
                                      of enactment.
                                        185 A non-highly compensated employee is an employee who is not a highly compensated em-
                                      ployee as defined under section 414(q).
                                        186 Sec. 52(a) or (b) and 414(m) or (o).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00084   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          83

                                      12. SMALL IMMEDIATE FINANCIAL INCENTIVES FOR CONTRIBUTING
                                        TO A PLAN (SEC. 112 OF THE BILL AND SECS. 401(k), 403(b), AND
                                        4975 OF THE CODE)
                                                                               PRESENT LAW

                                      Section 401(k) plans
                                         A section 401(k) plan is a type of profit-sharing or stock bonus
                                      plan that contains a qualified cash or deferred arrangement. Such
                                      arrangements are subject to the rules generally applicable to quali-
                                      fied defined contribution plans. In addition, special rules apply to
                                      such arrangements. Employees who participate in a section 401(k)
                                      plan may elect to have contributions made to the plan (elective de-
                                      ferrals) rather than receive the same amount as current compensa-
                                      tion.187 The maximum annual amount of elective deferrals that can
                                      be made by an employee for a year is $19,500 (for 2021) or, if less,
                                      the employee’s compensation.188 For an employee who attains age
                                      50 by the end of the year, the dollar limit on elective deferrals is
                                      increased by $6,500 (for 2021) (called ‘‘catch-up contributions’’).189
                                      An employee’s elective deferrals must be fully vested. A section
                                      401(k) plan may also provide for employer matching and nonelec-
                                      tive contributions.
                                         In order to constitute a qualified cash or deferred arrangement,
                                      no benefit under the arrangement may be conditioned, directly or
                                      indirectly, on the employee electing to have the employer make or
                                      not make contributions under the arrangement in lieu of receiving
                                      cash.190 However, matching contributions are exempt from this
                                      rule.
                                      Tax-sheltered annuities (section 403(b) plans)
                                         Section 403(b) plans are a form of tax-favored employer-spon-
                                      sored plan that provide tax benefits similar to qualified retirement
                                      plans. Section 403(b) plans may be maintained only by (1) chari-
                                      table tax-exempt organizations, and (2) educational institutions of
                                      State or local governments (that is, public schools, including col-
                                      leges and universities). Many of the rules that apply to section
                                      403(b) plans are similar to the rules applicable to qualified retire-
                                      ment plans, including section 401(k) plans. Employers may make
                                      nonelective or matching contributions to such plans on behalf of
                                      their employees, and the plan may provide for employees to make
                                      pre-tax elective deferrals, designated Roth contributions (held in
                                      designated Roth accounts) 191 or other after-tax contributions. Gen-
                                      erally, section 403(b) plans provide for contributions toward the
                                      purchase of annuity contracts or provide for contributions to be
                                      held in custodial accounts for each employee. In the case of con-
                                      tributions to custodial accounts under a section 403(b) plan, the
                                         187 Elective deferrals generally are made on a pre-tax basis and distributions attributable to
                                      elective deferrals are includible in income. However, a section 401(k) plan is permitted to in-
                                      clude a ‘‘qualified Roth contribution program’’ that permits a participant to elect to have all or
                                      a portion of the participant’s elective deferrals under the plan treated as after-tax Roth contribu-
                                      tions. Certain distributions from a designated Roth account are excluded from income, even
                                      though they include earnings not previously taxed.
                                         188 Sec. 402(g).
                                         189 Sec. 414(v).
                                         190 Sec. 401(k)(4)(A).
                                         191 Sec. 402A.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00085   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           84

                                      amounts must be invested only in regulated investment company
                                      stock.192
                                         Contributions to a section 403(b) plan must be fully vested. The
                                      minimum coverage and general nondiscrimination requirements
                                      applicable to a qualified retirement plan generally apply to a sec-
                                      tion 403(b) plan and to employer matching and nonelective con-
                                      tributions and after-tax employee contributions to the plan.193 If a
                                      section 403(b) plan provides for elective deferrals, the plan is sub-
                                      ject to a ‘‘universal availability’’ requirement under which all em-
                                      ployees must be given the opportunity to make deferrals of more
                                      than $200. In applying this requirement, nonresident aliens, stu-
                                      dents, and employees who normally work less than 20 hours per
                                      week may be excluded.194
                                      Prohibited transactions
                                             In general
                                         The Code and ERISA prohibit certain transactions (‘‘prohibited
                                      transaction’’) between a qualified retirement plan and a disquali-
                                      fied person (referred to as a ‘‘party in interest’’ under ERISA).195
                                      The prohibited transaction rules under the Code apply also to
                                      IRAs, Archer MSAs, HSAs, and Coverdell ESAs.196
                                         Disqualified persons include a fiduciary of the plan; a person pro-
                                      viding services to the plan; an employer with employees covered by
                                      the plan; an employee organization any of whose members are cov-
                                      ered by the plan; certain owners, officers, directors, highly com-
                                      pensated employees, family members, and related entities.197 A fi-
                                      duciary includes any person who (1) exercises any discretionary au-
                                      thority or discretionary control respecting management of the plan
                                      or exercises any authority or control respecting management or dis-
                                      position of the plan’s assets, (2) renders investment advice for a fee
                                      or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any mon-
                                      eys or other property of the plan, or has any authority or responsi-
                                      bility to do so, or (3) has any discretionary authority or discre-
                                      tionary responsibility in the administration of the plan.198
                                         Prohibited transactions include the following transactions,
                                      whether direct or indirect, between a plan and a disqualified per-
                                      son:
                                           192 Sec. 403(b)(7).
                                         193 These requirements do not apply to a governmental section 403(b) plan or a section 403(b)
                                      plan maintained by a church or a qualified church-controlled organization as defined in section
                                      3121(w).
                                         194 For this purpose, nonresident has the meaning in section 410(b)(3)(C), and student has the
                                      meaning in section 3121(b)(10). The universal availability requirement does not apply to a sec-
                                      tion 403(b) plan maintained by a church or a qualified church-controlled organization.
                                         195 Sec. 4975; ERISA sec. 406. The prohibited transaction rules of the Code and ERISA are
                                      very similar; however, some differences exist between the two sets of rules. As mentioned above,
                                      ERISA generally does not apply to governmental plans or church plans. The prohibited trans-
                                      action rules under the Code also generally do not apply to governmental plans or church plans.
                                      However, under section 503, the trust holding assets of a governmental or church plan may lose
                                      its tax-exempt status in the case of a prohibited transaction listed in section 503(b). Before the
                                      enactment of ERISA in 1974, section 503 applied to qualified retirement plans generally. In con-
                                      nection with the enactment of section 4975 by ERISA, section 503 was amended to apply only
                                      to governmental and church plans.
                                         196 These are included in the definition of ‘‘plan’’ under section 4975(e)(1).
                                         197 Sec. 4975(e)(2). Party in interest is defined similarly under ERISA section 3(14) with re-
                                      spect to an employee benefit plan. Under ERISA, employee benefit plans, defined in ERISA sec-
                                      tion 3(3), consist of two types: pension plans (that is, retirement plans), defined in ERISA sec-
                                      tion 3(2), and welfare plans, defined in ERISA section 3(1).
                                         198 Sec. 4975(d)(3); ERISA sec. 3(21)(A). Under ERISA, fiduciary also includes any person des-
                                      ignated under ERISA section 405(c)(1)(B) by a named fiduciary (that is, a fiduciary named in
                                      the plan document) to carry out fiduciary responsibilities.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00086   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          85

                                               1. The sale or exchange or leasing of property,
                                               2. The lending of money or other extension of credit,
                                               3. The furnishing of goods, services, or facilities,
                                               4. The transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, the income
                                             or assets of the plan,
                                               5. In the case of a fiduciary, an act dealing with the plan’s
                                             income or assets in the fiduciary’s own interest or for the fidu-
                                             ciary’s own account, and
                                               6. The receipt by a fiduciary of any consideration for the fi-
                                             duciary’s own personal account from any party dealing with
                                             the plan in connection with a transaction involving the income
                                             or assets of the plan.199
                                             Exemptions from prohibited transaction treatment
                                        Certain transactions are statutorily exempt from prohibited
                                      transaction treatment, for example, certain loans to plan partici-
                                      pants and arrangements with a disqualified person for legal, ac-
                                      counting or other services necessary for the establishment or oper-
                                      ation of a plan if no more than reasonable compensation is paid for
                                      the services.200
                                              Sanctions for violations
                                         Under the Code, if a prohibited transaction occurs, the disquali-
                                      fied person who participated in the transaction is generally subject
                                      to a two-tiered excise tax. The first tier tax is 15 percent of the
                                      amount involved in the transaction. The second tier tax, imposed
                                      if the prohibited transaction is not corrected within a certain pe-
                                      riod, is 100 percent of the amount involved. In the case of an IRA,
                                      HSA, Archer MSA or Coverdell ESA, the sanction for some prohib-
                                      ited transactions is the loss of tax favored status, rather than an
                                      excise tax. A private right of action is not available for a Code vio-
                                      lation.
                                         Under ERISA, DOL may assess a civil penalty against a person
                                      who engages in a prohibited transaction, other than a transaction
                                      with a plan covered by the prohibited transaction rules of the
                                      Code.201 The penalty may not exceed five percent of the amount in-
                                      volved in the transaction for each year or part of a year that the
                                      prohibited transaction continues. If the prohibited transaction is
                                      not corrected within 90 days after notice from DOL, the penalty
                                      can be up to 100 percent of the amount involved in the transaction.
                                      A prohibited transaction by a fiduciary may also be the basis for
                                      an action for a breach of fiduciary responsibility by DOL, a plan
                                      participant or beneficiary, or another plan fiduciary (as discussed
                                      above).
                                         199 Sec. 4975(c)(1)(A)–(F) and ERISA sec. 406(a)(1)(A)–(D) and (b)(1) and (3). Under ERISA
                                      section 406(a)(1), a plan fiduciary is prohibited from causing the plan to engage in a transaction
                                      described in paragraphs (A)–(D). ERISA section 406(b)(2) also prohibits a plan fiduciary, in the
                                      fiduciary’s individual capacity or any other capacity, from acting in any transaction involving
                                      the plan on behalf of a party (or represent a party) whose interests are adverse to the interests
                                      of the plan or the interests of plan participants or beneficiaries. ERISA section 406(a)(1)(E) and
                                      (a)(2) relate to limitations under ERISA section 407 on a plan’s acquisition or holding of em-
                                      ployer securities and real property.
                                         200 Sec. 4975(d) and ERISA sec. 408. The Code and ERISA also provide for the grant of admin-
                                      istrative exemptions, on either an individual or class basis, subject to a finding that the exemp-
                                      tion is administratively feasible, in the interests of the plan and of its participants and bene-
                                      ficiaries, and protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of the plan.
                                         201 ERISA sec. 502(i).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00087   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                                86

                                                                               REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The Committee recognizes that individuals can be especially mo-
                                      tivated by immediate financial incentives. Thus, in addition to pro-
                                      viding matching contributions as a long-term incentive for employ-
                                      ees to contribute to a section 401(k) plan or section 403(b) plan, the
                                      Committee wishes to provide employers the flexibility to be able to
                                      offer small immediate financial incentives, such as gift cards in
                                      small amounts, to employees who participate in the plan.
                                                                           EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision modifies the rule applicable to section 401(k) plans
                                      that prohibits the conditioning of benefits (other than matching
                                      contributions) on an employee’s election to defer. As modified, the
                                      rule exempts de minimis financial incentives in addition to match-
                                      ing contributions. Thus, a section 401(k) plan will not fail to in-
                                      clude a qualified cash or deferred arrangement merely because it
                                      conditions a de minimis financial incentive on an employee’s elec-
                                      tion to defer.
                                         Similarly, in the case of a section 403(b) plan, the provision pro-
                                      vides that a plan does not fail to satisfy the universal availability
                                      requirement 202 solely by reason of offering a de minimis financial
                                      incentive to employees to elect to have the employer make con-
                                      tributions pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.
                                         In addition, under the provision, the provision of such de minimis
                                      financial incentives under a section 401(k) plan or a section 403(b)
                                      plan is not treated as a prohibited transaction under the Code or
                                      ERISA.203
                                                                                     EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to plan years beginning after the date of
                                      enactment.
                                      13. SAFE HARBOR FOR CORRECTIONS OF EMPLOYEE ELECTIVE DE-
                                        FERRAL FAILURES (SEC. 113 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 414 OF THE
                                        CODE)
                                                                                      PRESENT LAW

                                        Background on automatic enrollment features in retirement
                                      plans may be found in section I.1 of this document.
                                      Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System
                                         A retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified plan pro-
                                      vides retirement benefits on a tax-favored basis if the plan satisfies
                                      all of the qualification requirements under the Code.204 Similarly,
                                      an annuity that is intended to be a tax-sheltered annuity provides
                                      retirement benefits on a tax-favored basis if the program satisfies
                                      all of the requirements under the Code applicable to section 403(b)
                                      plans. Failure to satisfy all of the applicable requirements may dis-
                                      qualify a plan or annuity for the intended tax-favored treatment.
                                         The IRS has established the Employee Plans Compliance Resolu-
                                      tion System (‘‘EPCRS’’), which is a comprehensive system of correc-
                                           202 Sec. 403(b)(12)(A)(ii).
                                           203 Under section 4975 and section 408 of ERISA.
                                           204 Sec. 401(a).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000        Frm 00088   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          87

                                      tion programs for sponsors of retirement plans and annuities that
                                      are intended, but have failed, to satisfy the applicable require-
                                      ments under the Code.205 EPCRS permits employers to correct
                                      compliance failures and continue to provide their employees with
                                      retirement benefits on a tax-favored basis.
                                         The IRS designed EPCRS to (1) encourage operational and for-
                                      mal compliance, (2) promote voluntary and timely correction of
                                      compliance failures, (3) provide sanctions for compliance failures
                                      identified on audit that are reasonable in light of the nature, ex-
                                      tent, and severity of the violation, (4) provide consistent and uni-
                                      form administration of the correction programs, and (5) permit em-
                                      ployers to rely on the availability of EPCRS in taking corrective ac-
                                      tions to maintain the tax-favored status of their retirement plans
                                      and annuities.
                                         The basic elements of the programs that comprise EPCRS are
                                      self-correction, voluntary correction with IRS approval, and correc-
                                      tion on audit. The Self-Correction Program (‘‘SCP’’) generally per-
                                      mits a plan sponsor that has established practices and procedures
                                      (formal or informal) reasonably designed to promote and facilitate
                                      overall compliance in form and operation with applicable Code re-
                                      quirements to correct certain insignificant failures at any time (in-
                                      cluding during an audit), and certain significant failures within a
                                      two-year period, without payment of any fee or sanction. The Vol-
                                      untary Correction Program (‘‘VCP’’) permits an employer, at any
                                      time before an audit, to pay a limited fee and receive IRS approval
                                      of a correction. For a failure that is discovered on audit and cor-
                                      rected, the Audit Closing Agreement Program (‘‘Audit CAP’’) pro-
                                      vides for a sanction that bears a reasonable relationship to the na-
                                      ture, extent, and severity of the failure and that takes into account
                                      the extent to which correction occurred before audit.
                                         SCP, VCP and Audit CAP are not available to correct failures re-
                                      lating to the diversion or misuses of plan assets.206 With respect
                                      to the SCP program, in the event that the plan or the plan sponsor
                                      has been a party to an abusive tax avoidance transaction, SCP is
                                      not available to correct any operational failure that is directly or
                                      indirectly related to the abusive tax avoidance transaction.207
                                             SEP and SIMPLE plans
                                        SCP and VCP 208 under EPCRS are available to a SEP or SIM-
                                      PLE plan.209 SCP is only available to such a plan to correct insig-
                                      nificant operational failures,210 and only if the SEP or SIMPLE
                                      plan is established and maintained on a document approved by the
                                      IRS.
                                             Section 457(b) plans
                                        EPCRS does not apply to section 457(b) plans. However, the IRS
                                      will accept submissions relating to section 457(b) plans on a provi-
                                         205 The requirements under sections 401(a), 403(a), or 403(b), as applicable. Rev. Proc. 2019–
                                      19, 2019–19 I.R.B. 1086.
                                         206 Sec. 4.11 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                         207 Sec. 4.12 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                         208 Sec. 6.11 of Rev. Proc. 2019–9.
                                         209 Secs. 1.01 and 1.02 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19. A SEP is a plan intended to satisfy the require-
                                      ments of Code section 408(k); a SIMPLE plan is a plan intended to satisfy the requirements
                                      of Code section 408(p).Secs. 5.06 and 5.07 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                         210 Sec. 4.01(c) of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00089   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             88

                                      sional basis outside of EPCRS through standards that are similar
                                      to those that apply to VCP filings.211
                                      Special safe harbor correction method for failures related to auto-
                                          matic contribution features in a section 401(k) or 403(b) plan
                                               Employee elective deferral failures
                                         A safe harbor correction method is available for certain employee
                                      elective deferral failures associated with missed elective deferrals
                                      for eligible employees who are subject to an automatic contribution
                                      feature in a section 401(k) or 403(b) plan (including employees who
                                      made affirmative elections in lieu of automatic contributions but
                                      whose elections were not implemented correctly).212
                                         An ‘‘employee elective deferral failure’’ 213 is a failure to imple-
                                      ment elective deferrals correctly in a section 401(k) plan or 403(b)
                                      plan, including elective deferrals pursuant to an affirmative elec-
                                      tion or pursuant to an automatic contribution feature under such
                                      a plan, and a failure to afford an employee the opportunity to make
                                      an affirmative election because the employee was improperly ex-
                                      cluded from the plan. Automatic contribution features include auto-
                                      matic enrollment and automatic escalation features that are affirm-
                                      atively elected.214
                                         If the failure to implement an automatic contribution feature for
                                      an affected eligible employee or the failure to implement an affirm-
                                      ative election of an eligible employee who is otherwise subject to an
                                      automatic contribution feature does not extend beyond the end of
                                      the nine and one-half month period after the end of the plan year
                                      of the failure (which is generally the filing deadline of the Form
                                      5500 series return, including automatic extensions), no qualified
                                      nonelective contribution (‘‘QNEC’’) 215 for the missed elective defer-
                                      rals is required, provided that the following conditions are satis-
                                      fied:
                                               1. Correct deferrals begin no later than the earlier of the
                                            first payment of compensation made on or after the last day
                                            of the nine and one-half month period after the end of the plan
                                            year in which the failure first occurred for the affected eligible
                                            employee or, if the plan sponsor was notified of the failure by
                                            the affected eligible employee, the first payment of compensa-
                                            tion made on or after the end of the month after the month of
                                            notification;
                                               2. Notice of the failure, that satisfies the content require-
                                            ments described below, is given to the affected eligible em-
                                            ployee not later than 45 days after the date on which correct
                                            deferrals begin; and
                                               3. If the eligible employee would have been entitled to addi-
                                            tional matching contributions had the missed deferrals been
                                           211 Sec. 4.09 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                           212 Sec. 05(8) of Appendix A of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                           213 Sec. 05(10) of Appendix A of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                           214 Sec. .05(10) of Appendix A of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                         215 A QNEC, as defined in Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(k)–6 means ‘‘employer contributions, other
                                      than elective contributions or matching contributions, that, except as provided otherwise in
                                      § 1.401(k)–1(c) and (d), satisfy the requirements of § 1.401(k)–1(c) and (d) as though the contribu-
                                      tions were elective contributions, without regard to whether the contributions are actually taken
                                      into account under the ADP test under § 1.401(k)–2(a)(6) or the ACP test under § 1.401(m)–
                                      2(a)(6). Thus, the nonelective contributions must satisfy the nonforfeitability requirements of
                                      § 1.401(k)–1(c) and be subject to the distribution limitations of § 1.401(k)–1(d) when they are al-
                                      located to participants’ accounts.’’




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00090     Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          89

                                             made, the plan sponsor makes a corrective allocation (adjusted
                                             for earnings) on behalf of the employee equal to the matching
                                             contributions that would have been required under the terms
                                             of the plan as if the missed deferrals had been contributed to
                                             the plan in accordance with the timing requirements under
                                             SCP for significant operational failures. This correction method
                                             provides an alternative safe harbor method for calculating
                                             earnings for Employee Elective Deferral Failures under section
                                             401(k) plans or 403(b) plans.216
                                      Content of notice requirement
                                        The required notice must include the following information:
                                            1. General information relating to the failure, such as the
                                          percentage of eligible compensation that should have been de-
                                          ferred, and the approximate date that the compensation should
                                          have begun to be deferred. The general information need not
                                          include a statement of the dollar amounts that should have
                                          been deferred;
                                            2. A statement that appropriate amounts have begun to be
                                          deducted from compensation and contributed to the plan (or
                                          that appropriate deductions and contributions will begin short-
                                          ly);
                                            3. A statement that corrective allocations relating to missed
                                          matching contributions have been made (or that corrective allo-
                                          cations will be made). Information relating to the date and the
                                          amount of corrective allocations need not be provided;
                                            4. An explanation that the affected participant may increase
                                          his or her deferral percentage in order to make up for the
                                          missed deferral opportunity, subject to applicable limits for
                                          elective deferrals; 217 and
                                            5. The name of the plan and plan contact information (in-
                                          cluding name, street address, email address, and telephone
                                          number of a plan contact).
                                            Sunset of safe harbor correction method
                                        The safe harbor correction method is available for plans only
                                      with respect to failures that begin on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         Automatic enrollment and automatic escalation features in de-
                                      fined contribution plans enhance the opportunity for individuals to
                                      increase their retirement savings. However, inadvertent errors in
                                      the implementation and administration of such features may sub-
                                      ject the plan sponsor to expensive corrections and the potential for
                                      significant penalties when even honest mistakes are made.
                                         The Committee believes that providing a grace period to correct,
                                      without penalty, reasonable errors in administering these features
                                      will encourage plan sponsors to include such features in their
                                      plans.

                                        216 The plan may also use the earnings adjustment methods set forth in section 3 of Appendix

                                      B of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                        217 Under sec. 402(g).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00091   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             90

                                                                       EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         Under the provision, a plan will not fail to be treated as a quali-
                                      fied plan, a section 403(b) tax sheltered annuity, an IRA or a sec-
                                      tion 457(b) plan solely by reason of a ‘‘corrected error.’’
                                         For purposes of this provision, a ‘‘corrected error’’ means a rea-
                                      sonable administrative error in implementing an automatic enroll-
                                      ment or automatic escalation feature in accordance with the terms
                                      of an eligible automatic contribution arrangement,218 provided that
                                      such implementation error:
                                             1. Is corrected by the date that is nine and one-half months
                                           after the end of the plan year during which the failure oc-
                                           curred;
                                             2. Is corrected in a manner that is favorable to the partici-
                                           pant; and
                                             3. Is of a type which is so corrected for all similarly situated
                                           participants in a nondiscriminatory manner.
                                      The correction may occur before or after the participant has termi-
                                      nated employment and may occur without regard to whether the
                                      error is identified by the Secretary.
                                         The Secretary must issue regulations or other guidance of gen-
                                      eral applicability specifying the methods that are ‘‘in a manner fa-
                                      vorable to the participant.’’
                                                                                  EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision applies to any errors with respect to which the
                                      date that is nine and one-half months after the end of the plan
                                      year during which the error occurred is after the date of enactment
                                      of this Act.
                                      14. ONE-YEAR REDUCTION IN PERIOD OF SERVICE REQUIREMENT FOR
                                        LONG-TERM, PART-TIME WORKERS (SEC. 114 OF THE BILL AND
                                        SEC. 401(k) OF THE CODE)

                                                                                   PRESENT LAW

                                         Background on section 401(k) plans may be found in section I.9
                                      of this document.
                                      General participation requirements
                                        A qualified retirement plan generally can delay participation in
                                      the plan based on attainment of age or completion of years of serv-
                                      ice but not beyond the later of completion of one year of service
                                      (that is, a 12-month period with at least 1,000 hours of service) or
                                      attainment of age 21.219 A plan also cannot exclude an employee
                                      from participation (on the basis of age) when that employee has at-
                                      tained a specified age.220 Employees can be excluded from plan
                                      participation on other bases, such as job classification, as long as
                                      the other basis is not an indirect age or service requirement. A
                                      plan can provide that an employee is not entitled to an allocation
                                      of employer nonelective or matching contributions for a plan year
                                      unless the employee completes either 1,000 hours of service during
                                           218 As defined in section 414(w)(3).
                                        219 Secs. 401(a)(3) and 410(a)(1). Parallel requirements generally apply to plans of private em-
                                      ployers under section 202 of ERISA. Governmental plans under section 414(d) and church plans
                                      under section 414(e) are generally exempt from these Code requirements and from ERISA.
                                        220 Sec. 410(a)(2).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00092     Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          91

                                      the plan year or is employed on the last day of the year even if the
                                      employee previously completed 1,000 hours of service in a prior
                                      year.
                                      Long-term part-time workers
                                         Section 401(k) plans generally must permit an employee to make
                                      elective deferrals if the employee has worked at least 500 hours per
                                      year with the employer for at least three consecutive years and has
                                      met the minimum age requirement (age 21) by the end of the
                                      three-consecutive-year period (for this provision, an employee is re-
                                      ferred to as a ‘‘long-term part-time employee’’ after having com-
                                      pleted this period of service).221 Thus, a long-term part-time em-
                                      ployee may not be excluded from the plan merely because the em-
                                      ployee has not completed a year of service. Once a long-term part-
                                      time employee meets the age and service requirements, such em-
                                      ployee must be able to commence participation no later than the
                                      earlier of (1) the first day of the first plan year beginning after the
                                      date on which the employee satisfied the age and service require-
                                      ments or (2) the date six months after the date on which the indi-
                                      vidual satisfied those requirements.
                                         The plan is not required to provide that a long-term part-time
                                      employee is otherwise eligible to participate in the plan. Thus, the
                                      plan can continue to treat a long-term part-time employee as ineli-
                                      gible under the plan for employer nonelective and matching con-
                                      tributions based on not having completed a year of service. How-
                                      ever, for a plan that does provide employer contributions for long-
                                      term part-time employees, the plan must credit, for each year in
                                      which such an employee worked at least 500 hours, a year of serv-
                                      ice for purposes of vesting in any employer contributions. If a long-
                                      term part-time employee under such a plan becomes a full-time
                                      employee, the plan must continue to credit the employee with any
                                      years of service earned under the special rule for long-term part-
                                      time employees.
                                         Employers are permitted to exclude long-term part-time employ-
                                      ees from nondiscrimination testing,222 including top-heavy vesting
                                      and top-heavy benefit requirements. However, the relief from the
                                      nondiscrimination rules ceases to apply to any employee who be-
                                      comes a full-time employee (as of the first plan year beginning
                                      after the plan year in which the employee completes a 12-month
                                      period with at least 1,000 hours of service).
                                         The long-term part-time employee rules are effective for plan
                                      years beginning after December 31, 2020, except that for deter-
                                      mining whether the three-consecutive-year period has been met,
                                      12-month periods beginning before January 1, 2021 are not taken
                                      into account.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                           The SECURE Act 223 requires employers to allow long-term, part-
                                      time workers to participate in their section 401(k) plans after the
                                      worker has completed three consecutive years of part-time service.
                                      As women are more likely to work part-time than men, this provi-
                                        221 Sec. 401(k)(2)(D). This rule does not apply to collectively bargained plans.
                                        222 Nondiscrimination testing relief applies to sections 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3), 401(k)(12),
                                      401(k)(13), 401(m)(2), and 410(b).
                                        223 Pub. L. No. 116–94, Division O.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00093   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           92

                                      sion is particularly important for women in the workforce. The
                                      Committee wishes to make it easier for part-time workers to save
                                      for retirement by requiring section 401(k) plans to allow part-time
                                      workers to participate after two consecutive years of part-time
                                      service.
                                                                       EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision modifies the rules that apply to long-time part-
                                      time employees under a section 401(k) plan to reduce the service
                                      requirement for such employees from three years to two years.
                                      Thus, under the provision, a section 401(k) plan generally must
                                      permit an employee to make elective deferrals if the employee has
                                      worked at least 500 hours per year with the employer for at least
                                      two consecutive years and has met the minimum age requirement
                                      (age 21) by the end of the two-consecutive-year period.
                                        In addition, the provision clarifies the effective date of the long-
                                      term part-time employee rules. Under the provision, 12-month peri-
                                      ods beginning before January 1, 2021 (which, under the SECURE
                                      Act, are not taken into account in determining the consecutive 12-
                                      month periods of part-time service) are also not taken into account
                                      in determining a year of service for purposes of the rules applicable
                                      to the vesting of employer contributions.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision is effective as if included in the enactment of sec-
                                      tion 112 of the SECURE Act.
                                                           TITLE II—PRESERVATION OF INCOME
                                           1. REMOVE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION BARRIERS FOR LIFE
                                              ANNUITIES (SEC. 201 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 401 OF THE CODE)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                      Required minimum distributions
                                        Background on required minimum distributions under qualified
                                      retirement plans may be found in section I.5 of this document.
                                             Annuities
                                         A plan will not fail to satisfy the minimum required distribution
                                      rules merely because distributions are made from an annuity con-
                                      tract which is purchased with the employee’s benefit by the plan
                                      from an insurance company.224 Prior to the date that an annuity
                                      contract under an individual account plan commences benefits
                                      under the contract, the interest of the employee or beneficiary
                                      under that contract is treated as an individual account for purposes
                                      of the required minimum distribution requirements.225 Once dis-
                                      tributions are required to begin (on the required beginning date),
                                      payments under the annuity contract will satisfy the required min-
                                      imum distribution rules if distributions of the employee’s entire in-
                                      terest are paid in the form of periodic annuity payments for the
                                           224 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–6, A–4.
                                           225 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–6, A–12(a).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00094   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          93

                                      employee’s life (or the joint lives of the employee and beneficiary)
                                      or over a period certain as defined in the regulations.226
                                         All annuity payments (whether paid over an employee’s life, joint
                                      lives, or a period certain) must be nonincreasing, or only increase
                                      in accordance with certain exceptions.227
                                         There are additional increases permitted for annuity payments
                                      under annuity contracts purchased from insurance companies. If
                                      the total future payments expected to be made under the annuity
                                      contract (‘‘future expected payments’’) exceed the ‘‘total value being
                                      annuitized,’’ the payments under the annuity contract will not fail
                                      to satisfy the nonincreasing payment requirement merely because
                                      the payments (1) are increased by a constant percentage, applied
                                      not less frequently than annually; (2) provide for a final payment
                                      upon the death of the employee that does not exceed the excess of
                                      the total value being annuitized over the total of payments before
                                      the death of the employee; (3) are increased as a result of dividend
                                      payments or other payments that result from actuarial gains but
                                      only if actuarial gain is measured no less frequently than annually
                                      and the resulting payments are either paid no later than the year
                                      following the year for which the actuarial experience is measured
                                      or paid in the same form as the payment of the annuity over the
                                      remaining period of the annuity; and (4) are increased for certain
                                      accelerations of payment.228 However, in operation, this actuarial
                                      test does not permit certain guarantees in life annuities such as
                                      certain guaranteed annual increases, return of premium death ben-
                                      efits and period certain guarantees for participating annuities.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The required minimum distribution rules contain an actuarial
                                      test, intended to limit tax deferral by precluding commercial annu-
                                      ities from providing payments that increase excessively over time.
                                      In operation, however, the test commonly prohibits many impor-
                                      tant guarantees and features of commercial annuities that provide
                                      only modest benefit increases that make these annuities attractive
                                      to individuals participating in defined contribution plans. For ex-
                                      ample, guaranteed annual increases of only one or two percent, re-
                                      turn of premium death benefits, and period certain guarantees for
                                      participating annuities are commonly prohibited by this test. With-
                                      out these types of guarantees, many individuals are unwilling to
                                      elect a life annuity under a defined contribution plan or IRA.
                                         Such annuities also provide individuals in defined contribution
                                      plans with protection against outliving their assets in retirement.
                                      The Committee believes that making it easier for commercial annu-
                                      ities to offer these types of benefits will encourage individuals par-
                                      ticipating in defined contribution plans to purchase such annuities.


                                        226 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–6, A–1, –3 and –4. If the annuity contract is purchased after

                                      the required beginning date, the first payment must begin on or before the purchase date and
                                      the payment required must be made no later than the end of that required period.
                                        227 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–6, A–14(a). The exceptions include eligible cost of living in-

                                      creases, increased benefits resulting from a plan amendment, and lump sum distributions made
                                      to a beneficiary upon the death of the employee.
                                        228 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–6, A–14(c).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00095   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           94

                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision amends the minimum required distribution rules
                                      to permit commercial annuities 229 that are issued in connection
                                      with any eligible retirement plan 230 to provide one or more of the
                                      following types of payments on or after the annuity starting date:
                                              • Annuity payments that increase by a constant percentage,
                                           applied not less frequently than annually, at a rate that is less
                                           than five percent per year;
                                              • A lump sum payment that results in a shortening of the
                                           payment period with respect to an annuity, or a full or partial
                                           commutation of the future annuity payments, provided that
                                           such a lump sum is determined using reasonable actuarial
                                           methods and assumptions, determined in good faith by the
                                           issuer of the contract;
                                              • A lump sum payment that accelerates the receipt of annu-
                                           ity payments that are scheduled to be received within the en-
                                           suing 12 months, regardless of whether such acceleration
                                           shortens the payment period with respect to the annuity, re-
                                           duces the dollar amount of benefits to be paid under the con-
                                           tract, or results in a suspension of annuity payments during
                                           the period being accelerated;
                                              • Dividends or similar distributions determined in an actu-
                                           arially reasonable manner; or
                                              • A lump sum return of premium death benefits.
                                         The provision also directs the Secretary, within one year after
                                      the date of enactment, to conform the regulations to the foregoing
                                      statutory amendments and thereby exempt the listed annuity bene-
                                      fits from the actuarial test in the regulations. The Secretary is also
                                      directed to provide that any commercial annuity that provides an
                                      initial payment that is at least equal to the initial payment that
                                      is required from an individual account is deemed to satisfy the ac-
                                      tuarial test in the regulations. The Secretary is also directed to
                                      amend the actuarial test in the regulations to provide that the cal-
                                      culations under the test are made using the reasonable tables or
                                      other actuarial assumptions that the issuer of the contract actually
                                      uses in pricing the premiums and benefits under the contract, pro-
                                      vided that such tables or other actuarial assumptions are reason-
                                      able, rather than using the life expectancy tables in the regula-
                                      tions.
                                         The provision also directs the Secretary as of the date of enact-
                                      ment to administer and enforce the law in accordance with the re-
                                      quirements of this provision.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                           The provision is effective as of the date of enactment.




                                           229 Within the meaning of section 3405(e)(6).
                                           230 Within the meaning of section 402(c)(8)(B), other than a defined benefit plan.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00096   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX    HR283P1
                                                                                           95

                                           2. QUALIFYING LONGEVITY ANNUITY CONTRACTS (SEC. 202 OF THE
                                                                     BILL)

                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                      Required minimum distributions
                                        Background on required minimum distributions under qualified
                                      retirement plans may be found in section I.5 of this document.
                                      Annuity distributions
                                         The regulations provide rules for the amount of annuity distribu-
                                      tions from a defined benefit plan, or from an annuity purchased by
                                      the plan from an insurance company (including annuity contracts
                                      under a defined contribution plan), that are paid over life or life ex-
                                      pectancy. Annuity distributions are generally required to be non-
                                      increasing with certain exceptions, which include, for example, (i)
                                      increases to the extent of certain specified cost-of-living indices, (ii)
                                      a constant percentage increase (for a qualified defined benefit plan,
                                      the constant percentage cannot exceed five percent per year), (iii)
                                      certain accelerations of payments, and (iv) increases to reflect when
                                      an annuity is converted to a single life annuity after the death of
                                      the beneficiary under a joint and survivor annuity or after termi-
                                      nation of the survivor annuity under a qualified domestic relations
                                      order.231 If distributions are in the form of a joint and survivor an-
                                      nuity and the survivor annuitant both is not the surviving spouse
                                      and is younger than the employee (or IRA owner), the survivor an-
                                      nuity benefit is limited to a percentage of the life annuity benefit
                                      for the employee (or IRA owner). The survivor benefit as a percent-
                                      age of the benefit of the primary annuitant is required to be small-
                                      er (but not required to be less than 52 percent) as the difference
                                      in the ages of the primary annuitant and the survivor annuitant
                                      become greater.
                                         If an annuity contract held under a defined contribution plan has
                                      not yet been annuitized, the interest of an employee or beneficiary
                                      under that contract is treated as an individual account for purposes
                                      of the minimum required distribution rules. Thus, the value of that
                                      contract is included in the account balance used to determine re-
                                      quired minimum distributions from the employee’s individual ac-
                                      count.232
                                      Plan amendment and anti-cutback requirements
                                         Present law provides a remedial amendment period during
                                      which, under certain circumstances, a qualified retirement plan
                                      may be amended retroactively in order to comply with the quali-
                                      fication requirements.233 In general, plan amendments to reflect
                                      changes in the law generally must be made by the time prescribed
                                      by law for filing the income tax return of the employer for the em-
                                      ployer’s taxable year in which the change in law occurs.234 The Sec-
                                           231 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–6, A–14.
                                           232 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(a)(9)–6, A–12.
                                           233 Sec. 401(b).
                                        234 In addition, if an employer adopts a qualified retirement plan after the close of a taxable
                                      year but before the time prescribed by law for filing the return of tax of the employer for the
                                      taxable year (including extensions thereof), the employer may elect to treat the plan as having
                                      been adopted as of the last day of the taxable year. See 401(b)(2), as enacted under section 201
                                      of the SECURE Act. See also the description of the provision in section III.19 of this document,
                                                                                                                             Continued




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00097   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          96

                                      retary may extend the time by which plan amendments need to be
                                      made.
                                        The Code and ERISA generally prohibit plan amendments that
                                      reduce accrued benefits, including amendments that eliminate or
                                      reduce optional forms of benefit with respect to benefits already ac-
                                      crued except to the extent prescribed in regulations.235 This prohi-
                                      bition on the reduction of accrued benefits is commonly referred to
                                      as the ‘‘anti-cutback rule.’’
                                      Qualifying longevity annuity contracts
                                        A ‘‘qualifying longevity annuity contract’’ (‘‘QLAC’’) is a deferred
                                      annuity contract that is purchased from an insurance company for
                                      an employee that is generally scheduled to commence payments at
                                      an advanced age (but no later than age 85) 236 and which satisfies
                                      each of the following requirements: 237
                                             1. Premiums for the QLAC do not exceed the lesser of a dol-
                                          lar or percentage limitation. The dollar limitation is (1)
                                          $125,000 (as adjusted) ($135,000 for 2020 and 2021) over (2)
                                          the sum of (a) the premiums previously paid with respect to
                                          the contract and (b) the premiums previously paid with respect
                                          to any other QLAC that is purchased for the employee under
                                          the plan, or any other plan of the employer.238 The percentage
                                          limitation is 25 percent of the employee’s account balance
                                          under the plan (including the value of any QLAC held under
                                          the plan for the employee) over the previously paid premiums
                                          with respect to the contract or with respect to any other QLAC
                                          that is purchased for the employee under the plan, or any
                                          other plan of the employer.
                                             2. The QLAC provides that distributions under the contract
                                          must commence not later than the first day of the month fol-
                                          lowing the individual’s attainment of age 85.
                                             3. The QLAC provides that once distributions begin under
                                          the contract, the distributions satisfy the minimum required
                                          distribution rules, except for the rule that annuity payments
                                          commence on or before the required beginning date.
                                             4. The contract does not make available any commutation
                                          benefit, cash surrender right, or other similar feature.
                                             5. No benefits are provided under the contract after the
                                          death of the employee other than those provided for in the reg-
                                          ulations.
                                             6. When the contract is issued, the contract (or a rider or en-
                                          dorsement) states that it is intended to be a QLAC.
                                             7. The contract is not a variable contract, an indexed con-
                                          tract, or a similar contract, except as provided in guidance.

                                      Amendments to increase benefit accruals under plan for previous plan year allowed until em-
                                      ployer tax return due date.
                                        235 Sec. 411(d)(6) and ERISA sec. 204(g).
                                        236 Because under section 401(a)(9), minimum required distributions must generally begin no
                                      later than the April 1 of the year following the year in which the individual attains age 72,
                                      without these special rules, QLACs would violate the requirements of section 401(a)(9). See the
                                      description of the provision in section I.5 of this document, which proposes an increase in the
                                      age for the required beginning date for mandatory distributions.
                                        237 Treas. Reg. sec. 401(a)(9)–6, A–17.
                                        238 Including any other plan, annuity, or account described in sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b),
                                      or 408, or an eligible governmental plan under section 457(b).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00098   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           97

                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         QLACs are intended to be an inexpensive way for individuals to
                                      hedge the risk of outliving their savings in defined contribution
                                      plans and IRAs. In 2014, final regulations were published relating
                                      to QLACs.239 However, the final regulations imposed certain limits
                                      on QLACs in order to comply with statutory requirements. These
                                      limits prevent QLACs from achieving their intended purpose in
                                      providing longevity protection by, for example, limiting the percent-
                                      age of an individual’s account that may be used to acquire such
                                      contracts.
                                         The Committee believes that repealing that 25 percent limita-
                                      tion, clarifying that free-look periods up to 90 days are permitted,
                                      and facilitating the sales of such contracts with spousal survival
                                      rights, will eliminate certain barriers to the purchase of QLACs.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Under the provision, no later than one year after the date of en-
                                      actment, the Secretary (or the Secretary’s delegate) is directed to
                                      amend the minimum required distribution regulation which applies
                                      to QLACs:
                                             • To eliminate the requirement that premiums for QLACs be
                                          limited to 25 percent (or any other percentage) of an individ-
                                          ual’s account balance;
                                             • To provide that in the case of a QLAC purchased with
                                          joint and survivor annuity benefits for the individual and his
                                          or her spouse that were permissible under the regulations at
                                          the time the contract was originally purchased, a divorce occur-
                                          ring after the original purchase and before the annuity pay-
                                          ments commence under the contract, will not affect the permis-
                                          sibility of the joint and survivor annuity benefits or other bene-
                                          fits under the contract, or require any adjustment to the
                                          amount or duration of benefits payable under the contract pro-
                                          vided that any qualified domestic relations order 240 or any di-
                                          vorce or separation instrument (1) provides that the former
                                          spouse is entitled to the survivor benefits under the contract,
                                          (2) does not modify the treatment of the former spouse as bene-
                                          ficiary under the contract who is entitled to the survivor bene-
                                          fits, or (3) does not modify the treatment of the former spouse
                                          as the measuring life for the survivor benefits under the con-
                                          tract. For purposes of this provision, the term ‘‘divorce or sepa-
                                          ration instrument’’ means (1) a decree of divorce or separate
                                          maintenance or a written instrument incident to such a decree,
                                          (2) a written separation agreement, or (3) a decree (not de-
                                          scribed in (1)) requiring a spouse to make payments for the
                                          support or maintenance of the other spouse; and
                                             • To ensure that the regulation does not preclude a contract
                                          from including a provision under which an employee may re-
                                          scind the purchase of the contract within a period not exceed-
                                          ing 90 days from the date of purchase (the ‘‘short free look pe-
                                          riod.’’)
                                           239 79 FR 37633.
                                           240 Within the meaning of section 414(p).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00099   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           98

                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision is generally effective with respect to contracts pur-
                                      chased or received in an exchange on or after the date of enact-
                                      ment. The changes with respect to joint and survivor annuities and
                                      the short free look period are effective with respect to contracts
                                      purchased or received in an exchange on or after July 2, 2014.
                                         Prior to the date the Secretary issues final regulations, the Sec-
                                      retary must administer and enforce the law in accordance with the
                                      effective dates above, and taxpayers may rely upon their reason-
                                      able good faith interpretations of the law prior to this provision be-
                                      coming effective.
                                           3. INSURANCE-DEDICATED EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS (SEC. 203 OF
                                                      THE BILL AND SEC. 817(h) OF THE CODE)

                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                      Income exclusion and deferred tax treatment for life insurance and
                                           annuity contracts
                                         An exclusion from gross income is provided for amounts received
                                      under a life insurance contract paid by reason of the death of the
                                      insured.241 Further, no Federal income tax generally is imposed on
                                      a policyholder with respect to the earnings under a life insurance
                                      contract (‘‘inside buildup’’). Distributions from a life insurance con-
                                      tract (other than a modified endowment contract 242) that are made
                                      prior to the death of the insured generally are includible in income
                                      only to the extent that the amounts distributed exceed the tax-
                                      payer’s investment in the contract. Such distributions generally are
                                      treated first as a tax-free recovery of the investment in the con-
                                      tract, and then as income.243 Present law provides a definition of
                                      life insurance designed to limit the investment orientation of the
                                      contract.244
                                         No Federal income tax is generally imposed on a deferred annu-
                                      ity contract holder who is a natural person with respect to the
                                      earnings on the contract (inside buildup) in the absence of a dis-
                                      tribution under the contract. Annuity distributions generally are
                                      treated as partially excludable return of basis and partially ordi-
                                      nary income under an ‘‘exclusion ratio’’ (the ratio of the investment
                                      in the contract to the expected return under the contract as of that
                                      date).245 Other distributions (which for this purpose include loans)
                                      are treated as income first, then as a tax-free return of basis.246
                                      An additional 10-percent tax is imposed on the income portion of
                                      distributions made before age 591⁄2, and in certain other cir-
                                      cumstances.247 An annuity contract must provide for certain re-
                                      quired distributions if the holder dies before the entire interest in
                                      the contract has been distributed.248 No dollar limit is imposed on
                                           241 Sec. 101(a).
                                         242 Sec. 7702A. A modified endowment contract is generally a life insurance contract funded
                                      more rapidly than in seven level annual premiums. Distributions (including loans) from a modi-
                                      fied endowment contract are generally treated as income first, then as a tax-free return of basis.
                                      Sec. 72(e)(10).
                                         243 Sec. 72(e).
                                         244 Sec. 7702.
                                         245 Sec. 72(b).
                                         246 Sec. 72(e).
                                         247 Sec. 72(q).
                                         248 Sec. 72(s).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00100   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           99

                                      the amount that may be paid into an annuity contract (that is not
                                      a pension plan contract) for Federal income tax purposes.
                                      Variable contracts
                                         A variable contract is generally an annuity or life insurance con-
                                      tract whose death benefit, payout, or premium amounts are based
                                      on the return on and market value of underlying assets. For tax
                                      purposes, a variable contract is defined by statute.249 Under the
                                      statutory criteria, all or part of the amounts received for the con-
                                      tract (premiums) must be allocated to a segregated asset account
                                      of the insurer. The contract must provide for the payment of annu-
                                      ities, must be a life insurance contract,250 or must fund insurance
                                      on retired lives.251 The contract must reflect the investment return
                                      and the market value of the segregated asset account, or in the
                                      case of a life insurance contract, the amount of the death benefit
                                      or period of coverage must be adjusted on the basis of the invest-
                                      ment return and the market value of the segregated asset account.
                                      The segregated asset accounts for variable contracts generally are
                                      invested in a variety of investment funds.
                                      Diversification requirements
                                        The investment assets held in the segregated asset account for
                                      a variable contract must be adequately diversified.252 If the assets
                                      are not adequately diversified, the variable contract is not treated
                                      as an annuity or life insurance contract.253 As a result, otherwise
                                      tax-deferred or excluded income on the contract is treated as ordi-
                                      nary income received or accrued by the contract holder during the
                                      taxable year.254
                                        When the diversification requirement for variable contracts was
                                      added in 1984, the Conference Report stated, ‘‘[i]n authorizing
                                      Treasury to prescribe diversification standards, the conferees in-
                                      tend that standards be designed to deny annuity or life insurance
                                      treatment for investments that are publicly available to investors
                                      and investments that are made, in effect, at the direction of the in-
                                      vestor.’’ 255
                                        The regulatory diversification requirements impose investment
                                      concentration limits based on percentages of the total value of the
                                           249 Sec. 817(d).
                                           250 As defined for Federal tax purposes in section 7702.
                                           251 As described in section 807(c)(6) (governing life insurer reserve deductions).
                                           252 Sec. 817(h).
                                         253 The investor control doctrine can also apply in some fact situations. This two-pronged doc-
                                      trine generally treats a contract as not a life insurance contract or not an annuity contract if
                                      the contract holder has significant incidents of ownership with respect to the investments in the
                                      insurer segregated asset account, or if segregated asset account assets are publicly available for
                                      purchase (i.e, not exclusively available through purchase of the variable contract). See Rev. Rul.
                                      81–225, 1981–2 C.B.12, as modified by Rev. Proc. 99–44 and as clarified and amplified by Rev.
                                      Rul. 2007–7; Christofferson v. U.S., 749 F.2d 513 (8th Cir. 1984); Webber v. Commissioner, 144
                                      T. C. 324 (2015).
                                         254 Secs. 72 and 7702, and Treas. Reg. sec. 1.817–5(a).
                                         255 H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 861, 98th Cong., 2d Sess. (1984), page 1055. Similarly, the Blue Book
                                      for the 1984 Act states that the diversification requirements were enacted ‘‘to discourage the
                                      use of tax-preferred variable annuities and variable life insurance primarily as investment vehi-
                                      cles. The Congress believed that a limitation on a customer’s ability to select specific invest-
                                      ments underlying a variable contract will help ensure that a customer’s primary motivation in
                                      purchasing the contract is more likely to be the traditional economic protections provided by an-
                                      nuities and life insurance.’’ Joint Committee on Taxation, General Explanation of the Revenue
                                      Provisions of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984, Pub. L. No. 98–369, JCS–41–84, December 31,
                                      1984, page 607.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00101   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX    HR283P1
                                                                                         100

                                      assets in the segregated asset account.256 A safe harbor is provided
                                      for a segregated asset account holding a regulated investment com-
                                      pany (‘‘RIC’’ or mutual fund) that is at least as diversified as is re-
                                      quired under the RIC rules of section 851(b)(4) and no more than
                                      55 percent of the value of whose assets is in cash, cash items, gov-
                                      ernment securities, and securities of other RICs.257
                                         The diversification requirements provide a lookthrough rule for
                                      assets held through a RIC, real estate investment trust (‘‘REIT’’),
                                      partnership, or certain trusts such as a grantor trust. This
                                      lookthrough rule provides that the RIC, REIT, partnership or trust
                                      is not treated as a single investment of the segregated asset ac-
                                      count, but rather, a pro rata portion of each of its assets is treated
                                      as an asset of the account.258
                                         However, the lookthrough rule imposes requirements.259 All the
                                      beneficial interests in the RIC, REIT, partnership, or trust gen-
                                      erally must be held by a segregated asset account. Public access to
                                      the RIC, REIT, partnership, or trust must generally be available
                                      exclusively through the purchase of a variable contract. For exam-
                                      ple, if an investment fund’s interests are held by a market maker
                                      or by a financial institution that, as a participant in a clearing
                                      agency, is permitted to purchase and redeem shares directly from
                                      the fund and sell them to third parties, then the fund does not sat-
                                      isfy this requirement of the lookthrough rule.
                                                                               REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The Committee has become aware of the growing acceptance of
                                      and increase in the number of exchange traded funds (‘‘ETFs’’), in-
                                      vestment funds that are traded on national securities exchanges.
                                      The Committee finds it appropriate to allow ETFs to be held in life
                                      insurance companies’ segregated asset accounts for variable insur-
                                      ance contracts, provided that doing so does not violate the investor
                                      control doctrine limiting public availability of, and investor control
                                      over, investment funds held by such accounts.
                                         So as to allow ETFs under the diversification requirements appli-
                                      cable to variable insurance contracts, the Committee directs the
                                      Secretary to amend regulations interpreting those diversification
                                      requirements. In particular, the Committee intends that under the
                                      amended regulatory interpretation of the diversification require-
                                      ments, the look through rule available to other investment funds
                                      such as mutual funds also be available to ETFs notwithstanding
                                      that beneficial interests in the ETF are held by clearing agencies
                                      that are authorized participants, or held by market makers, as
                                      those terms are used in the context of the Securities Exchange Act
                                      of 1934. Due to the need for further development of market and tax
                                      regulatory mechanisms needed to implement this intent, the effec-
                                      tive date of the amendment to the regulations is deferred.



                                           256 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.817–5(b).
                                           257 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.817–5(b)(2).
                                           258 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.817(f)(1).
                                           259 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.817(f)(2) and (3).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000    Frm 00102    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      101

                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                      Diversification requirements
                                         The provision directs the Secretary to revise the regulations set-
                                      ting forth diversification requirements with respect to variable con-
                                      tracts under section 817(h) to facilitate the use of ETFs under vari-
                                      able contracts. The provision directs that the lookthrough rule re-
                                      quirements in the regulations be amended so that satisfaction of
                                      those requirements with respect to an ETF is not prevented by rea-
                                      son of beneficial interests in an investment fund being held by one
                                      or more authorized participants or market makers.
                                         Under the provision, an ETF means a RIC, partnership, or trust
                                      that is registered with the SEC as an open-end investment com-
                                      pany or unit investment trust, and the shares of which can be pur-
                                      chased or redeemed directly from the fund only by an authorized
                                      participant, and the shares of which are traded throughout the day
                                      on a national stock exchange at market prices that may or may not
                                      be the same as the net asset value of the shares. An authorized
                                      participant means a financial institution that is a member or par-
                                      ticipant in a clearing agency registered under section 17A(b) of the
                                      Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that contracts with an ETF to per-
                                      mit the financial institution to purchase or redeem shares of the
                                      ETF and to sell the shares to third parties, provided that the finan-
                                      cial institution is precluded from purchasing the shares for its own
                                      investment purposes and from selling the shares to persons that
                                      are not market makers. A market maker means a financial institu-
                                      tion that is a registered broker or dealer under section 15(b) of the
                                      Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that maintains liquidity for an
                                      ETF on a national stock exchange by always being ready to buy
                                      and sell shares, provided that the financial institution is precluded
                                      from buying or selling shares to or from persons who are not au-
                                      thorized participants or who are persons not permitted to buy or
                                      sell shares under the lookthrough rule in the regulations.
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision relating to the amendments to the regulatory di-
                                      versification requirements is effective for segregated asset account
                                      investments made on or after the date that is seven years after the
                                      date of enactment.
                                             TITLE III—SIMPLIFICATION AND CLARIFICATION OF
                                                         RETIREMENT PLAN RULES
                                      1. RECOVERY OF RETIREMENT PLAN OVERPAYMENTS (SEC. 301 OF
                                        THE BILL AND SECS. 402 AND 414 OF THE CODE, AND SEC. 206 OF
                                        ERISA)
                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System
                                         A general description of the Employee Plans Compliance Resolu-
                                      tion System that this provision modifies may be found in section
                                      I.13 of this document.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00103   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                        102

                                             Recoupment of overpayments
                                         An overpayment is defined as a qualification failure due to a pay-
                                      ment being made to a participant or beneficiary that exceeds the
                                      amount payable to such individual under the terms of the plan or
                                      that exceeds a limitation provided in the Code or regulations.260
                                      Overpayments include both payments from a defined benefit plan
                                      and from a defined contribution plan (either not made from the in-
                                      dividual’s account under the plan or not permitted to be paid under
                                      the Code, the regulations, or the terms of the plan).
                                         An overpayment from a defined benefit plan generally is cor-
                                      rected either by having the plan sponsor take reasonable steps to
                                      have the overpayment (with appropriate interest) returned by the
                                      recipient to the plan and then reducing future benefit payments (if
                                      any) due to the employee or any other appropriate correction meth-
                                      od.261 Depending on the nature of the overpayment, an appropriate
                                      correction method may include having the employer or another per-
                                      son contribute the amount of the overpayment (with appropriate
                                      interest) to the plan instead of seeking recoupment from a plan
                                      participant or beneficiary. Another appropriate correction method
                                      may include a plan sponsor adopting a retroactive amendment to
                                      conform the plan document to the plan’s operations.
                                         An overpayment from a defined contribution plan or section
                                      403(b) plan is generally corrected by having the employer take rea-
                                      sonable steps to have the overpayment repaid to the plan, adjusted
                                      for earnings at the plan’s earnings rate from the date of the dis-
                                      tribution to the date of the correction of the overpayment.262 To the
                                      extent such a repayment is not made by the participant or bene-
                                      ficiary, the employer or another person must contribute the dif-
                                      ference to the plan (‘‘make-whole contribution method’’). The make-
                                      whole contribution method does not apply when the failure arises
                                      solely because a payment was made from the plan to a participant
                                      or beneficiary in the absence of a distributable event (but was oth-
                                      erwise determined in accordance with the terms of the plan (for ex-
                                      ample, an impermissible in-service distribution).
                                         The employer must generally notify the employee that the over-
                                      payment is not eligible for favorable tax treatment accorded to dis-
                                      tributions from an eligible retirement plan (and specifically, is not
                                      eligible for tax-free rollover).
                                           260 Sec. 5.01(3)(c) of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                         261 Sec. 6.06(3) of Rev. Proc. 2019–19. Prior to 2015, the correction method for overpayments
                                      was solely for the employer to take reasonable steps to have the overpayment returned to the
                                      plan by the participant or beneficiary. The IRS was informed that some plans had demanded
                                      recoupment of large amounts from plan participants and beneficiaries on account of plan admin-
                                      istration errors made over lengthy periods of time, and that those individuals, particularly older
                                      individuals, might have financial difficulty meeting those corrective actions including the return
                                      of overpayments with substantial accumulated interest. As a result, IRS and Treasury issued
                                      Revenue Procedure 2015–27, 2015–16 I.R.B. 914 providing more flexibility to plans, stating that
                                      depending on the facts and circumstances, correcting an overpayment under EPCRS may not
                                      need to include requesting that an overpayment be returned to the plan by plan participants
                                      and beneficiaries but could include such options as having the employer or another person con-
                                      tribute the amount of the overpayment (with appropriate interest) to the plan in lieu of seeking
                                      recoupment from plan participants and beneficiaries or having a plan sponsor adopt a retro-
                                      active amendment to conform the plan document to the plan’s operations. Treasury and IRS re-
                                      quested comments on a number of issues, including whether, and under what circumstances,
                                      correction should require employer make-whole contributions rather than recouping overpay-
                                      ments from participants and beneficiaries and whether additional guidance was needed related
                                      to unusual circumstances in which full corrective payments to a plan should not be required.
                                      Treasury and IRS are continuing to review these comments and have indicated that they are
                                      in the process of developing further changes.
                                         262 Sec. 6.06(4) of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00104    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       103

                                         However, if the total amount of an overpayment to a participant
                                      or beneficiary is $100 or less, the plan sponsor is not required to
                                      seek the return of the overpayment from the participant or bene-
                                      ficiary and the plan sponsor is not required to notify the partici-
                                      pant or beneficiary that the overpayment is not eligible for favor-
                                      able tax treatment accorded to distributions from the plan (and
                                      specifically, is not eligible for tax-free rollover).
                                      PBGC overpayment recoupment policy
                                         Private defined benefit plans are covered by the PBGC insurance
                                      program, under which the PBGC guarantees the payment of cer-
                                      tain plan benefits, and plans are required to pay annual premiums
                                      to the PBGC.263 Single-employer and multiple-employer plans, in-
                                      cluding CSEC plans, are subject to the same PBGC premium re-
                                      quirements, consisting of flat-rate, per participant premiums and
                                      variable rate premiums, based on the unfunded vested benefits
                                      under the plan. For 2021, flat-rate premiums are $86 per partici-
                                      pant, and variable rate premiums are $46 for each $1,000 of un-
                                      funded vested benefits, subject to a limit of $582 multiplied by the
                                      number of plan participants.264 For this purpose, unfunded vested
                                      benefits under a plan for a plan year is the excess (if any) of (1)
                                      the plan’s funding target for the plan year, determined by taking
                                      into account only vested benefits and using specified interest rates,
                                      over (2) the fair market value of plan assets.
                                         If at any time, the PBGC determines that net benefits paid to a
                                      participant in a PBGC-trusteed plan exceed the total amount to
                                      which the participant or beneficiary is entitled up to that time
                                      under Title IV of ERISA, and the participant or beneficiary is, as
                                      of the plan termination date, entitled to receive future benefits, the
                                      PBGC will recoup the net overpayment by calculating a monthly
                                      account balance for each month ending after the termination date.
                                      The PBGC will subtract from the account balance the amount of
                                      overpayments made in that month. Only overpayments made on or
                                      after the latest of the proposed termination date, the termination
                                      date, or, if no notice of intent to terminate was issued, the date on
                                      which proceedings to terminate the plan are instituted by the
                                      PBGC.
                                         The PBGC will recoup net overpayments of benefits by reducing
                                      the amount of each future benefit payment to which the participant
                                      or beneficiary is entitled by a fraction which is determined by di-
                                      viding the amount of the net overpayment by the present value of
                                      the benefit payable with respect to the participant or beneficiary
                                      under Title IV of ERISA. The PBGC will reduce benefits to a par-
                                      ticipant or beneficiary by no more than the greater of (1) 10 per-
                                      cent per month; or (2) the amount of benefit per month in excess
                                      of the maximum guaranteed benefit payable under ERISA, deter-
                                      mined without adjustment for age and benefit form. Before affect-
                                      ing a benefit reduction, the PBGC will notify the participant or
                                      beneficiary in writing of the amount of the net overpayment and
                                      of the amount of the reduced benefit. The PBGC may, in its discre-
                                      tion, decide not to recoup net overpayments that it determines to
                                      be de minimis.
                                           263 Title IV of ERISA.
                                        264 These premium rates have been increased several times by legislation since 2005 and are
                                      subject to automatic increases to reflect inflation (referred to as ‘‘indexing’’).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00105   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                             104

                                                                              REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        On occasion, individuals may mistakenly receive more money
                                      than they are entitled to under a retirement plan. These errors
                                      may persist over a number of years before being discovered, cre-
                                      ating issues when plan fiduciaries later seek to recover these over-
                                      payments (plus interest), which may be substantial, from
                                      unsuspecting retirees. Even small overpayment amounts may cre-
                                      ate a hardship for a retiree living on a fixed income.
                                        The Committee believes that allowing retirement plan fiduciaries
                                      the discretion to determine how to correct such inadvertent fail-
                                      ures, for example, by making additional contributions to the plan
                                      rather than recouping such overpayments from the retiree, will al-
                                      leviate undue burdens on unsuspecting retirees.
                                                                          EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                      Overpayments under the Code
                                         Under the provision, a plan will not fail to be treated as a quali-
                                      fied plan, section 403(a) annuity, section 403(b) tax sheltered annu-
                                      ity or a governmental plan 265 (and will not fail to be treated as
                                      satisfying the requirements of section 401 or 403) merely because
                                      (1) the plan fails to obtain payment from any participant, bene-
                                      ficiary, employer, plan sponsor, fiduciary, or other party on account
                                      of any inadvertent benefit overpayment made by the plan, or (2)
                                      the plan sponsor amends the plan to increase past or future benefit
                                      payments to affected participants and beneficiaries in order to ad-
                                      just for prior inadvertent benefit overpayments. Notwithstanding
                                      the foregoing, the plan may instead reduce future benefit payments
                                      to the correct amount provided for under the terms of the plan or
                                      seek recovery from the person or persons responsible for the over-
                                      payment. If an employer decides not to recover an overpayment,
                                      nothing in this provision relieves that employer of any obligation
                                      imposed upon it to make contributions to a plan to satisfy the min-
                                      imum funding requirements 266 or to prevent or restore an imper-
                                      missible forfeiture.267 In addition, the plan must observe any sal-
                                      ary, compensation or benefit limitations imposed upon it,268 and
                                      may enforce such limitations using any method approved by the
                                      Secretary for recouping benefits previously paid or allocations pre-
                                      viously made in excess of such limitations.
                                         The Secretary may issue regulations or other guidance of general
                                      applicability specifying how benefit overpayments and their
                                      recoupment or non-recoupment from a participant or beneficiary
                                      are to be taken into account for purposes of satisfying any require-
                                      ment applicable to such a plan.
                                            Rollovers
                                        In the case of an inadvertent benefit overpayment from a plan
                                      which is transferred to an eligible retirement plan by or on behalf
                                      of a participant or beneficiary, (1) the portion of the overpayment
                                      with respect to which recoupment is not sought on behalf of the
                                      plan will be treated as having been paid in an eligible rollover dis-
                                           265 Under section 219(g)(5)(A)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv).
                                           266 Under sections 412 and 430.
                                           267 In accordance with section 411.
                                           268 Secs. 401(a)(17) and 415.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191    PO 00000     Frm 00106    Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          105

                                      tribution if the payment would have been an eligible rollover dis-
                                      tribution but for being an overpayment, and (2) the portion of such
                                      overpayment with respect to which recoupment is sought on behalf
                                      of the plan will be permitted to be returned to the plan, and in
                                      such case, will be treated as an eligible rollover distribution trans-
                                      ferred to such plan by the participant or beneficiary who received
                                      the overpayment (and the plans making and receiving such trans-
                                      fer will be treated as permitting such transfer).
                                         In any case in which recoupment is sought on behalf of the plan,
                                      but is disputed by the participant or beneficiary who received the
                                      overpayment, where the recoupment has been transferred to an-
                                      other eligible retirement plan, the dispute will be subject to the
                                      claims and appeals procedures of the plan that made the overpay-
                                      ment, that plan will notify the plan receiving the rollover of the
                                      dispute, and the plan receiving the rollover will retain the overpay-
                                      ment on behalf of the participant or beneficiary (and will be enti-
                                      tled to treat the overpayment as plan assets) pending the outcome
                                      of the procedures.
                                      Overpayments under ERISA
                                              Fiduciary duties
                                        Under the provision, in the case of an inadvertent benefit over-
                                      payment by any pension plan, the responsible plan fiduciary will
                                      not be considered to have failed to comply with its fiduciary respon-
                                      sibilities merely because such fiduciary determines, in the exercise
                                      of its fiduciary discretion, not to seek recovery of all or part of such
                                      overpayment from:
                                              1. Any participant or beneficiary;
                                              2. Any plan sponsor of, or contributing employer to, (a) an
                                           individual account plan, provided that the amount needed to
                                           prevent or restore any impermissible forfeiture from any par-
                                           ticipant’s or beneficiary’s account arising in connection with
                                           the overpayment is, separately from and independently of the
                                           overpayment, allocated to such account pursuant to the non-
                                           forfeitability requirements of ERISA 269 (for example, out of the
                                           plan’s forfeiture account, additional employer contributions, or
                                           recoveries from those responsible for the overpayment), or (b)
                                           a defined benefit pension plan subject to the funding rules of
                                           ERISA,270 unless the responsible plan fiduciary determines, in
                                           the exercise of its fiduciary discretion, that failure to recover
                                           all or a part of the overpayment faster than required under
                                           such funding rules would materially affect the plan’s ability to
                                           pay benefits due to other participants and beneficiaries; or
                                              3. Any fiduciary of the plan, other than a fiduciary (including
                                           a plan sponsor or contributing employer acting in a fiduciary
                                           capacity) whose breach of its fiduciary duties resulted in such
                                           overpayment, provided that if the plan has established prudent
                                           procedures to prevent and minimize overpayment of benefits
                                           and the relevant plan fiduciaries have followed such proce-
                                           dures, an inadvertent benefit overpayment will not give rise to
                                           a breach of fiduciary duty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
                                           responsible plan fiduciary may instead reduce future benefit
                                           269 Sec. 203 of ERISA.
                                           270 In part 3 of subtitle B of ERISA.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00107      Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                        106

                                           payments to the correct amount provided for under the terms
                                           of the plan or seek recovery from the person or persons respon-
                                           sible for the overpayment.
                                        If an employer decides not to recover an overpayment, nothing in
                                      this provision relieves that employer of any obligation imposed
                                      upon it to make contributions to a plan to satisfy the minimum
                                      funding requirements 271 or to prevent or restore an impermissible
                                      forfeiture.272
                                               Conditions imposed upon recoupment
                                         If the responsible plan fiduciary, in the exercise of its fiduciary
                                      discretion, decides to seek recoupment from a participant or bene-
                                      ficiary of all or part of an inadvertent benefit overpayment made
                                      by the plan to such participant or beneficiary, it may do so, subject
                                      to the following conditions:
                                               1. No interest or other additional amounts (such as collection
                                            costs or fees) are sought on overpaid accounts;
                                               2. If the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a non-
                                            decreasing periodic benefit by reducing future benefit pay-
                                            ments:
                                                    • The reduction ceases after the plan has recovered the
                                                 full dollar amount of the overpayment;
                                                    • The amount recouped each calendar year does not ex-
                                                 ceed 10 percent of the full dollar amount of the overpay-
                                                 ment; and
                                                    • Future benefit payments are not reduced to below 90
                                                 percent of the periodic amount otherwise payable under
                                                 the terms of the plan.
                                               3. Alternatively, if the plan seeks to recoup past overpay-
                                            ments of a non-decreasing periodic benefit through one or more
                                            installment payments, the sum of such installment payments
                                            in any calendar year does not exceed the sum of the reductions
                                            that would be permitted in such year under the preceding sen-
                                            tence;
                                               4. If the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a benefit
                                            other than a non-decreasing periodic benefit, the plan satisfies
                                            requirements developed by the Secretary;
                                               5. Efforts to recoup overpayments are not made through a
                                            collection agency or similar third party and such efforts are not
                                            accompanied by threats of litigation, unless the responsible
                                            plan fiduciary reasonably believes it could prevail in a civil ac-
                                            tion brought in Federal or State court to recoup the overpay-
                                            ments;
                                               6. Recoupment of past overpayments to a participant is not
                                            sought from any beneficiary of the participant, including a
                                            spouse, surviving spouse, former spouse or other beneficiary;
                                               7. Recoupment may not be sought if the first overpayment
                                            occurred more than three years before the participant or bene-
                                            ficiary is first notified in writing of the error;
                                               8. A participant or beneficiary from whom recoupment is
                                            sought is entitled to contest all or part of the recoupment pur-
                                            suant to the plan’s claims and appeals procedures; and
                                           271 Under part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.
                                           272 In accordance with section 203 of ERISA.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00108   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          107

                                              9. In determining the amount of recoupment to seek, the re-
                                           sponsible plan fiduciary may take into account the hardship
                                           that recoupment likely would impose on the participant or ben-
                                           eficiary.
                                         Conditions (1) through (6) do not apply to protect a participant
                                      or beneficiary who is culpable. For purposes of this rule, a partici-
                                      pant or beneficiary is culpable if the individual bears responsibility
                                      for the overpayment (such as through misrepresentations or omis-
                                      sions that led to the overpayment), or if the individual knew, or
                                      had good reason to know under the circumstances, that the benefit
                                      payment or payments were materially in excess of the correct
                                      amount. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an individual is
                                      not culpable merely because the individual believed the benefit
                                      payment or payments were or might be in excess of the correct
                                      amount, if the individual raised that question with an authorized
                                      plan representative and was told the payment or payments were
                                      not in excess of the correct amount. With respect to a culpable par-
                                      ticipant or beneficiary, efforts to recoup overpayments must not be
                                      made through threats of litigation, unless a lawyer for the plan
                                      could make the representations required under Rule 11 of the Fed-
                                      eral Rules of Civil Procedure if the litigation were brought in Fed-
                                      eral court.
                                                                                   EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision applies on the date of enactment.
                                         Plans, fiduciaries, employers, and plan sponsors are entitled to
                                      rely on (1) a good faith interpretation of then existing administra-
                                      tive guidance for inadvertent benefit overpayment recoupments
                                      and recoveries that commenced before the date of enactment and
                                      (2) determinations made before the date of enactment by the re-
                                      sponsible plan fiduciary, in the exercise of its fiduciary discretion,
                                      not to seek recoupment or recovery of all or part of an inadvertent
                                      benefit overpayment.
                                         In the case of a benefit overpayment that occurred prior to the
                                      date of enactment, any installment payments by the participant or
                                      beneficiary to the plan or any reduction in periodic benefit pay-
                                      ments to the participant or beneficiary, which were made in
                                      recoupment of such overpayment and which commenced prior to
                                      such date, may continue after such date. Nothing in this subsection
                                      relieves a fiduciary from responsibility for an overpayment that re-
                                      sulted from a breach of its fiduciary duties.
                                      2. REDUCTION IN EXCISE TAX ON CERTAIN ACCUMULATIONS IN
                                        QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS (SEC. 302 OF THE BILL AND SEC.
                                        4974 OF THE CODE)
                                                                                    PRESENT LAW

                                        Background on required minimum distributions under qualified
                                      retirement plans may be found in section I.5 of this document.
                                        The Code imposes an excise tax on an individual if the amount
                                      distributed to an individual during a taxable year is less than the
                                      required minimum distribution under the plan for that year.273
                                      The excise tax is equal to 50 percent of the shortfall (that is, 50
                                           273 Sec. 4974.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191      PO 00000   Frm 00109   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      108

                                      percent of the amount by which the required minimum distribution
                                      exceeds the actual distribution). However, the Secretary may waive
                                      the tax if the individual establishes that the shortfall was due to
                                      reasonable error and reasonable steps are being taken to remedy
                                      the error.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee recognizes that in many cases, failures to take a
                                      required minimum distribution are inadvertent. The Committee
                                      thus wishes to reduce the overall excise tax that applies to such
                                      failures, in particular in the case of an individual who discovers
                                      such a failure and takes steps to correct it.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision reduces the excise tax that generally applies to the
                                      failure to take required minimum distributions from 50 percent of
                                      the shortfall to 25 percent.
                                         In addition, the provision further reduces the excise tax to 10
                                      percent in the case of an individual who, during the correction win-
                                      dow, corrects the shortfall and submits a return reflecting the ex-
                                      cise tax. The correction window is defined as the time period begin-
                                      ning on the date the excise tax is imposed on the shortfall and end-
                                      ing on the earlier of (1) the date the Secretary initiates an audit
                                      with respect to the shortfall or otherwise demands payment, and
                                      (2) the last day of the second taxable year that begins after the end
                                      of the taxable year in which the excise tax is imposed.
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December
                                      31, 2021.
                                      3. PERFORMANCE BENCHMARKS FOR ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS (SEC.
                                                           303 OF THE BILL)
                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Fiduciary rules under ERISA
                                         ERISA contains general fiduciary duty standards that apply to
                                      all fiduciary actions, including investment decisions. ERISA re-
                                      quires that a plan fiduciary generally discharge its duties solely in
                                      the interests of participants and beneficiaries and with the care,
                                      skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then pre-
                                      vailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar
                                      with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a
                                      like character and with like aims. With respect to plan assets,
                                      ERISA requires a fiduciary to diversify the investments of the plan
                                      so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the cir-
                                      cumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so.
                                      Special rule for participant control of assets
                                         ERISA provides a special rule in the case of a defined contribu-
                                      tion plan that permits participants to exercise control over the as-
                                      sets in their individual accounts. Under the special rule, if a partic-
                                      ipant exercises control over the assets in his or her account (as de-
                                      termined under regulations), the participant is not deemed to be a




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00110   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       109

                                      fiduciary by reason of such exercise, and no person who is other-
                                      wise a fiduciary is liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach,
                                      that results from the participant’s exercise of control.
                                         Regulations issued by the DOL describe the requirements that
                                      must be met in order for a participant to be treated as exercising
                                      control over the assets in his or her account. With respect to invest-
                                      ment options, the regulations provide, in part, that:
                                              • The plan must provide at least three different investment
                                           options, each of which is diversified and has materially dif-
                                           ferent risk and return characteristics;
                                              • The plan must allow participants to give investment in-
                                           structions with respect to each investment option under the
                                           plan with a frequency that is appropriate in light of the rea-
                                           sonably expected market volatility of the investment option
                                           (the ‘‘general volatility rule’’);
                                              • At a minimum, participants must be allowed to give in-
                                           vestment instructions at least every three months with respect
                                           to at least three of the investment options, and those invest-
                                           ment options must constitute a broad range of options (the
                                           ‘‘three-month minimum rule:);
                                              • Participants must be provided with detailed information
                                           about the investment options, information regarding fees, in-
                                           vestment instructions and limitations, and copies of financial
                                           data and prospectuses; and
                                              • Specific requirements must be satisfied with respect to in-
                                           vestments in employer stock to ensure that employees’’ buying,
                                           selling, and voting decisions are confidential and free from em-
                                           ployer influence.
                                         Under the regulations,274 the plan administrator (or person des-
                                      ignated by the plan administrator to act on its behalf), based on
                                      the latest information available, must furnish to each participant
                                      or beneficiary on or before the date on which he or she can first
                                      direct his or her investments and at least annually thereafter, the
                                      following information (as well as certain other information), with
                                      respect to each designated investment alternative offered under the
                                      plan:
                                              • Identifying information including the name of each des-
                                           ignated investment alternative and the type or category of the
                                           investment (e.g., money market fund, balanced fund (stocks
                                           and bonds), large-cap stock fund, or employer securities);
                                              • Performance data including:
                                                   » For designated investment alternatives with respect
                                                to which the return is not fixed, the average annual total
                                                return of the investment for 1, 5, and 10 calendar year pe-
                                                riods (or for the life of the alternative, if shorter) ending
                                                on the date of the most recently completed calendar year;
                                                as well as a statement indicating that an investment’s past
                                                performance is not necessarily an indication of how the in-
                                                vestment will perform in the future; and
                                                   » For designated investment alternatives with respect
                                                to which the return is fixed or stated for the term of the
                                                investment, both the fixed or stated annual rate of return
                                                and the term of the investment. If, with respect to such a
                                           274 29 C.F.R. sec. 2550.404a–5(d).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00111   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       110

                                               designated investment alternative, the issuer reserves the
                                               right to adjust the fixed or stated rate of return prospec-
                                               tively during the term of the contract or agreement, the
                                               current rate of return, the minimum rate guaranteed
                                               under the contract, if any, and a statement advising par-
                                               ticipants and beneficiaries that the issuer may adjust the
                                               rate of return prospectively and how to obtain (e.g., tele-
                                               phone or website) the most recent rate of return required
                                               under this section.
                                             • Benchmarks. For designated investment alternatives with
                                          respect to which the return is not fixed, the name and returns
                                          of an appropriate broad-based securities market index over the
                                          1, 5, and 10 calendar year periods (or for the life of the alter-
                                          native, if shorter) comparable to the performance data periods
                                          provided for designated investment alternatives with respect to
                                          which the return is not fixed, and which is not administered
                                          by an affiliate of the investment issuer, its investment adviser,
                                          or a principal underwriter, unless the index is widely recog-
                                          nized and used.
                                        If these and the other requirements under the regulations are
                                      met, a plan fiduciary may be liable for the investment options
                                      made available under the plan, but not for the specific investment
                                      decisions made by participants. However, the regulations currently
                                      do not provide guidance as to a designated investment alternative
                                      which contains a mix of asset classes.
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        As noted, DOL regulations require certain disclosures to partici-
                                      pants for each designated investment alternative offered under a
                                      plan including a benchmark comparison of the historical perform-
                                      ance of each alternative compared to an appropriate broad-based
                                      securities market index. Thus, for example, if the plan offers an eq-
                                      uity fund, the plan will show participants the 1, 5 and 10 year re-
                                      turns of that fund compared to the returns on an appropriate index
                                      such as the S&P 500, which represents an index in the same asset
                                      class. However, the rules do not adequately address the benchmark
                                      to be used for increasingly popular investments, like target date
                                      funds which include a mix of asset classes rather than a single
                                      asset class.
                                        The Committee believes that a modification of the regulations to
                                      permit a designated investment alternative that uses a mix of asset
                                      classes, such as a target date fund, to be benchmarked against a
                                      blend of broad-based securities market indices, provided that cer-
                                      tain conditions are satisfied, will facilitate the ability of partici-
                                      pants to compare and decide between investment alternatives, in-
                                      cluding those that use a mix of asset classes, offered under the
                                      plan.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Not later than six months after the date of enactment, the provi-
                                      sion requires that the Secretary of Labor (or the Secretary’s dele-
                                      gate) modify the regulations on fiduciary duties 275 to provide that,
                                      in the case of a designated investment alternative which contains
                                           275 Under section 404 of ERISA.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00112   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       111

                                      a mix of asset classes, a plan administrator may, but is not re-
                                      quired to, use a benchmark which is a blend of different broad-
                                      based securities market indices if:
                                              1. The blend is reasonably representative of the asset class
                                           holdings of the designated investment alternative;
                                              2. For purposes of determining the blend’s returns for 1, 5,
                                           and 10 calendar-year periods (or for the life of the alternative,
                                           if shorter), the blend is modified at least once per year to re-
                                           flect changes in the asset class holdings of the designated in-
                                           vestment alternative;
                                              3. The blend is furnished to participants and beneficiaries in
                                           a manner that is reasonably designed to be understandable
                                           and helpful; and
                                              4. Each securities market index which is used for an associ-
                                           ated asset class would separately satisfy the requirements of
                                           such regulations for such asset class.
                                         Not later than December 31, 2022, the Secretary of Labor (or the
                                      Secretary’s delegate) must deliver a report to the Committees on
                                      Ways and Means and Education and Labor of the House of Rep-
                                      resentatives and the Committees on Finance and Health, Edu-
                                      cation, Labor, and Pensions of the U.S. Senate regarding the effec-
                                      tiveness of the benchmarking requirements under the DOL regula-
                                      tions.276
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                           The provision is effective on the date of enactment.
                                       4. REVIEW AND REPORT TO THE CONGRESS RELATING TO REPORTING
                                            AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS (SEC. 304 OF THE BILL)

                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                         Under the Code and ERISA, plans must satisfy requirements re-
                                      lating to reporting and disclosure of plan information. These re-
                                      quirements include information required to be reported to the IRS,
                                      the DOL, and the PBGC, as well as to participants and bene-
                                      ficiaries.277
                                         For example, plan administrators generally must file an annual
                                      return with the IRS, an annual report with the DOL, and certain
                                      information annually with the PBGC. Form 5500, which consists of
                                      a primary form and various schedules, includes the information re-
                                      quired to be filed with all three agencies. The plan administrator
                                      satisfies the reporting requirement with respect to each agency by
                                      filing the Form 5500 with the DOL. Other information required to
                                      be reported to the IRS includes plan distributions, excise taxes im-
                                      posed on the plan, and separated participants with deferred vested
                                      benefits.278 Defined benefit plans must report certain information
                                      to the PBGC, including information relating funding, terminations,
                                      and reportable events.
                                         With respect to participants and beneficiaries, the reporting and
                                      disclosure requirements include the provision of a summary plan
                                           276 29 C.F.R. sec. 2550.404a–5.
                                        277 In certain cases, plan information also must be provided to other interested parties such
                                      as unions (in the case of multiemployer plans).
                                        278 This information is reported on the Form 1099–R (plan distributions), Form 5330 (excise
                                      tax), and Form 8955–SSA (separated participants with deferred vested benefits).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00113   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      112

                                      description, which describes the plan’s eligibility requirements for
                                      participation and benefits, vesting provisions, procedures for claim-
                                      ing benefits under the plan, and other information.279 Plans must
                                      also furnish participants and beneficiaries with periodic benefit
                                      statements that indicate the total benefits accrued and the non-
                                      forfeitable benefits (or the earliest date on which benefits become
                                      nonforfeitable).280 Certain information is required to be provided
                                      upon certain events, such as termination of employment,281 plan
                                      termination,282 reduction in future benefit accruals,283 or a plan
                                      distribution that is eligible for rollover treatment.284 Certain re-
                                      quirements also apply depending on the type of plan. For example,
                                      section 401(k) plans and section 403(b) plans must advise employ-
                                      ees of opportunities to make or change elective deferrals under the
                                      plan,285 and section 401(k) safe harbor plans and plans with auto-
                                      matic enrollment features have special notice requirements.286 Cer-
                                      tain notices must be provided to participants and beneficiaries in
                                      individual account plans who are permitted to exercise control over
                                      account assets.287 In the case of defined benefit plans, notices relat-
                                      ing to plan funding, such as an annual funding notice, must be fur-
                                      nished to participants and beneficiaries.288
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The Committee wishes to consolidate, simplify, standardize, and
                                      improve the reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to re-
                                      tirement plans. Thus, the Committee believes that it is appropriate
                                      to gather information and recommendations on reporting and dis-
                                      closure requirements from Treasury, the DOL, and the PBGC.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision requires the Secretary, the Secretary of Labor, and
                                      the PBGC to review the reporting and disclosure requirements that
                                      apply to pension plans 289 under Title I of ERISA and that apply
                                      to qualified retirement plans 290 under the Code. Such review must
                                      take place as soon as practicable after the date of enactment, and,
                                      no later than 18 months after such date, the agencies must report
                                      on the effectiveness of the reporting and disclosure requirements
                                      and make certain recommendations, as described below, to the ap-
                                      propriate committees of the Congress. The agencies must conduct
                                      appropriate surveys and data collection to obtain any needed infor-
                                      mation.
                                        The report must include the following:
                                        279 ERISA sec. 102; 29 C.F.R. sec. 2520.102–2 and –3. Plans must also provide summaries of
                                      material modifications to the plan. ERISA sec. 102.
                                        280 ERISA sec. 105.
                                        281 ERISA sec. 209.
                                        282 29 C.F.R. sec. 2550.404a–3 (relating to termination of individual account plans); ERISA
                                      sec. 4041(a)(2) (relating to termination of single-employer defined benefits plans). Single em-
                                      ployer defined benefit plans also must report plan termination to the PBGC.
                                        283 Sec. 4980F; ERISA sec. 204(h).
                                        284 Sec. 402(f).
                                        285 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(k)–1(e)(2)(ii); Treas. Reg. sec. 1.403(b)–5(b)(2). This requirement also
                                      applies to SIMPLE plans. Sec. 408(p)(5)(C).
                                        286 Sec. 401(k)(12)(D); sec. 401(k)(13)(E); sec. 414(w)(4).
                                        287 ERISA sec. 404(c).
                                        288 ERISA sec. 101. Certain notices related to plan funding also must be provided to the
                                      PBGC.
                                        289 ERISA sec. 3(2).
                                        290 For this purpose, qualified retirement plans include plans qualified under section 401(a),
                                      annuity plans described in section 403(a), and section 403(b) plans. Sec. 4974(c)(1), (2), and (3).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00114   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      113

                                                • Recommendations as may be appropriate to consolidate,
                                             simplify, standardize, and improve such requirements so as to
                                             simplify reporting for such plans and ensure that plans can
                                             simply furnish and participants and beneficiaries timely re-
                                             ceive and better understand the information they need to mon-
                                             itor their plans, plan for retirement, and obtain the benefits
                                             they have earned;
                                                • An assessment of the extent to which retirement plans are
                                             retaining disclosures, work records, and plan documents that
                                             are needed to ensure accurate calculation of future benefits;
                                             and
                                                • To assess the effectiveness of the applicable reporting and
                                             disclosure requirements, an analysis, based on plan data, of
                                             how participants and beneficiaries are providing preferred con-
                                             tact information, the methods by which plan sponsors and
                                             plans are furnishing disclosures, and the rate at which partici-
                                             pants and beneficiaries (grouped by key demographics) are re-
                                             ceiving, accessing, and retaining disclosures.
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                           The provision is effective on date of enactment.
                                      5. ELIMINATING UNNECESSARY PLAN REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO
                                        UNENROLLED PARTICIPANTS (SEC. 305 OF THE BILL, SEC. 414 OF
                                        THE CODE, AND NEW SEC. 111 OF ERISA)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                        Background on the reporting and disclosure requirements that
                                      apply to plans under the Code and ERISA may be found in section
                                      III.4 of this document.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         Under present law, employees eligible to participate in a retire-
                                      ment plan are required to receive a broad array of notices that are
                                      intended to inform them of their various options and rights under
                                      the plan. In the case of eligible employees who have not elected to
                                      participate in the plan (‘‘unenrolled participants’’), these notices,
                                      such as notices regarding the different investment options available
                                      under the plan, are generally unnecessary, and can even have ad-
                                      verse effects on savings and coverage. Thus, the Committee be-
                                      lieves it is appropriate to cease to require defined contribution
                                      plans to provide many of these notices to unenrolled participants.
                                      However, to further encourage participation of unenrolled partici-
                                      pants, such plans would still be required to send an annual re-
                                      minder notice relating to the participant’s eligibility to participate
                                      in the plan and any otherwise required document requested by the
                                      participant.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision generally exempts defined contribution plans from
                                      requirements under the Code and ERISA to provide disclosures,
                                      notices, and other plan documents to unenrolled participants, pro-
                                      vided that the unenrolled participant receives: (1) an annual re-
                                      minder notice of the participant’s eligibility to participate in the




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00115   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                         114

                                      plan and any applicable election deadlines, and (2) any document
                                      the participant requests that the participant would be entitled to
                                      if not for this provision.
                                         Under the provision, the annual reminder notice must be fur-
                                      nished in connection with the plan’s annual open season election
                                      period (or, if there is no such period, within a reasonable period
                                      prior to the beginning of each plan year), and must notify the par-
                                      ticipant of (1) the participant’s eligibility to participate in the plan,
                                      and (2) the key benefits under the plan and key rights and features
                                      under the plan affecting such benefits. The annual reminder notice
                                      must be provided in accordance with the DOL regulations relating
                                      to disclosure 291 and may be provided in paper or, if the participant
                                      consents, electronically. The notice must provide the required infor-
                                      mation in a prominent manner calculated to be understood by the
                                      average participant.
                                         The provision defines ‘‘unenrolled participant’’ as an employee
                                      who (1) is eligible to participate in a defined contribution plan; (2)
                                      has received all required notices, disclosures, and other plan docu-
                                      ments, including the summary plan description, required to be fur-
                                      nished under the Code or ERISA in connection with the partici-
                                      pant’s initial eligibility to participate in the plan; (3) is not partici-
                                      pating the plan; and (4) does not have a balance in the plan. For
                                      this purpose, any eligibility to participate in the plan following any
                                      period of ineligibility is treated as initial eligibility.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for plan years beginning after Decem-
                                      ber 31, 2021.
                                      6. RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND FOUND (SEC. 306 OF THE BILL,
                                        SECS. 401(a)(31)(B), 402, 408, 411, 6011, 6057, AND 6652 OF THE
                                        CODE, AND SECS. 404, 4005, AND NEW SEC. 4051 OF ERISA)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                      Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation Missing Participants Pro-
                                            gram
                                         When a defined benefit pension plan (maintained by a single em-
                                      ployer and subject to the plan termination insurance program
                                      under Title IV of ERISA) terminates under a standard termination,
                                      the plan administrator generally must purchase annuity contracts
                                      from a private insurer to provide the benefits to which participants
                                      are entitled and distribute the annuity contracts to the partici-
                                      pants.
                                         If the plan administrator of a terminating single employer plan
                                      cannot locate a participant after a diligent search (has a ‘‘missing
                                      participant’’), the plan administrator may satisfy the distribution
                                      requirement only by purchasing an annuity from an insurer or
                                      transferring the participant’s designated benefit to the PBGC. The
                                      PBGC holds the benefit of the missing participant as trustee until
                                      the PBGC locates the missing participant and distributes the ben-
                                      efit.292
                                           291 29 C.F.R. sec. 2520.104(b)–1 (or any successor regulation).
                                           292 Sec. 4041(b)(3)(A); sec. 4050 of ERISA.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00116   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       115

                                         Pursuant to the Pension Protection Act of 2006,293 the PBGC
                                      prescribed rules for terminating multiemployer plans similar to the
                                      missing participant rules applicable to terminating single employer
                                      plans subject to Title IV of ERISA. In addition, plan administrators
                                      of certain types of plans not otherwise subject to the PBGC termi-
                                      nation insurance program are permitted, but not required, to elect
                                      to transfer missing participants’ benefits to the PBGC upon plan
                                      termination. Specifically, the provision extends the missing partici-
                                      pants program (in accordance with regulations) to defined contribu-
                                      tion plans,294 defined benefit pension plans that have no more than
                                      25 active participants and are maintained by professional service
                                      employers, and the portion of defined benefit pension plans that
                                      provide benefits based upon the separate accounts of participants
                                      and therefore are treated as defined contribution plans under
                                      ERISA.
                                         On December 22, 2017, the PBGC established the PBGC Defined
                                      Contribution Missing Participants Program (‘‘Missing Participants
                                      Program’’) to hold retirement benefits for missing participants and
                                      beneficiaries in most terminated defined contribution plans and to
                                      help those participants and beneficiaries find and receive those
                                      benefits.295
                                      Department of Labor
                                         A fiduciary safe harbor 296 may apply with respect to distribu-
                                      tions from terminated individual account plans 297 and abandoned
                                      plans 298 on behalf of participants and beneficiaries who fail to
                                      make an election regarding a form of benefit distribution, including
                                      ‘‘missing participants.’’ The safe harbor generally requires that dis-
                                      tributions be rolled over to an individual retirement account or an-
                                      nuity (IRA), although in limited circumstances fiduciaries may
                                      make distributions to certain bank accounts or to a state unclaimed
                                      property fund. If the conditions of the safe harbor are met, a fidu-
                                      ciary (including a Qualified Termination Administrator (‘‘QTA’’) in
                                      the case of an abandoned plan) is deemed to have satisfied the re-
                                      quirements of section 404(a) of ERISA with respect to distributing
                                      benefits, selecting a transferee entity, and investing funds in con-
                                      nection with the distribution.
                                         The DOL consulted with the PBGC during the PBGC’s develop-
                                      ment of its Missing Participants Program. As noted in the pre-
                                      amble to the final rule adopting the Missing Participants Program,
                                      the DOL may revise its fiduciary safe harbor regulation so that
                                      transfers to the PBGC by terminating individual account plans
                                      would be eligible for relief under the safe harbor.

                                           293 Pub. L. No. 109–280, August 17, 2006.
                                        294 The Missing Participants program for Defined Contribution plans covers common types of

                                      defined contribution pension plans; specifically section 401(k) plans, profit sharing plans, money
                                      purchase plans, target benefit plans, employee stock ownership plans, stock bonus plans, and
                                      section 403(b)(7) plans subject to Title I of ERISA. Some examples of plans not covered are gov-
                                      ernmental plans, church plans, and plans that cannot pay benefits to the PBGC in cash. See
                                      29 C.F.R. sec. 4050.201.
                                        295 29 C.F.R. sec. 4050.201–207.1.
                                        296 29 C.F.R. sec. 2550.404a–3.
                                        297 297 Sec. 3(34) of ERISA.
                                        298 298 As described in 29 C.F.R. sec. 2578.1.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00117   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      116

                                        On January 12, 2021, the DOL issued Field Assistance Bulletin
                                      2021–01 299 in which it announced that pending further guidance,
                                      the DOL will not pursue fiduciary violations against either respon-
                                      sible plan fiduciaries of terminating defined contribution plans or
                                      QTAs of abandoned plans 300 in connection with the transfer of a
                                      missing or non-responsive participant’s or beneficiary’s account bal-
                                      ance to the PBGC in accordance with the PBGC’s missing partici-
                                      pant regulations (rather than to an IRA, certain bank accounts, or
                                      to a state unclaimed property fund),301 if the plan fiduciary or QTA
                                      complies with the guidance in the Bulletin and has acted in accord-
                                      ance with a good faith, reasonable interpretation of the fiduciary
                                      rules under ERISA 302 with respect to matters not specifically ad-
                                      dressed in the guidance.
                                      Mandatory rollovers
                                         If a qualified retirement plan participant ceases to be employed
                                      by the employer that maintains the plan, the plan may distribute
                                      the participant’s nonforfeitable accrued benefit without the consent
                                      of the participant and, if applicable, the participant’s spouse, if the
                                      present value of the benefit does not exceed $5,000. If such an in-
                                      voluntary distribution occurs and the participant subsequently re-
                                      turns to employment covered by the plan, then service taken into
                                      account in computing benefits payable under the plan after the re-
                                      turn need not include service with respect to which a benefit was
                                      involuntarily distributed unless the employee repays the benefit.
                                         Generally, a participant may roll over an involuntary distribu-
                                      tion from a qualified plan to an IRA or to another qualified plan.
                                      Before making a distribution that is eligible for rollover, a plan ad-
                                      ministrator must provide the participant with a written expla-
                                      nation of the ability to have the distribution rolled over directly to
                                      an IRA or another qualified plan and the related tax consequences.
                                         A direct rollover is the default option for involuntary distribu-
                                      tions that exceed $1,000 and that are eligible rollover distributions
                                      from qualified retirement plans. The distribution must be rolled
                                      over automatically to a designated IRA, unless the participant af-
                                      firmatively elects to have the distribution transferred to a different
                                      IRA or a qualified plan or to receive it directly. The written expla-
                                      nation provided by the plan administrator is required to explain
                                      that an automatic direct rollover will be made unless the partici-
                                      pant elects otherwise. The plan administrator is also required to
                                      notify the participant in writing (as part of the general written ex-
                                      planation or separately) that the distribution may be transferred
                                      without cost to another IRA.
                                         Under the fiduciary rules of ERISA, in the case of an automatic
                                      direct rollover, the participant is treated as exercising control over
                                      the assets in the IRA upon the earlier of: (1) the rollover of any
                                      portion of the assets to another IRA, or (2) one year after the auto-
                                      matic rollover.

                                        299 Field Assistance Bulletin 2021–01 can be found at: https://www.dol.gov/agencies/ebsa/em-

                                      ployers-and-advisers/guidance/field-assistance-bulletins/2021-01.
                                        300 As described in 29 C.F.R. sec. 2578.1.
                                        301 As specified in 29 C.F.R. sec. 2550.404a–3.
                                        302 Sec. 404 of ERISA.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00118   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      117

                                      Lost and Found
                                        Under present law, there is not a ‘‘Lost and Found’’ database to
                                      collect information on benefits owed to missing, lost or non-respon-
                                      sive participants and beneficiaries in tax-qualified retirement plans
                                      (other than terminated plans) and to assist such plan participants
                                      and beneficiaries in locating those benefits.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        Every year, thousands of people approach retirement, but may be
                                      unaware of, or are unable to locate and recover, benefits that they
                                      have earned (frequently with employers from whom they have sep-
                                      arated service) for a number of reasons, including because that em-
                                      ployer moved, changed its name, or merged with a different com-
                                      pany. Similarly, every year there are employers around the country
                                      ready to pay these benefits to retirees, but they cannot locate those
                                      individuals.
                                        The Committee believes that the creation of a national, online,
                                      lost and found dedicated to matching these individuals with their
                                      benefits would facilitate the recovery of such benefits by these indi-
                                      viduals.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Establishment of the Lost and Found Under the provision, not
                                      later than three years after the date of enactment, the Secretary
                                      of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Secretary of Com-
                                      merce, in cooperation, will establish an online searchable database
                                      to be managed by the PBGC,303 to be known as the Retirement
                                      Savings Lost and Found (the ‘‘Lost and Found’’), containing infor-
                                      mation on plans, subject to the vesting standards under ERISA,304
                                      as well as certain additional information related to the location of
                                      certain unclaimed vested benefits of missing, lost and non-respon-
                                      sive participants and beneficiaries in such plans.305 The Lost and
                                      Found database will contain information: (1) provided by plan ad-
                                      ministrators that are required to periodically report to the Office
                                      of the Lost or Found each plan year; 306 (2) provided by plan ad-
                                      ministrators that transfer certain small benefits of non-responsive
                                      participants and beneficiaries to the Lost and Found; and (3) other
                                      relevant information obtained by the PBGC.
                                        The collection of this information in the Lost and Found will
                                      allow the PBGC to assist participants and beneficiaries by pro-
                                      viding contact information 307 on record for the plan administrator
                                      of any plan in which the participant or beneficiary may have an
                                      unclaimed benefit sufficient to allow that participant or beneficiary
                                      to locate the individual’s plan in order to recover any benefit owing
                                      to that individual under the plan. With respect to those plans
                                      which have transferred such benefits to the PBGC, the PBGC will
                                         303 The Office of the Retirement Savings Lost and Found (the ‘‘Office of the Lost and Found’’)
                                      will be established within the PBGC to maintain the Retirement Savings Lost and Found.
                                         304 Sec. 203 of ERISA.
                                         305 Tax-qualified defined benefit and defined contribution plans (as set forth in 29 C.F.R. sec.
                                      4050.201) that are subject to the vesting standards contained in section 203 of ERISA.
                                         306 In accordance with section 4051 of ERISA, as added by this provision. See also, discussion
                                      of Annual Reporting Requirements below.
                                         307 Such individuals will be provided only with the ability to view contact information for the
                                      plan administrator of any plan with respect to which the individual is or was a participant or
                                      beneficiary.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00119   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      118

                                      also be able to pay those benefits to such participants and bene-
                                      ficiaries. Because the PBGC would be provided additional and up-
                                      dated information from plan administrators through reporting re-
                                      quirements, the PBGC will also be able to make any necessary
                                      changes to the database reflecting updates to contact information
                                      on record for the plan administrator based on any changes to such
                                      plans including those arising from mergers or consolidations of the
                                      plan with any other plan, division of the plan into two or more
                                      plans, bankruptcy, termination, change in name of the plan,
                                      change in name or address of the plan administrator, transfers of
                                      such accounts to IRAs, purchase of annuities, or other causes.
                                             Safeguarding participant privacy and security
                                        In establishing the Lost and Found, the PBGC, in consultation
                                      with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Treasury, and the
                                      Secretary of Commerce must take all necessary and proper pre-
                                      cautions to ensure that individuals’ plan information maintained
                                      by the Lost and Found is protected and that persons other than the
                                      individual cannot fraudulently claim the benefits to which any indi-
                                      vidual is entitled, and to allow any individual to opt out of inclu-
                                      sion in the Lost and Found at the election of the individual.
                                      Establishment and responsibilities of the Office of the Retirement
                                           Savings Lost and Found
                                         Not later than two years after the date of the enactment of this
                                      Act, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Treasury, and the Sec-
                                      retary of Commerce must establish, within the PBGC, an Office of
                                      the Retirement Savings Lost and Found (‘‘Office of the Lost and
                                      Found’’).
                                         The ‘‘Office of the Lost and Found’’ will (1) maintain the Lost and
                                      Found database; (2) facilitate the transfer of small benefits of non-
                                      responsive participants and beneficiaries 308 to the Office of the
                                      Lost and Found by (a) collecting information, applicable fees, and
                                      benefits related to such individuals from the applicable plan; and
                                      (b) investing such benefits; (3) searching for and paying out bene-
                                      fits to those participants and beneficiaries for whom benefits have
                                      been transferred to the Office of the Lost and Found; and (4) per-
                                      forming an annual audit of plan information contained in the Lost
                                      and Found and ensuring that such information is current and accu-
                                      rate.
                                             Required transfer of small benefits of certain non-responsive
                                                  participants by plans to the Office of the Lost and Found
                                        Under the provision, the administrator of a plan that is not ter-
                                      minated 309 must transfer a non-responsive participant’s 310 benefit
                                      to the Office of the Lost and Found 311 if the nonforfeitable accrued
                                      benefit 312 is no greater than $1,000.
                                        308 In defined benefit and defined contribution plans subject to the vesting requirements of
                                      section 203 of ERISA.
                                        309 And to which section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Code applies.
                                        310 For this provision, a non-responsive participant means a participant or beneficiary of a
                                      plan who is entitled to a benefit subject to a mandatory transfer under section 401(a)(31)(B)(iii)
                                      and for whom the plan has satisfied the conditions in section 401(a)(31)(B)(iv).
                                        311 Under sec. 401(a)(31)(B) and sec. 4051(b) of ERISA.
                                        312 Under sec. 401(a)(31)(B) and sec. 4051(b) of ERISA.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00120   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                         119

                                         Upon making a transfer to the Office of the Lost and Found of
                                      small benefits of non-responsive participants, the plan adminis-
                                      trator must provide such information and certifications as the Of-
                                      fice of the Lost and Found specifies including with respect to the
                                      transferred amount of the benefit and the identification of the non-
                                      responsive participant. In the event that, after such a transfer, the
                                      relevant non-responsive participant contacts the plan administrator
                                      or the plan administrator discovers information that may assist the
                                      Office of the Lost and Found in locating the non-responsive partici-
                                      pant, the plan administrator must notify and provide such informa-
                                      tion to the Office of the Lost and Found as such Office specifies.
                                         A transfer of such benefits to the Office of the Lost and Found
                                      under this provision will be treated as a transfer to an individual
                                      retirement plan. Such benefits will be held in a new ninth fund 313
                                      established for the payment of such benefits 314 which fund will
                                      also be credited with earnings on investments in the fund or on as-
                                      sets credited to the fund. Whenever the PBGC determines that the
                                      moneys of any fund are in excess of current needs, it may request
                                      the investment of such amounts as it determines advisable by the
                                      Secretary in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States.
                                         Following a transfer of such benefits to the Office of the Lost and
                                      Found, the Office of the Lost and Found will periodically, and upon
                                      receiving information from the plan administrator as described
                                      above, conduct a search for the non-responsive participant for
                                      whom the Office of the Lost and Found has received a transfer.
                                      Upon location of such a non-responsive participant who claims ben-
                                      efits, the Office of the Lost and Found will pay the non-responsive
                                      participant the amount transferred to it in a single sum (plus an
                                      amount reflecting the return on the investment attributable to
                                      such amount). The PBGC has the regulatory authority to prescribe
                                      regulations as are necessary to carry out the transfer of small ben-
                                      efits including rules relating to the amount payable to the Office
                                      of the Lost and Found by the plan administrator and the amount
                                      to be paid to the non-responsive participant or beneficiary by the
                                      Office of the Lost and Found when that individual is located.
                                            Annual reporting requirements
                                        Under the provision, within such period after the end of each
                                      plan year beginning after the second December 31 occurring after
                                      the date of enactment, as the Office of the Lost and Found may
                                      prescribe, the plan administrator of a plan to which the vesting
                                      standards of ERISA apply 315 will submit the following information,
                                      and such other information as the Office of the Lost and Found
                                      may require: 316
                                            • The name of the plan;
                                            • The name and address of the plan administrator;
                                            • Any change in the name of the plan;
                                            • Any change in the name or address of the plan adminis-
                                          trator;
                                           313 For amounts transferred to the Lost and Found under section 4051(b)(1)(A).
                                           314 Pursuant to section 4005(j) as set forth in this provision.
                                        315 Sec. 203 of ERISA.
                                        316 Because this reporting begins approximately two years after the date of enactment, unless
                                      the Office of the Lost and Found prescribes otherwise, this information will only be provided
                                      to the Office of the Lost and Found prospectively.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00121    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       120

                                                 • The name and taxpayer identifying number of each partici-
                                               pant or former participant in the plan:
                                                      » Who, during the current plan year or any previous
                                                   plan year, was reported to IRS 317 as a separated partici-
                                                   pant with a deferred vested benefit that had not been paid
                                                   as of the end of the previous plan year, and with respect
                                                   to whom such benefit was fully paid during the plan year;
                                                      » With respect to whom any amount was distributed as
                                                   a mandatory distribution during the plan year; or
                                                      » With respect to whom a deferred annuity contract was
                                                   distributed during the plan year;
                                                 • The termination of the plan;
                                                 • The merger or consolidation of the plan with any other
                                               plan or its division into two or more plans;
                                                 • In the case of a participant or former participant whose
                                               benefit was distributed as a mandatory distribution during the
                                               plan year, the name and address of the designated trustee or
                                               issuer and the account number of the individual retirement
                                               plan to which the amount was distributed; and
                                                 • In the case of a participant or former participant to whom
                                               a deferred annuity contract was distributed during the plan
                                               year, the name and address of the issuer of such annuity con-
                                               tract and the contract or certificate number.
                                            Guidance
                                        The Office of the Lost and Found will prescribe such regulations
                                      as are necessary to carry out the purposes of this provision, includ-
                                      ing rules relating to the amount payable to the Office of the Lost
                                      and Found and the amount to be paid by the Office of the Lost and
                                      Found.
                                             Option to contract
                                        Not later than two years after the date of enactment, the PBGC
                                      must conduct an analysis of the cost effectiveness of contracting
                                      with a third party to carry out the responsibilities of the Office of
                                      the Lost and Found. If the PBGC determines that it would be more
                                      cost effective to do so than to carry out such responsibilities within
                                      the Office of the Lost and Found, the PBGC may enter into such
                                      contracts as merited by the analysis. The PBGC must report on the
                                      results of its analysis to the Committees on Finance and Health,
                                      Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committees
                                      on Ways and Means and Education and Labor of the House of Rep-
                                      resentatives.
                                      Authorization of appropriations
                                        There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be
                                      necessary to carry out the purposes of the Lost and Found.




                                           317 Under sec. 6057.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00122   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                        121

                                      Mandatory transfers of rollover distributions and coordination with
                                         distribution requirements
                                              Investment options
                                         The provision amends ERISA 318 to provide that in the case of a
                                      pension plan which makes a transfer to an IRA under the manda-
                                      tory distribution rules under the Code,319 the Secretary of Labor
                                      may provide, in guidance or regulations issued after the enactment
                                      of this provision, that such transfer may be made to:
                                              • A target date or life cycle fund held under such account;
                                              • An investment product held under such account designed
                                           to preserve principal and provide a reasonable rate of re-
                                           turn; 320
                                              • The Office of the Lost and Found in accordance with the
                                           mandatory distribution rules in the Code 321 and the rules in
                                           this provision for the transfer of certain benefits to the Office
                                           of the Lost and Found; or
                                              • Such other option as the Secretary of Labor may so pro-
                                           vide.
                                         Not later than 270 days after the date of enactment, the Sec-
                                      retary of Labor must promulgate regulations identifying the target
                                      date or life cycle funds, or specifying the characteristics of such a
                                      fund, that will be deemed to meet the applicable requirements of
                                      ERISA.322
                                            Expansion of cap
                                        The provision increases the cap on mandatory distributions from
                                      $5,000 to $6,000.323
                                            Distribution of larger amounts only to IRAs, not to the Office
                                                of the Lost and Found
                                        Under the provision, the Office of the Lost and Found is not
                                      treated as a trustee eligible to receive mandatory distributions 324
                                      that are in excess of $1,000 but not in excess of $6,000. In other
                                      words, the PBGC may only accept transfers of nonforfeitable ac-
                                      crued benefits in the amount of $1,000 or less.
                                             Mandatory distributions of lesser amounts for non-responsive
                                                 individuals to the Office of the Lost and Found
                                        Under the provision, in the case of a plan that provides for man-
                                      datory distributions of amounts of $6,000 or less, the trust of such
                                      plan will not be considered a qualified trust under the Code unless
                                      the plan provides that, if a participant in the plan separates from
                                      the service covered by the plan and the participant’s nonforfeitable
                                      accrued benefit is not in excess of $1,000, the plan administrator
                                      must (either separately or as part of the written notice to recipients
                                      of distributions eligible for rollover treatment) either (1) notify the
                                      participant that the participant is entitled to such benefit, or (2) at-
                                      tempt to pay the benefit directly to the participant.
                                           318 Sec. 404(c)(3) of ERISA.
                                           319 Sec. 401(a)(31)(B).
                                           320 As described in 29 C.F.R. sec. 2550.404a–2.
                                           321 Sec. 401(a)(31)(B)(iv).
                                           322 Sec. 404(c)(3)(B) of ERISA.
                                           323 Under section 401(a)(31)(B)(ii)(I) and section 203(e)(1) of ERISA.
                                           324 Sec. 401(a)(31)(B).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000    Frm 00123   Fmt 6659    Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      122

                                        If, after a plan administrator either notifies the participant of the
                                      entitlement to the benefit or attempts to pay the benefit directly
                                      to the participant, the participant does not:
                                              • Within 6 months of the notification either make an elec-
                                           tion to have the distribution paid directly to a specified eligible
                                           retirement plan 325 or elect to receive a distribution of the ben-
                                           efit directly, or
                                              • Accept any direct payment made within 6 months of the
                                           attempted payment (in other words, does not cash the check),
                                              • then the plan administrator must transfer the amount of
                                           such benefit to the Office of the Lost and Found.326
                                        A transfer of such a distribution to the Office of the Lost and
                                      Found is treated as a transfer to an individual retirement plan,
                                      and the distribution of such amounts by the Office of the Lost and
                                      Found to a non-responsive participant who is subsequently located
                                      will be treated as a distribution from an individual retirement ac-
                                      count.
                                      Reporting for mandatory transfers
                                         The provision modifies the reporting requirements by plan ad-
                                      ministrators with respect to plans that are subject to the vesting
                                      standards of section 203 of ERISA, which include tax qualified de-
                                      fined benefit and defined contribution plans, as follows:
                                             • By providing that plan administrators must report 327 the
                                           name and taxpayer identification number of each participant
                                           in the plan who, during the plan year immediately preceding
                                           such plan year separated from the service covered by the plan.
                                             • By requiring that the following information must also be
                                           included:
                                                  » The name and taxpayer identifying number of each
                                                participant or former participant in the plan:
                                                       ➢ Who, during the current plan year or any pre-
                                                    vious plan year, was reported to IRS 328 as a separated
                                                    participant with a deferred vested benefit that had not
                                                    been paid as of the end of the previous plan year, and
                                                    with respect to whom such benefit was fully paid dur-
                                                    ing the plan year;
                                                       ➢ With respect to whom any amount was distrib-
                                                    uted as a mandatory distribution during the plan year;
                                                    or
                                                       ➢ With respect to whom a deferred annuity con-
                                                    tract was distributed during the plan year;
                                             • In the case of a participant or former participant whose
                                           benefit was distributed as a mandatory distribution during the
                                           plan year, the name and address of the designated trustee or
                                           issuer and the account number of the individual retirement
                                           plan to which the amount was distributed; and
                                             • In the case of a participant or former participant to whom
                                           a deferred annuity contract was distributed during the plan
                                         325 Sec. 402(c)(8)(B), except that a qualified trust is considered an eligible retirement plan only
                                      if it is a defined contribution plan that accepts rollovers.
                                         326 In accordance with section 4051(b) of ERISA.
                                         327 Pursuant to sec. 6057.
                                         328 Under sec. 6057.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00124   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX    HR283P1
                                                                                          123

                                               year, the name and address of the issuer of such annuity con-
                                               tract and the contract or certificate number.
                                      Rules relating to direct trustee-to-trustee transfers
                                        Under the provision, additional reporting is required with respect
                                      to direct trustee-to-trustee transfers as follows:
                                              • Notification of the Trustee: In the case of a mandatory dis-
                                           tribution under the Code,329 the plan administrator must no-
                                           tify the designated trustee of the account or issuer, or the plan
                                           administrator will be subject to a penalty equal to $100 for
                                           each such failure, up to a maximum for all such failures during
                                           any calendar year not to exceed $50,000, unless it is shown
                                           that the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful
                                           neglect.330
                                              • The reports required to be made to the Secretary by the
                                           trustee of an IRA or the issuer of an endowment contract 331
                                           are modified to require, in the case of an IRA account, endow-
                                           ment contract or IRA annuity to which a mandatory trans-
                                           fer 332 is made (including a transfer from the individual retire-
                                           ment plan to which the original transfer was made to another
                                           individual retirement plan), for the year of the transfer and
                                           any year in which the information previously reported changes
                                           that such report:
                                                   1. Identify the transfer as a required mandatory dis-
                                                tribution;
                                                   2. Include the name, address, and taxpayer identifying
                                                number of the trustee or issuer of the individual retire-
                                                ment plan to which the amount is transferred; and
                                                   3. Be filed with the PBGC as well as with the Secretary.
                                        There is also a similar rule for Savings Incentive Match Plan for
                                      Employees (‘‘SIMPLE’’) plans where the benefit is transferred from
                                      a SIMPLE plan to another individual retirement plan. The report
                                      required for the year of the transfer and any year in which the in-
                                      formation previously reported is changed must: (1) identify the
                                      transfer as a required mandatory distribution; (2) include the
                                      name, address, and taxpayer identifying number of the trustee or
                                      issuer of the individual retirement plan to which the amount is
                                      transferred; and (3) be filed with the PBGC as well as with the
                                      Secretary.
                                            Notification of participant upon separation of service
                                        The individual registration statement that needs to be provided
                                      to each separated participant 333 by the plan administrator must
                                      include a notice of availability of, and the contact information for,
                                      the Office of the Lost and Found.
                                             Requirement of electronic filing
                                        Under the provision, reports required with respect to separated
                                      participants from retirement plans,334 information required with
                                           329 Pursuant to section 401(a)(31)(B).
                                           330 Sec. 6652(i) of the Code.
                                           331 Sec. 408(i).
                                           332 Under section 401(a)(31)(B.
                                           333 Pursuant to section 6057(e).
                                           334 Sec. 6057.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191      PO 00000   Frm 00125   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          124

                                      respect to certain plans of deferred compensation,335 and periodic
                                      reports of actuaries,336 as well as certain reports with respect to
                                      IRAs, (including endowment contracts),337 information returns at
                                      source,338 and information reports relating to certain trust and an-
                                      nuity plans,339 (to the extent each such return or report relates to
                                      the tax treatment of a distribution from a plan, account, contract,
                                      or annuity) must be filed on magnetic media, but only with respect
                                      to persons who are required to file at least 50 returns during the
                                      calendar year which includes the first day of the plan year to which
                                      such returns or reports relate.
                                      Fiduciary duties under the Code and ERISA
                                        Under the provision, not later than one year after the date of en-
                                      actment, the Secretary of Labor, in consultation with the Secretary
                                      of the Treasury, must issue a request for information (with a final
                                      rule to be issued not later than three years after such date) with
                                      respect to the following:
                                             1. The steps a plan sponsor must take to locate a deferred
                                           vested participant in order to meet its fiduciary duty under
                                           ERISA with respect to locating that participant; and
                                             2. The ongoing practices and procedures a plan sponsor must
                                           institute in order to meet such fiduciary duty with respect to
                                           maintaining up-to-date contact information on deferred vested
                                           participants.
                                                                                   EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The effective date of the provision is generally on the date of en-
                                      actment.
                                         The provisions related to the transfer of small benefits to the Of-
                                      fice of the Lost and Found for certain non-responsive participants
                                      and the submission of information by plan administrators to the
                                      Office of the Lost and Found are effective with respect to plan
                                      years beginning after the second December 31 occurring after the
                                      date of the enactment.
                                         The provisions related to changes to the mandatory distribution
                                      rules are applicable to vested benefits with respect to participants
                                      who separate from service connected to the plan in plan years be-
                                      ginning after the second December 31 occurring after the date of
                                      enactment.
                                         The provisions related to modified reporting requirements under
                                      the Code and to filing certain reports electronically are applicable
                                      to returns and reports relating to years beginning after the second
                                      December 31 occurring after the date of enactment.




                                           335 Sec. 6058.
                                           336 Sec. 6059.
                                           337 Pursuant to section 408(i).
                                           338 Sec. 6047.
                                           339 Sec. 6041.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191      PO 00000   Frm 00126   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                        125

                                              7. EXPANSION OF EMPLOYEE PLANS COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION
                                                            SYSTEM (SEC. 307 OF THE BILL)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                      Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System 340
                                         General description of the Employee Plans Compliance Resolu-
                                      tion System that this provision modifies may be found in section
                                      I.13 of this document.
                                         The current EPCRS program does not provide corrections for in-
                                      dividual IRAs although it does provide for certain corrections for
                                      SIMPLE plans and SEPs. SCP and VCP 341 are available to a SEP
                                      or SIMPLE plan.342 SCP is only available to such a plan to correct
                                      insignificant operational failures,343 and only if the SEP or SIM-
                                      PLE plan is established and maintained on a document approved
                                      by the IRS.
                                      Loans
                                         EPCRS is available for plan loans that do not comply with one
                                      or more Code requirements (for example, the amount of the loan
                                      must not exceed the lesser of 50 percent of the participant’s ac-
                                      count balance or $50,000 344 (generally taking into account out-
                                      standing balances of previous loans); the terms of the loan must
                                      provide for a repayment period of not more than five years 345 and
                                      provide for level amortization of loan payments (with payments not
                                      less frequently than quarterly); and the terms of the loan must be
                                      legally enforceable) and such errors are corrected through VCP or
                                      Audit CAP.
                                         Unless correction is made, a deemed distribution 346 in connec-
                                      tion with a failure relating to a loan to a participant made from
                                      a plan must be reported 347 with respect to the affected participant
                                      and any applicable income tax withholding amount that was re-
                                      quired to be paid in connection with the failure must be paid by
                                      the employer. As part of VCP and Audit CAP, the deemed distribu-
                                      tion may be reported with respect to the affected participant for the
                                      year of correction (instead of the year of the failure) if the plan
                                      sponsor requests such reporting relief. Where certain requirements
                                      in EPCRS are met, no reporting may be required but this relief ap-
                                      plies only if the plan sponsor requests the relief and provides an
                                      explanation supporting the request.
                                           340 See sec. 72(p)(2).
                                           341 Sec. 6.11 of Rev. Proc. 2019–9.
                                         342 Secs. 1.01 and 1.02 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19. A SEP is a plan intended to satisfy the require-

                                      ments of Code section 408(k); a SIMPLE plan is a plan intended to satisfy the requirements
                                      of Code section 408(p).Secs. 5.06 and 5.07 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                         343 Sec. 4.01(c) of Rev. Proc. 2019–19.
                                         344 There are certain exceptions to these rules for loans, for example, individuals eligible to

                                      receive a coronavirus-related distribution under section 2202 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and
                                      Economic Security Act, Pub. L. No. 116–136, March 27, 2020, may take a loan during a specified
                                      period of time equal to the lesser of the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of
                                      the employee under the plan or $100,000 and certain other rules apply to such loans. Special
                                      rules for loans also apply for certain individuals impacted by specified disasters, see, e.g., section
                                      302 of Div. EE of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, Pub. L. No. 116–260, December
                                      27, 2020.
                                         345 Loans specifically for home purchases may be repaid over a longer period.
                                         346 Under sec. 72(p)(1).
                                         347 On IRS Form 1099–R.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00127    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                        126

                                      Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program
                                         The DOL also has a correction program entitled the Voluntary
                                      Fiduciary Correction Program (‘‘VFCP’’) 348 under the Employee Re-
                                      tirement Income Security Act (‘‘ERISA’’) 349 designed to encourage
                                      the voluntary correction of fiduciary violations under Title I of
                                      ERISA. VFCP also provides for the correction of certain participant
                                      loan failures including situations where participant loans exceed
                                      the Code section 72(p) limitations on amount or duration.
                                                                           REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee believes that because of the ever growing com-
                                      plexity of retirement plan administration, EPCRS needs to be ex-
                                      panded to (1) allow more types of inadvertent errors to be corrected
                                      through self-correction, rather than requiring the time and expense
                                      of submitting such corrections to the IRS through VCP; (2) apply
                                      to certain inadvertent IRA errors; and (3) direct the Secretary to
                                      provide additional safe harbors to correct certain eligible individual
                                      failures.
                                                                       EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                      In general
                                        Under the provision, except as otherwise set forth in the Code or
                                      regulations prescribed by the Secretary (or the Secretary’s dele-
                                      gate), any eligible inadvertent failure to comply with the rules ap-
                                      plicable to certain tax-qualified retirement plans 350 may be self-
                                      corrected under EPCRS,351 except to the extent that such failure
                                      was identified by the Secretary prior to any actions which dem-
                                      onstrate a commitment by the plan to implement a self-correction.
                                      As of the date of the enactment of this Act, EPCRS is deemed
                                      amended to provide that the correction period 352 for an eligible in-
                                      advertent failure, except as otherwise provided under the Code or
                                      in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, is indefinite and has no
                                      last day (other than with respect to failures identified by the Sec-
                                      retary prior to any self-correction by the plan as noted above).
                                            Loan errors
                                        Under this provision, in the case of an eligible inadvertent plan
                                      loan error:
                                            • Such failure may be self-corrected according to the rules of
                                          EPCRS,353 including the provisions related to whether a
                                          deemed distribution must be reported on Form 1099–R, (rather
                                          than being corrected in VCP or Audit CAP); and
                                            • the Secretary of Labor must treat such correction as meet-
                                          ing the requirements of VFCP if, with respect to the violation
                                          of the fiduciary standards of ERISA, there is a similar loan
                                          error eligible for correction under EPCRS and the loan error is
                                          corrected in such manner.
                                           348 71 Fed. Reg. 20261, April 19, 2006.
                                           349 Pub. L. No. 93–406, Sept. 2, 1974.
                                           350 Under sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408(p), or 408(k).
                                        351 For purposes of this provision, references to corrections under EPCRS refers those de-
                                      scribed under Rev. Proc. 2019–19 or any successor guidance.
                                        352 Under sec. 9.02 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19 or any successor guidance.
                                        353 According to the rules of section 6.07 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19 (or any successor guidance).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00128   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          127

                                             IRAs
                                        The provision also directs the Secretary to expand EPCRS to
                                      allow custodians of IRAs 354 to address eligible inadvertent failures
                                      with respect to an IRA, including, but not limited to:
                                             1. Waivers of the excise tax 355 that would otherwise apply
                                          to certain accumulations in an IRA where the amount distrib-
                                          uted during a taxable year of a participant or beneficiary is
                                          less than the minimum required distribution for such taxable
                                          year;
                                             2. Under the self-correction component of EPCRS, waivers of
                                          the 60-day deadline for a rollover where the deadline is missed
                                          for reasons beyond the reasonable control of the account owner;
                                          and
                                             3. Rules permitting a nonspouse beneficiary to return dis-
                                          tributions to an inherited individual IRA 356 where, due to an
                                          inadvertent error by a service provider, the beneficiary had
                                          reason to believe that the distribution could be rolled over
                                          without inclusion in income of any part of the distributed
                                          amount.
                                             Additional safe harbors
                                        The Secretary is directed to expand EPCRS to provide additional
                                      safe harbor means of correcting eligible inadvertent failures includ-
                                      ing safe harbor means of calculating the earnings which must be
                                      restored to a plan in cases where plan assets have been depleted
                                      by reason of an eligible inadvertent failure.
                                      Definition of eligible inadvertent failure
                                         An eligible inadvertent failure means a failure that occurs de-
                                      spite the existence of practices and procedures which either (1) sat-
                                      isfy the standards set forth in EPCRS; 357 or (2) satisfy similar
                                      standards in the case of an individual retirement plan. However,
                                      an eligible inadvertent failure does not include any failure which
                                      is egregious, relates to the diversion or misuse of plan assets, or
                                      is directly or indirectly related to an abusive tax avoidance trans-
                                      action.
                                         This provision does not apply to any such failure unless the cor-
                                      rection is made in conformity with the general principles that apply
                                      to corrections of such failures under the Code, including regula-
                                      tions, or other guidance issued thereunder and including those
                                      principles and corrections set forth in EPCRS.
                                                                                   EFFECTIVE DATE

                                           The provision is effective on the date of enactment.


                                           354 As defined in section 7701(a)(37).
                                           355 Sec. 4974.
                                           356 As described in section 408(d)(3)(C).
                                         357 Sec. 4.04 of Rev. Proc. 2019–19 (or any successor guidance). Section 4.04 provides that the

                                      plan sponsor or plan administrator has established practices and procedures in place which are
                                      reasonably designed to promote and facilitate overall compliance in form and operation with ap-
                                      plicable Code provisions and such practices and procedures have been in place and are routinely
                                      followed.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191      PO 00000   Frm 00129   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       128

                                      8. ELIMINATE THE ‘‘FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH’’ REQUIREMENT FOR
                                        GOVERNMENTAL SECTION 457(b) PLANS (SEC. 308 OF THE BILL
                                        AND SEC. 457(b) OF THE CODE)

                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                      Section 457(b) plans
                                        Among the various types of tax-favored retirement plans under
                                      present law are eligible deferred compensation plans under section
                                      457(b). A section 457(b) plan is a plan maintained by a State or
                                      local government or a tax-exempt organization that meets certain
                                      requirements. Generally, the maximum amount that can be de-
                                      ferred under a section 457(b) plan by an individual during any tax-
                                      able year is limited to the lesser of 100 percent of the participant’s
                                      includible compensation or the applicable dollar amount for the
                                      taxable year. The applicable dollar amount for 2021 is $19,500 and
                                      is indexed for future taxable years. For an employee who attains
                                      age 50 by the end of the year, the dollar limit on deferrals is in-
                                      creased by $6,500 (for 2021) 358 (called catch-up contributions).359 A
                                      participant’s includible compensation means the compensation of
                                      the participant from the eligible employer for the taxable year.
                                        One of the requirements to be an eligible deferred compensation
                                      plan under section 457(b) is that a participant’s compensation is
                                      deferred for any calendar month only if an agreement providing for
                                      such deferral has been entered into before the beginning of such
                                      month.360
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        Under present law, participants in a governmental section 457(b)
                                      plan must request changes in their contribution deferral rate to the
                                      plan prior to the beginning of the month in which the deferral is
                                      made. This rule is inconsistent with the rule that applies to other
                                      defined contribution plans.
                                        The Committee believes that such elections should be permitted
                                      to be made at any time prior to the date that the compensation
                                      being deferred is made available to the participant.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision provides that compensation is deferred under a
                                      governmental section 457(b) plan only if an agreement providing
                                      for such deferral has been entered into before the compensation is
                                      currently available to the individual, consistent with the rule for
                                      section 401(k) and 403(b) plans. In the case of a section 457(b) plan
                                      maintained by a tax-exempt organization, the provision provides
                                      that compensation is deferred under the plan for a calendar month
                                      only if an agreement providing for such deferral has been entered
                                      into before the beginning of such month.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision applies to taxable years beginning after the date
                                      of enactment.
                                           358 For 2020 and 2021, this amount is $6,500.
                                           359 Sec. 414(v).
                                           360 Sec. 457(b)(4).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00130   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                          129

                                      9. ONE-TIME ELECTION FOR QUALIFIED CHARITABLE DISTRIBUTION
                                        TO SPLIT-INTEREST ENTITY; INCREASE IN QUALIFIED CHARITABLE
                                        DISTRIBUTION LIMITATION (SEC. 309 OF THE BILL AND SEC.
                                        408(d)(8) OF THE CODE)
                                                                                   PRESENT LAW

                                      In general
                                         If an amount withdrawn from a traditional individual retirement
                                      arrangement (‘‘IRA’’) or a Roth IRA is donated to a charitable orga-
                                      nization, the rules relating to the tax treatment of withdrawals
                                      from IRAs apply to the amount withdrawn and the charitable con-
                                      tribution is subject to the normally applicable limitations on de-
                                      ductibility of such contributions. An exception applies in the case
                                      of a qualified charitable distribution.
                                      Charitable contributions
                                         In computing taxable income, an individual taxpayer who
                                      itemizes deductions generally is allowed to deduct the amount of
                                      cash and up to the fair market value of property contributed to the
                                      following entities: (1) a charity described in section 170(c)(2); (2)
                                      certain veterans’ organizations, fraternal societies, and cemetery
                                      companies; 361 and (3) a Federal, State, or local governmental enti-
                                      ty, but only if the contribution is made for exclusively public pur-
                                      poses.362 The deduction also is allowed for purposes of calculating
                                      alternative minimum taxable income.
                                         The amount of the deduction allowable for a taxable year with
                                      respect to a charitable contribution of property may be reduced de-
                                      pending on the type of property contributed, the type of charitable
                                      organization to which the property is contributed, and the income
                                      of the taxpayer.363
                                         A taxpayer who takes the standard deduction (i.e., who does not
                                      itemize deductions) generally may not take a separate deduction
                                      for charitable contributions.364 Under a temporary provision in ef-
                                      fect for contributions made in any taxable year beginning in 2021,
                                      however, a taxpayer who does not itemize deductions is permitted
                                      to take a deduction for contributions of cash to a public charity
                                      (other than a donor advised fund or a supporting organization) not
                                      to exceed $300 ($600 in the case of a joint return).365
                                         A payment to a charity (regardless of whether it is termed a
                                      ‘‘contribution’’) in exchange for which the donor receives an eco-
                                      nomic benefit is not deductible, except to the extent that the donor
                                      can demonstrate, among other things, that the payment exceeds
                                      the fair market value of the benefit received from the charity. To
                                      facilitate distinguishing charitable contributions from purchases of
                                      goods or services from charities, present law provides that no chari-
                                      table contribution deduction is allowed for a separate contribution
                                      of $250 or more unless the donor obtains a contemporaneous writ-
                                      ten acknowledgement of the contribution from the charity indi-
                                      cating whether the charity provided any good or service (and an es-
                                      timate of the value of any such good or service provided) to the tax-
                                           361 Secs. 170(c)(3)–(5).
                                           362 Sec. 170(c)(1).
                                           363 Secs. 170(b) and (e).
                                           364 Sec. 170(a).
                                           365 Secs. 63(b)(4) and 170(p).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000      Frm 00131   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      130

                                      payer in consideration for the contribution.366 In addition, present
                                      law requires that any charity that receives a contribution exceeding
                                      $75 made partly as a gift and partly as consideration for goods or
                                      services furnished by the charity (a ‘‘quid pro quo’’ contribution) is
                                      required to inform the contributor in writing of an estimate of the
                                      value of the goods or services furnished by the charity and that
                                      only the portion exceeding the value of the goods or services may
                                      be deductible as a charitable contribution.367
                                         Under present law, total deductible contributions of an individual
                                      taxpayer to public charities, private operating foundations, and cer-
                                      tain types of private nonoperating foundations generally may not
                                      exceed 50 percent of the taxpayer’s contribution base, which is the
                                      taxpayer’s adjusted gross income for a taxable year (disregarding
                                      any net operating loss carryback). To the extent a taxpayer has not
                                      exceeded the 50-percent limitation, (1) contributions of capital gain
                                      property to public charities generally may be deducted up to 30
                                      percent of the taxpayer’s contribution base, (2) contributions of
                                      cash to most private nonoperating foundations and certain other
                                      charitable organizations generally may be deducted up to 30 per-
                                      cent of the taxpayer’s contribution base, and (3) contributions of
                                      capital gain property to private foundations and certain other char-
                                      itable organizations generally may be deducted up to 20 percent of
                                      the taxpayer’s contribution base. For taxable years beginning after
                                      December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026, the 50-percent
                                      limit is increased to 60 percent for contributions of cash.368
                                         Contributions by individuals in excess of the applicable limits
                                      generally may be carried over and deducted over the next five tax-
                                      able years, subject to the relevant percentage limitations on the de-
                                      duction in each of those years.
                                         In general, a charitable deduction is not allowed for income, es-
                                      tate, or gift tax purposes if the donor transfers an interest in prop-
                                      erty to a charity (e.g., a remainder) while also either retaining an
                                      interest in that property (e.g., an income interest) or transferring
                                      an interest in that property to a noncharity for less than full and
                                      adequate consideration.369 Exceptions to this general rule are pro-
                                      vided for, among other interests, remainder interests in charitable
                                      remainder trusts (discussed below), pooled income funds, and
                                      present interests in the form of a guaranteed annuity or a fixed
                                      percentage of the annual value of the property.370 For such inter-
                                      ests, a charitable deduction is allowed to the extent of the present
                                      value of the interest designated for a charitable organization.
                                      Charitable remainder trusts and charitable gift annuities
                                        Both charitable remainder trusts and charitable gift annuities
                                      are arrangements under which a taxpayer contributes assets to
                                      charity (directly or through a trust) but retains an interest. As part
                                      of these arrangements, a stream of payments is guaranteed to one
                                      or more noncharitable beneficiaries (possibly including the tax-
                                         366 Sec. 170(f)(8). For any contribution of a cash, check, or other monetary gift, no deduction
                                      is allowed unless the donor maintains as a record of such contribution a bank record or written
                                      communication from the donee charity showing the name of the donee organization, the date
                                      of the contribution, and the amount of the contribution. Sec. 170(f)(17).
                                         367 Sec. 6115.
                                         368 Sec. 170(b)(1)(G).
                                         369 Secs. 170(f), 2055(e)(2), and 2522(c)(2).
                                         370 Sec. 170(f)(2).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00132   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      131

                                      payer) over a period of time, with the remaining interest passing
                                      to charity. The taxpayer claims a charitable deduction for the por-
                                      tion of the transfer attributable to the charitable interest.
                                      Charitable remainder trusts
                                         A charitable remainder annuity trust is a trust that is required
                                      to pay, at least annually, a fixed dollar amount of at least five per-
                                      cent of the initial value of the trust to a noncharity for the life of
                                      an individual or for a period of 20 years or less, with the remainder
                                      passing to charity. A charitable remainder unitrust is a trust that
                                      generally is required to pay, at least annually, a fixed percentage
                                      of at least five percent of the fair market value of the trust’s assets
                                      determined at least annually to a noncharity for the life of an indi-
                                      vidual or for a period of 20 years or less, with the remainder pass-
                                      ing to charity.371
                                         A trust does not qualify as a charitable remainder annuity trust
                                      if the annuity for a year is greater than 50 percent of the initial
                                      fair market value of the trust’s assets. A trust does not qualify as
                                      a charitable remainder unitrust if the percentage of assets that are
                                      required to be distributed at least annually is less than five percent
                                      or greater than 50 percent. A trust does not qualify as a charitable
                                      remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust unless
                                      the value of the remainder interest in the trust is at least 10 per-
                                      cent of the value of the assets contributed to the trust.
                                         Distributions from a charitable remainder annuity trust or chari-
                                      table remainder unitrust are treated in the following order as: (1)
                                      ordinary income to the extent of the trust’s current and previously
                                      undistributed ordinary income for the trust’s year in which the dis-
                                      tribution occurred, (2) capital gains to the extent of the trust’s cur-
                                      rent capital gain and previously undistributed capital gain for the
                                      trust’s year in which the distribution occurred, (3) other income
                                      (e.g., tax-exempt income) to the extent of the trust’s current and
                                      previously undistributed other income for the trust’s year in which
                                      the distribution occurred, and (4) corpus.372
                                         In general, distributions to the extent they are characterized as
                                      income are includible in the income of the beneficiary for the year
                                      that the annuity or unitrust amount is required to be distributed
                                      even though the annuity or unitrust amount is not distributed
                                      until after the close of the trust’s taxable year.373
                                      Charitable gift annuities
                                        A charitable gift annuity is similar in concept to a charitable re-
                                      mainder annuity trust, except that, under a contract between the
                                      taxpayer and a charity, the assets are transferred to the charity
                                      (not to a separate trust) in exchange for the charity’s promise to
                                      make fixed annuity payments for life to the donor or to the donor
                                      and one other person.
                                        371 Sec. 664(d). Charitable remainder annuity trusts and charitable remainder unitrusts are
                                      exempt from Federal income tax for a tax year unless the trust has any unrelated business tax-
                                      able income for the year (including certain debt financed income). A charitable remainder trust
                                      that loses its exemption from income tax for a taxable year is taxed as a complex trust. As such,
                                      the trust is allowed a deduction in computing taxable income for amounts required to be distrib-
                                      uted in a taxable year, not to exceed the amount of the trust’s distributable net income for the
                                      year. Taxes imposed on the trust are required to be allocated to corpus. Treas. Reg. sec. 1.664–
                                      1(d)(2).
                                        372 Sec. 664(b).
                                        373 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.664–1(d)(4).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00133   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       132

                                         Charitable gift annuities are not treated as commercial-type in-
                                      surance for purposes of section 501(m), under which an organiza-
                                      tion is not described in section 501(c)(3) if a substantial part of its
                                      activities consists of providing commercial-type insurance.374
                                      IRA rules
                                         Within limits, individuals may make deductible and nondeduct-
                                      ible contributions to a traditional IRA. Amounts in a traditional
                                      IRA are includible in income when withdrawn (except to the extent
                                      the withdrawal represents a return of nondeductible contributions).
                                      Certain individuals also may make nondeductible contributions to
                                      a Roth IRA (deductible contributions cannot be made to Roth
                                      IRAs). Qualified withdrawals from a Roth IRA are excludable from
                                      gross income. Withdrawals from a Roth IRA that are not qualified
                                      withdrawals are includible in gross income to the extent attrib-
                                      utable to earnings. Includible amounts withdrawn from a tradi-
                                      tional IRA or a Roth IRA before attainment of age 591⁄2 are subject
                                      to an additional 10-percent early withdrawal tax unless an excep-
                                      tion applies. Under present law, minimum distributions are re-
                                      quired to be made from tax-favored retirement arrangements, in-
                                      cluding IRAs. Minimum required distributions from a traditional
                                      IRA must generally begin by April 1 of the calendar year following
                                      the year in which the IRA owner attains age 72.375
                                         If an individual has made nondeductible contributions to a tradi-
                                      tional IRA, a portion of each distribution from an IRA is non-
                                      taxable until the total amount of nondeductible contributions has
                                      been received. In general, the amount of a distribution that is non-
                                      taxable is determined by multiplying the amount of the distribu-
                                      tion by the ratio of the remaining nondeductible contributions to
                                      the account balance. In making the calculation, all traditional IRAs
                                      of an individual are treated as a single IRA, all distributions dur-
                                      ing any taxable year are treated as a single distribution, and the
                                      value of the contract, income on the contract, and investment in
                                      the contract are computed as of the close of the calendar year.
                                         In the case of a distribution from a Roth IRA that is not a quali-
                                      fied distribution, in determining the portion of the distribution at-
                                      tributable to earnings, contributions and distributions are deemed
                                      to be distributed in the following order: (1) regular Roth IRA con-
                                      tributions; (2) taxable conversion contributions; 376 (3) nontaxable
                                      conversion contributions; and (4) earnings. In determining the
                                      amount of taxable distributions from a Roth IRA, all Roth IRA dis-
                                      tributions in the same taxable year are treated as a single distribu-
                                      tion, all regular Roth IRA contributions for a year are treated as
                                      a single contribution, and all conversion contributions during the
                                      year are treated as a single contribution.
                                         Distributions from an IRA (other than a Roth IRA) are generally
                                      subject to withholding unless the individual elects not to have
                                      withholding apply.377 Elections not to have withholding apply are
                                      to be made in the time and manner prescribed by the Secretary.
                                           374 Sec. 501(m)(3)(E) and (5).
                                        375 Minimum distribution rules also apply in the case of distributions after the death of a tra-
                                      ditional or Roth IRA owner.
                                        376 Conversion contributions refer to conversions of amounts in a traditional IRA to a Roth
                                      IRA.
                                        377 Sec. 3405.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00134   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      133

                                      Qualified charitable distributions
                                         Otherwise taxable IRA distributions from a traditional or Roth
                                      IRA are excluded from gross income to the extent they are qualified
                                      charitable distributions.378 The exclusion may not exceed $100,000
                                      per taxpayer per taxable year.
                                         An individual who receives a deduction for a contribution to a
                                      traditional IRA for years ending on or after age 701⁄2 is not eligible
                                      to exclude such amount from income as a qualified charitable dis-
                                      tribution. Thus, the amount of qualified charitable distributions
                                      otherwise excludable from an individual’s gross income for a tax-
                                      able year is reduced (but not below zero) by the excess of (i) the
                                      aggregate amount of deductions allowed to the taxpayer for con-
                                      tributions to a traditional IRA for taxable years ending on or after
                                      the individual attains age 701⁄2, over (ii) the aggregate amount of
                                      reductions for all taxable years preceding the current year.
                                         Special rules apply in determining the amount of an IRA dis-
                                      tribution that is otherwise taxable. The otherwise applicable rules
                                      regarding taxation of IRA distributions and the deduction of chari-
                                      table contributions continue to apply to distributions from an IRA
                                      that are not qualified charitable distributions. A qualified chari-
                                      table distribution is taken into account for purposes of the min-
                                      imum distribution rules applicable to traditional IRAs to the same
                                      extent the distribution would have been taken into account under
                                      such rules had the distribution not been directly distributed under
                                      the qualified charitable distribution provision. An IRA does not fail
                                      to qualify as an IRA as a result of qualified charitable distributions
                                      being made from the IRA.
                                         A qualified charitable distribution is any distribution from an
                                      IRA directly by the IRA trustee to an organization described in sec-
                                      tion 170(b)(1)(A) (generally, public charities) other than a sup-
                                      porting organization (as described in section 509(a)(3)) or a donor
                                      advised fund (as defined in section 4966(d)(2)). Distributions are el-
                                      igible for the exclusion only if made on or after the date the IRA
                                      owner attains age 701⁄2 and only to the extent the distribution
                                      would be includible in gross income (without regard to this provi-
                                      sion).
                                         The exclusion applies only if a charitable contribution deduction
                                      for the entire distribution otherwise would be allowable (under
                                      present law), determined without regard to the generally applicable
                                      percentage limitations. Thus, for example, if the deductible amount
                                      is reduced because of a benefit received in exchange, or if a deduc-
                                      tion is not allowable because the donor did not obtain sufficient
                                      substantiation, the exclusion is not available with respect to any
                                      part of the IRA distribution.
                                         If the IRA owner has any IRA that includes nondeductible con-
                                      tributions, a special rule applies in determining the portion of a
                                      distribution that is includible in gross income (but for the qualified
                                      charitable distribution provision) and thus is eligible for qualified
                                      charitable distribution treatment. Under the special rule, the dis-
                                      tribution is treated as consisting of income first, up to the aggre-
                                      gate amount that would be includible in gross income (but for the
                                      qualified charitable distribution provision) if the aggregate balance
                                         378 Sec. 408(d)(8). The exclusion does not apply to distributions from employer-sponsored re-
                                      tirement plans, including SIMPLE IRAs and simplified employee pensions (‘‘SEPs’’).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00135   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      134

                                      of all IRAs having the same owner were distributed during the
                                      same year. In determining the amount of subsequent IRA distribu-
                                      tions includible in income, proper adjustments are to be made to
                                      reflect the amount treated as a qualified charitable distribution
                                      under the special rule.
                                         Distributions that are excluded from gross income by reason of
                                      the qualified charitable distribution provision are not taken into ac-
                                      count in determining the deduction for charitable contributions
                                      under section 170.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The present-law qualified charitable distribution rules provide
                                      senior citizens with flexibility in making gifts to charity by treating
                                      certain charitable distributions from an IRA as required minimum
                                      distributions while excluding these distributions from gross income.
                                      The $100,000 annual exclusion limit, however, has not been in-
                                      creased since the provision first went into effect in 2006. The Com-
                                      mittee believes it is important to index the annual exclusion limit
                                      for inflation to prevent future erosion of the qualified charitable
                                      distribution tax benefit. In addition, the Committee wishes to build
                                      on the success of the present-law rules by allowing additional flexi-
                                      bility for seniors in the form of a one-time election to make quali-
                                      fied charitable distributions to a split-interest entity, such as a
                                      charitable gift annuity or a charitable remainder trust.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         First, the provision indexes the annual $100,000 exclusion limit
                                      for inflation for taxable years beginning after 2021.
                                         Second, the provision allows a taxpayer to elect for a taxable
                                      year to treat certain distributions from an IRA to a split-interest
                                      entity as if the contributions were made directly to a qualifying
                                      charity for purposes of the exclusion from gross income for quali-
                                      fied charitable distributions. Such an election may not have been
                                      in effect for a preceding taxable year; thus, the election may be
                                      made for only one taxable year during the taxpayer’s lifetime. The
                                      aggregate amount of distributions of the taxpayer with respect to
                                      the election may not exceed $50,000 (indexed for inflation for tax-
                                      able years beginning after 2021).
                                         A split-interest entity means: (1) a charitable remainder annuity
                                      trust (as defined in section 664(d)(1)); (2) a charitable remainder
                                      unitrust (as defined in section 664(d)(2)); or (3) a charitable gift an-
                                      nuity (as defined in section 501(m)). In each case, the trust or ar-
                                      rangement must be funded exclusively by qualified charitable dis-
                                      tributions. In the case of a charitable gift annuity, fixed payments
                                      of 5 percent or greater must commence not later than one year
                                      from the date of funding.
                                         In the case of a distribution from an IRA to a charitable remain-
                                      der annuity trust or charitable remainder unitrust, the distribution
                                      qualifies for the one-time election only if a charitable deduction for
                                      the entire value of the charitable remainder interest would be al-
                                      lowable under section 170 (determined without regard to this provi-
                                      sion or the charitable deduction percentage limits under section
                                      170(b)). In the case of a distribution to a charitable gift annuity,
                                      the distribution qualifies for the one-time election only if a chari-
                                      table deduction in an amount equal to the amount of the distribu-




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00136   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      135

                                      tion reduced by the value of the annuity 379 would be allowable
                                      under section 170 (determined without regard to this provision or
                                      the charitable deduction percentage limits under section 170(b)).
                                         In addition, a distribution from an IRA to a split-interest entity
                                      qualifies for the one-time election only if: (1) no person holds an in-
                                      come interest in the split-interest entity other than the individual
                                      for whose benefit such account is maintained, the spouse of such
                                      individual, or both; and (2) the income interest in the split-interest
                                      entity is nonassignable.
                                         In the case of a charitable remainder annuity trust or a chari-
                                      table remainder unitrust that is funded by qualified charitable dis-
                                      tributions, distributions are treated as ordinary income in the
                                      hands of a beneficiary to whom an annuity or unitrust payment is
                                      made. A qualified charitable distribution made to fund a charitable
                                      gift annuity is not treated as an investment in the contract for pur-
                                      poses of section 72(c).
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for distributions made in taxable years
                                      ending after the date of enactment.
                                           10. DISTRIBUTIONS TO FIREFIGHTERS (SEC. 310 OF THE BILL AND
                                                             SEC. 72(t) OF THE CODE)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                         Distributions from tax-favored retirement plans A distribution
                                      from a qualified retirement plan,380 a tax-sheltered annuity plan (a
                                      ‘‘section 403(b) plan’’), an eligible deferred compensation plan of a
                                      State or local government employer (a ‘‘governmental section 457(b)
                                      plan’’), or an IRA generally is included in income for the year dis-
                                      tributed.381 These plans are referred to collectively as ‘‘eligible re-
                                      tirement plans.’’ In addition, unless an exception applies, a dis-
                                      tribution from a qualified retirement plan, a section 403(b) plan, or
                                      an IRA received before age 591⁄2 is subject to a 10-percent addi-
                                      tional tax (referred to as the ‘‘early withdrawal tax’’) on the amount
                                      includible in income.382
                                             Qualified public safety employees in governmental plans
                                         An exception to the early withdrawal tax applies if a distribution
                                      is made to an employee after separation from service after attain-
                                         379 The annuity must be described in section 501(m)(5)(B), which provides that the annuity
                                      is described in section 514(c)(5), determined as if the amount paid in cash for the issuance of
                                      the annuity were property. Section 514(c)(5), in turn, describes when an obligation to pay an
                                      annuity is not treated as ‘‘acquisition indebtedness’’ for purposes of the section 514 debt-financed
                                      income rules. Under that section, the obligation to pay the annuity: (1) generally must be the
                                      sole consideration issued in exchange for property if, at the time of the exchange, the value of
                                      the annuity is less than 90 percent of the value of the property received in exchange; (2) is pay-
                                      able over the life of one individual or the lives of two individuals in being at such time; and
                                      (3) does not guarantee a minimum amount of payments or specify a maximum amount of pay-
                                      ments and does not provide for any adjustment of the amount of the annuity payments by ref-
                                      erence to the income received from the transferred property or any other property. Sec. 514(c)(5).
                                         380 Qualified under section 401(a).
                                         381 Secs. 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 457(b), and 408. Under section 3405, distributions from these
                                      plans are generally subject to income tax withholding unless the recipient elects otherwise. In
                                      addition, certain distributions from a qualified retirement plan, a section 403(b) plan, or a gov-
                                      ernmental section 457(b) plan are subject to mandatory income tax withholding at a 20-percent
                                      rate unless the distribution is rolled over.
                                         382 Sec. 72(t). Under present law, the 10-percent early withdrawal tax does not apply to dis-
                                      tributions from a governmental section 457(b) plan.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00137   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                         136

                                      ment of age 55.383 Under a special rule for distributions to quali-
                                      fied public safety employees in a governmental plan,384 this excep-
                                      tion applies to distributions made after separation from service
                                      after attainment of age 50 (‘‘age 50 exception’’).385 For this purpose,
                                      a qualified public safety employee means (1) any employee of a
                                      State or a political subdivision of a State who provides police pro-
                                      tection, firefighting services, or emergency medical services for any
                                      area within the State or political subdivision’s jurisdiction; or (2)
                                      any Federal law enforcement officer,386 any Federal customs and
                                      border protection officer,387 any Federal firefighter,388 any Federal
                                      employee who is an air traffic controller 389 or nuclear materials
                                      courier,390 any member of the United States Capitol Police, any
                                      member of the Supreme Court Police, or any diplomatic security
                                      special agent of the Department of State.
                                                                            REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee believes that private sector firefighters merit the
                                      same treatment as public sector firefighters, and thus wishes to ex-
                                      tend the age 50 exception to private sector firefighters.
                                                                        EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision amends the age 50 exception for qualified public
                                      safety employees in governmental plans so that the exception also
                                      applies to distributions from a qualified retirement plan or section
                                      403(b) plan 391 to an employee who provides firefighting services.
                                      Thus, the provision expands the age 50 exception to also apply to
                                      private-sector firefighters receiving distributions from a qualified
                                      retirement plan or section 403(b) plan.
                                                                                  EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for distributions made after December
                                      31, 2021.
                                      11. EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN DISABILITY-RELATED FIRST RESPONDER
                                        RETIREMENT PAYMENTS (SEC. 311 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 139C OF
                                        THE CODE)

                                                                                   PRESENT LAW

                                         Qualified retirement plans (and other tax-favored employer-spon-
                                      sored retirement plans) are accorded special tax treatment and fall
                                      into two categories: defined benefit plans and defined contribution
                                      plans. A defined contribution plan is a type of qualified retirement
                                      plan whereby contributions, earnings, and losses are allocated to a
                                      separate account for each participant. Defined contribution plans
                                      may provide for nonelective contributions and matching contribu-
                                      tions by employers and pre-tax (that is, contributions are either ex-
                                           383 Sec. 72(t)(2)(A)(v).
                                           384 As defined in section 414(d).
                                           385 Sec. 72(t)(10).
                                           386 As defined in 5 U.S.C. secs. 8331(20) or 8401(17).
                                           387 As defined in 5 U.S.C. secs. 8331(31) or 8401(36).
                                           388 As defined in 5 U.S.C. secs. 8331(21) or 8401(14).
                                           389 As defined in 5 U.S.C. secs. 8331(30) or 8401(35).
                                        390 As defined in 5 U.S.C. secs. 8331(27) or 8401(33).
                                        391 The provision applies to a distribution from a qualified retirement plan, an annuity plan
                                      described in section 403(a), or an annuity contract described in section 403(b). Sec.
                                      402(c)(8)(B)(iii), (iv), and (vi).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191    PO 00000    Frm 00138   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       137

                                      cluded from income or deductible) or after-tax contributions by em-
                                      ployees.
                                      Disability-related payments
                                         Amounts received under worker’s compensation acts as com-
                                      pensation for personal injuries or sickness (‘‘disability payments’’)
                                      generally are excluded from the gross income of the recipients.392
                                      The exclusion from gross income includes compensation for per-
                                      sonal injuries or sickness received under a statute in the nature of
                                      a worker’s compensation act, and also extends such exclusion to
                                      survivors of the affected worker. However, these exclusions gen-
                                      erally do not apply to amounts received as a retirement pension or
                                      annuity (including retirement disability payments) to the extent
                                      that the amounts are determined by reference to the employee’s
                                      age, length of service, or prior contributions. Such retirement pay-
                                      ments, which may be distributed from a section 401(a) qualified re-
                                      tirement plan, a section 403(a) or (b) tax-sheltered annuity plan, or
                                      an eligible deferred compensation plan of a State or local govern-
                                      ment employer under section 457(b) (‘‘retirement distributions’’),
                                      generally are included in income for the year distributed.
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee believes that certain retirement distributions
                                      paid to qualified first responders should be excluded from gross in-
                                      come to the extent such payments are related to the first respond-
                                      ers’ disability.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision adds Section 139C to the Code to address the tax
                                      treatment of certain disability-related retirement distributions to
                                      qualified first responders. An individual’s gross income does not in-
                                      clude qualified first responder retirement payments for any taxable
                                      year to the extent such payments do not exceed an annualized ex-
                                      cludable disability amount. A qualified first responder retirement
                                      payment that is excluded from gross income is a pension or annuity
                                      that would otherwise be includible in gross income, is received in
                                      connection with the individual’s qualified first responder service,
                                      and is paid from a qualified trust, annuity plan, governmental de-
                                      ferred compensation plan under section 457(b), or a section 403(b)
                                      plan.393 Also, for this purpose, qualified first responder service
                                      means services performed as a law enforcement officer, firefighter,
                                      paramedic, or emergency medical technician. The provision does
                                      not limit the exclusion from gross income to individuals who pro-
                                      vide such services in a public capacity or to individuals who ad-
                                      dress only emergency situations.
                                        The portion of the retirement distributions which is exempted
                                      from gross income is the ‘‘annualized excludable disability amount.’’
                                      This is based on the determination of the excludable amount of dis-
                                      ability payments (‘‘service-connected excludable disability amount’’)
                                      that the individual received during the 12-month period before the
                                      individual attained retirement age. A service-connected excludable
                                           392 Sec. 104(a)(1).
                                         393 These plans are described in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of section 402(c)(8)(B), respec-
                                      tively.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00139   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX    HR283P1
                                                                                          138

                                      disability amount means periodic payments which are not includ-
                                      ible in the individual’s gross income because they are amounts re-
                                      ceived under workmen’s compensation acts as compensation for
                                      personal injuries or sickness,394 are received in connection with the
                                      individual’s qualified first responder service, and terminate when
                                      the individual attains retirement age.
                                        The provision also provides that for an individual who only re-
                                      ceives service-connected excludable disability amounts for a portion
                                      of the year, the annualized excludable disability amount is deter-
                                      mined by multiplying the service-connected excludable disability
                                      amounts by the ratio of 365 to the number of days in such period
                                      to which amounts were properly attributable.
                                        Unlike worker’s compensation payments, the exclusion under the
                                      provision that is applicable to eligible first responders does not ex-
                                      tend to surviving spouses or other survivors once the eligible indi-
                                      vidual is deceased.
                                                                                   EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for amounts received with respect to
                                      taxable years beginning after December 31, 2026.
                                      12. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT PLAN STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR
                                        EXCISE TAX ON EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS AND CERTAIN ACCUMULA-
                                        TIONS (SEC. 312 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 6501 OF THE CODE)

                                                                                    PRESENT LAW

                                      Excise taxes
                                         If an individual makes excess contributions to an individual re-
                                      tirement account 395 or individual retirement annuity,396 an excise
                                      tax in the amount equal to six percent of the amount of the excess
                                      contributions to such individual’s IRAs (determined as of the close
                                      of the taxable year) is imposed for each taxable year as long as the
                                      amount of the excess contributions remain in the plan.397 However,
                                      the amount of the tax for any taxable year is limited so that it does
                                      not exceed six percent of the value of the account or annuity (deter-
                                      mined as of the close of the taxable year).
                                         An ‘‘excess contribution’’ generally means the excess (if any) of
                                      the amount of contributions made to the individual’s IRAs (other
                                      than a Roth IRA) for the taxable year over the amount allowable
                                      as a deduction for such contributions.398 For 2021, the total con-
                                      tributions an individual could make to his or her traditional and
                                      Roth IRAs was the lesser of $6,000 ($7,000 if the participant was
                                      age 50 or older), or the individual’s taxable compensation for the
                                      year.
                                         In addition, an excise tax on ‘‘certain accumulations’’ applies if
                                      the amount distributed during a taxable year of a participant or
                                      beneficiary of a qualified retirement plan 399 or any eligible de-
                                           394 Sec. 104(a)(1).
                                           395 Sec. 408(a).
                                           396 Sec. 408(b).
                                           397 Sec. 4973.
                                        398 Under section 219.
                                        399 As defined in section 4974(d) and including a section 401(a) qualified plan, a section 403(a)
                                      annuity plan, a section 403(b) tax-sheltered annuity, and an IRA (a section 408 individual retire-
                                      ment account or annuity).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191      PO 00000   Frm 00140   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       139

                                      ferred compensation plan,400 is less than the minimum required
                                      distribution for such taxable year. The excise tax is equal to 50 per-
                                      cent of the amount by which such minimum required distribution
                                      exceeds the actual amount distributed during the taxable year and
                                      is imposed on the individual required to take the distribution. The
                                      Secretary may waive the excise tax where the taxpayer establishes
                                      (to the satisfaction of the Secretary) that the failure is due to rea-
                                      sonable error and reasonable steps are taken to remedy the short-
                                      fall.
                                      Statute of limitations
                                         In general, the statute of limitations with respect to a tax liabil-
                                      ity starts to run within three years after the return is filed.401 The
                                      term ‘‘return’’ means the return required to be filed by the taxpayer
                                      relating to the particular type of tax (and does not include a return
                                      of any person from whom the taxpayer has received an item of in-
                                      come, gain, loss, deduction, or credit). With respect to the excise
                                      taxes imposed on excess contributions and certain accumula-
                                      tions,402 Form 5329, Additional Taxes on Qualified Plans (Includ-
                                      ing IRAs) and Other Tax-Favored Accounts, is the return that
                                      needs to be filed to start the statute of limitations.403 Unless Form
                                      5329 is filed with the Form 1040, the statute of limitations will not
                                      begin to run.404
                                                                           REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         Under present law, the statute of limitations with respect to the
                                      excise taxes imposed on excess contributions and certain accumula-
                                      tions in connection with an IRA starts as of the date the Form
                                      5329 is filed with the individual’s tax return with respect to the
                                      underlying violation.
                                         The Committee believes the statute of limitations should begin in
                                      such circumstances when the taxpayer files an individual tax re-
                                      turn for the year of the violation, thereby providing relief from the
                                      possibility that the statute of limitations does not start because the
                                      taxpayer failed to file the Form 5329 with the individual’s tax re-
                                      turn because the taxpayer was unaware of the Form or the obliga-
                                      tion to file it.
                                                                       EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision provides that for purposes of any excise tax im-
                                      posed on excess contributions or on certain accumulations in con-
                                      nection with an IRA, the return referred to in this section is the
                                      income tax return filed by the person on whom the tax is imposed
                                      for the year in which the act (or failure to act) giving rise to the
                                      liability for such tax occurred. The filing of Form 5329 will gen-
                                           400 As defined in section 457(b).
                                           401 Sec. 6501(a).
                                           402 Secs. 4973 and 4974, respectively.
                                        403 Internal Revenue Service, Internal Revenue Manual, Forms Reporting More Than One
                                      Item of Tax, Ch. 25.6, sec. 25.6.1.9.4.3 (May 2, 2019).
                                        404 Ibid. at 25.6.1.9.4.3(6)(b). ‘‘The period of limitations on assessment for the miscellaneous
                                      excise taxes does not begin with the filing of the Form 1040. The other miscellaneous excise
                                      taxes carry their own period of assessment based on when the Form 5329 is received for assess-
                                      ment.’’ See also, Robert K. Paschall, et ux. V. Commissioner, 137 T.C. 8 (2011). ‘‘We hold that
                                      the filing of the Forms 1040 did not start the statute of limitations running for purposes of the
                                      section 4973 excise tax in the absence of accompanying Forms 5329.’’




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00141   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      140

                                      erally no longer be required to start the three-year statute of limi-
                                      tations.
                                        In the case of a person who is not required to file an income tax
                                      return for such year, (1) the relevant return is the income tax re-
                                      turn that such person would have been required to file but for the
                                      fact that such person was not required to file such return, and (2)
                                      the three-year statute of limitations period is deemed to begin on
                                      the date by which the return would have been required to be filed
                                      (excluding any extension thereof).
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                           The provision is effective on the date of enactment.
                                           13. REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE PAPER STATEMENTS IN CERTAIN
                                               CASES (SEC. 313 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 105 OF ERISA)
                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Pension benefit statement
                                         ERISA requires plan administrators to periodically furnish par-
                                      ticipants and beneficiaries with statements describing the individ-
                                      ual’s benefit under the plan. Such requirements depend in part on
                                      the type of plan and the individual to whom the statement is pro-
                                      vided.405
                                         In general, a benefit statement is required to indicate, on the
                                      basis of the latest available information: (1) the total benefits ac-
                                      crued; (2) the vested accrued benefit or the earliest date on which
                                      the accrued benefit will become vested; and (3) an explanation of
                                      any permitted disparity or floor-offset arrangement that may be ap-
                                      plied in determining accrued benefits under the plan.406 With re-
                                      spect to information on vested benefits, the Secretary of Labor is
                                      required to provide that the requirements are met if, at least annu-
                                      ally, the plan: (1) updates the information on vested benefits that
                                      is provided in the benefit statement; or (2) provides in a separate
                                      statement information as is necessary to enable participants and
                                      beneficiaries to determine their vested benefits. The benefit state-
                                      ment must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by
                                      the average plan participant.
                                         If a plan administrator fails to provide a required benefit state-
                                      ment to a participant or beneficiary, the participant or beneficiary
                                      may bring a civil action to recover from the plan administrator
                                      $100 a day, within the court’s discretion, or other relief that the
                                      court deems proper.
                                            Requirements for defined contribution plans
                                        The administrator of a defined contribution plan is required to
                                      provide a benefit statement (1) to a participant or beneficiary who
                                      has the right to direct the investment of the assets in his or her
                                      account, at least quarterly, (2) to any other participant or other
                                         405 ERISA sec. 105. The requirement does not apply to a one-participant retirement plan de-
                                      scribed in section 101(i)(8)(B) of ERISA.
                                         406 Sec. 401(l). Under the permitted disparity rules, contributions or benefits may be provided
                                      at a higher rate with respect to compensation above a specified level and at a lower rate with
                                      respect to compensation up to the specified level. In addition, benefits under a defined benefit
                                      plan may be offset by a portion of a participant’s expected social security benefits. Under a floor-
                                      offset arrangement, benefits under a defined benefit pension plan are reduced by benefits under
                                      a defined contribution plan.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00142   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      141

                                      beneficiary who has his or her own account under the plan, at least
                                      annually, and (3) to other beneficiaries, upon written request, but
                                      limited to one request during any 12-month period.
                                         A benefit statement provided with respect to a defined contribu-
                                      tion plan must include the value of each investment to which as-
                                      sets in the individual’s account are allocated (determined as of the
                                      plan’s most recent valuation date), including the value of any as-
                                      sets held in the form of employer securities (without regard to
                                      whether the securities were contributed by the employer or ac-
                                      quired at the direction of the individual). In at least one benefit
                                      statement provided during a 12-month period, the statement must
                                      include a lifetime income disclosure that sets forth the lifetime in-
                                      come stream equivalent of the total benefits accrued with respect
                                      to the participant or beneficiary.407
                                         A quarterly benefit statement provided to a participant or bene-
                                      ficiary who has the right to direct investments must also include:
                                      (1) an explanation of any limitations or restrictions on any right of
                                      the individual to direct an investment; (2) an explanation, written
                                      in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan par-
                                      ticipant, of the importance, for the long-term retirement security of
                                      participants and beneficiaries, of a well-balanced and diversified in-
                                      vestment portfolio, including a statement of the risk that holding
                                      more than 20 percent of a portfolio in the security of one entity
                                      (such as employer securities) may not be adequately diversified;
                                      and (3) a notice directing the participant or beneficiary to the
                                      DOL’s website for sources of information on individual investing
                                      and diversification.
                                             Requirements for defined benefit plans
                                         The administrator of a defined benefit plan is required either: (1)
                                      to furnish a benefit statement at least once every three years to
                                      each participant who has a vested accrued benefit under the plan
                                      and who is employed by the employer at the time the benefit state-
                                      ments are furnished to participants; or (2) to furnish at least annu-
                                      ally to each such participant notice of the availability of a benefit
                                      statement and the manner in which the participant can obtain it.
                                      The Secretary of Labor is authorized to provide that years in which
                                      no employee or former employee benefits under the plan need not
                                      be taken into account in determining the three-year period.
                                         The administrator of a defined benefit pension plan is also re-
                                      quired to furnish a benefit statement to a participant or beneficiary
                                      upon written request, limited to one request during any 12-month
                                      period.
                                         In the case of a statement provided to a participant with respect
                                      to a defined benefit plan (other than at the participant’s request),
                                      information may be based on reasonable estimates determined
                                      under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Labor in consulta-
                                      tion with the PBGC.
                                         407 ERISA sec. 105(a)(2)(B)(iii). The term ‘‘lifetime income stream equivalent of the total bene-
                                      fits accrued’’ means the amount of monthly payments the participant or beneficiary would re-
                                      ceive if the total accrued benefits of such participant or beneficiary were used to provide lifetime
                                      income streams, based on assumptions specified in rules prescribed by the Secretary. Lifetime
                                      income streams for this purpose are a qualified joint and survivor annuity (as defined in ERISA
                                      section 205(d)), based on assumptions specified in rules prescribed by the Secretary of Labor,
                                      including the assumption that the participant or beneficiary has a spouse of equal age, and a
                                      single life annuity. Such lifetime income streams may have a term certain or other features to
                                      the extent permitted under rules prescribed by the Secretary of Labor.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00143   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       142

                                      Delivery of pension benefit statement
                                         The pension benefit statement may be delivered in written, elec-
                                      tronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reason-
                                      ably accessible to the recipient. DOL regulations provide guidance
                                      on the disclosure of the pension benefit statement, in addition to
                                      other required statements and information.408 Under the regula-
                                      tions, the plan administrator generally must use measures reason-
                                      ably calculated to ensure actual receipt of the material by plan par-
                                      ticipants, beneficiaries, and other specified individuals. The guid-
                                      ance includes two safe harbors pursuant to which an administrator
                                      may disclose information electronically and be treated as meeting
                                      this requirement.
                                             2002 safe harbor
                                         Under the first safe harbor, provided by regulation in 2002
                                      (‘‘2002 safe harbor’’), a plan administrator is treated as meeting the
                                      above requirement if the administrator takes appropriate and nec-
                                      essary measures reasonably calculated to ensure that the system
                                      for furnishing documents (1) results in actual receipt of transmitted
                                      information, and (2) protects the confidentiality of personal infor-
                                      mation relating to the individual’s accounts and benefits.409 In ad-
                                      dition, electronically-delivered documents must be prepared and
                                      furnished in a manner that is consistent with the style, format, and
                                      content requirements applicable to the particular document. Notice
                                      (either electronic or non-electronic) must also be provided at the
                                      time the document is furnished electronically that apprises the in-
                                      dividual of the significance of the document when it is not other-
                                      wise reasonably evident and of the right to request and obtain a
                                      paper version. The plan must provide any paper versions that are
                                      requested.
                                         The 2002 safe harbor applies only to individuals who generally
                                      either (1) have the ability to effectively access electronic documents
                                      at work, and access to the employer or plan sponsor’s electronic in-
                                      formation system is an integral part of the individual’s duties; or
                                      (2) have consented to receiving documents electronically, have not
                                      withdrawn such consent, and were provided a statement prior to
                                      consent that contains certain required disclosures regarding such
                                      consent. Additional information must be furnished upon certain
                                      changes to hardware or software requirements.
                                              Alternative safe harbor
                                        Under a safe harbor that is an alternative to the 2002 safe har-
                                      bor (‘‘alternative safe harbor’’), a plan administrator is deemed to
                                      meet the requirement relating to taking measures reasonably cal-
                                      culated to ensure actual receipt of covered documents if the plan
                                      administrator complies with certain notice, access, and other re-
                                      quirements described in the regulations.410 For this purpose, cov-
                                      ered documents are generally documents that the plan adminis-
                                      trator is required to furnish to participants and beneficiaries under
                                      ERISA, except documents required to be furnished only upon re-
                                      quest.
                                           408 29 C.F.R. sec. 2520.104b–1.
                                           409 29 C.F.R. sec. 2520.104b–1(c).
                                           410 29 C.F.R. sec. 2520.104b–31.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00144   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      143

                                         In order to satisfy the alternative safe harbor, a notice of inter-
                                      net availability must be furnished at the time the covered docu-
                                      ment is made available on the website. Subject to certain addi-
                                      tional rules, a notice of internet availability may be provided annu-
                                      ally and apply to multiple covered documents. The notice must
                                      comply with certain content requirements and must be written in
                                      a manner reasonably calculated to be understood by the average
                                      plan participant. Certain requirements also apply to the website
                                      where the covered documents are posted.
                                         If an individual requests a paper version of a covered document,
                                      under the alternative safe harbor, the plan administrator must
                                      promptly furnish such paper version free of charge. Additional re-
                                      quirements relating to the opting out of electronic delivery apply,
                                      including that individual must be able to globally opt out of elec-
                                      tronic delivery. In addition, the plan administrator must furnish to
                                      each individual, prior to the administrator’s reliance on the safe
                                      harbor, a paper notification that covered documents will be fur-
                                      nished electronically. Such paper notice must include certain infor-
                                      mation, including the electronic address that will be used for the
                                      individual and any necessary instructions. Special rules apply to
                                      separated participants.
                                         Under the alternative safe harbor, a plan administrator is also
                                      permitted to satisfy the safe harbor by using an email address to
                                      furnish covered documents to an individual, provided certain re-
                                      quirements are met.
                                         The alternative safe harbor only applies to participants, bene-
                                      ficiaries, and other individuals entitled to receive disclosures if the
                                      individual provides an electronic address at which the individual
                                      may receive a written notice of internet availability or email of cov-
                                      ered documents, or if the individual is assigned an electronic ad-
                                      dress for employment-related purposes.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee recognizes the importance of pension benefit
                                      statements to a participant’s understanding of his or her benefit
                                      under a retirement plan. In addition, the Committee recognizes
                                      that some participants may be more likely to see and review their
                                      benefit statements if they receive a statement on paper (rather
                                      than merely electronically). Thus, the Committee believes that it is
                                      appropriate to generally require (unless the participant elects oth-
                                      erwise) defined contribution plans to provide at least one paper
                                      pension benefit statement per year, and defined benefit plans to
                                      provide at least one such statement every three years.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision modifies the requirement under ERISA relating to
                                      the delivery of pension benefit statements to generally require that,
                                      for a defined contribution plan, at least one such statement with
                                      respect to an individual must be provided on paper in written form
                                      for each calendar year. Similarly, for a defined benefit plan, at
                                      least one pension benefit statement with respect to an individual
                                      must be provided on paper every three years. An exception applies
                                      to (1) a plan that discloses documents using the 2002 safe harbor
                                      (subject to the modifications to this safe harbor described below);
                                      or (2) a plan that permits participants and beneficiaries to request




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00145   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       144

                                      electronic delivery of pension benefit statements, if the participant
                                      or beneficiary makes such a request and the statement is so deliv-
                                      ered.
                                         The provision also directs the Secretary of Labor to make certain
                                      amendments to its regulations. With respect to the 2002 safe har-
                                      bor,411 the Secretary of Labor is directed to update the regulation
                                      no later than December 31, 2021 to provide that a plan may fur-
                                      nish pension benefit statements 412 electronically only if, in addi-
                                      tion to meeting other requirements under the regulations, the plan
                                      (1) furnishes each participant and beneficiary a one-time initial
                                      paper notice, prior to the electronic delivery of any pension benefit
                                      statement, of the participant’s right to request that all documents
                                      required to be disclosed under title I of ERISA be furnished on
                                      paper, and (2) furnishes each participant who is separated from
                                      service at least one paper pension benefit statement each year, un-
                                      less the participant requests electronic delivery of such statements
                                      (and such statements are so delivered).
                                         In addition, the Secretary must update guidance governing elec-
                                      tronic disclosure (other than the 2002 safe harbor) no later than
                                      December 31, 2021 to the extent necessary to ensure the following,
                                      with respect to a plan that discloses required documents or state-
                                      ments electronically:
                                              • A participant or beneficiary under such a plan is permitted
                                           the opportunity to request that any disclosure required to be
                                           delivered on paper under applicable guidance by the DOL is
                                           furnished by electronic delivery;
                                              • Each paper statement furnished under such a plan in-
                                           cludes (1) an explanation of how to request that all such state-
                                           ments, and any other document required to be disclosed, be
                                           furnished by electronic delivery; and (2) contact information for
                                           the plan sponsor, including a telephone number;
                                              • The plan may not charge any fee to a participant or bene-
                                           ficiary for the delivery of paper statements;
                                              • Each paper pension benefit statement identifies each plan
                                           document required to be disclosed and includes information
                                           about how a participant or beneficiary may access each such
                                           document;
                                              • Each document required to be disclosed that is furnished
                                           by electronic delivery includes an explanation of how to request
                                           that all such documents be furnished on paper; and
                                              • A plan is permitted to furnish a duplicate electronic state-
                                           ment in any case in which the plan furnishes a paper pension
                                           benefit statement.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to plan years beginning after December 31,
                                      2022.


                                           411 29 C.F.R. sec. 2520.104b–1(c).
                                        412 The pension benefit statement that is required to be provided on paper under the provision

                                      at least once per calendar year for a defined contribution plan and at least once every three
                                      years for a defined benefit plan.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00146   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       145

                                      14. SEPARATE APPLICATION OF TOP HEAVY RULES TO DEFINED CON-
                                        TRIBUTION PLANS COVERING EXCLUDIBLE EMPLOYEES (SEC. 314
                                        OF THE BILL AND SEC. 416 OF THE CODE)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Top-heavy requirements
                                         Top-heavy requirements apply to limit the extent to which accu-
                                      mulated benefits or account balances under a qualified retirement
                                      plan can be concentrated with key employees.413 Whereas the gen-
                                      eral nondiscrimination requirements are designed to test annual
                                      contributions or benefits for highly compensated employees, com-
                                      pared to those of non-highly compensated employees, the top-heavy
                                      rules test the portion of the total plan contributions or benefits that
                                      have accumulated for the benefit of key employees as a group. If
                                      a plan is top-heavy, minimum contributions or benefits must be
                                      provided for non-key employees and, in some cases, faster vesting
                                      is required. In general, for a defined contribution plan, this min-
                                      imum contribution is three percent of the participant’s compensa-
                                      tion; however, such contribution is limited by the percentage at
                                      which contributions are made for the key employee with the high-
                                      est percentage of contributions.
                                         For this purpose, a key employee is an officer with annual com-
                                      pensation greater than $185,000 (for 2021), a five-percent owner, or
                                      a one-percent owner with compensation in excess of $150,000. A de-
                                      fined benefit plan generally is top-heavy if the present value of cu-
                                      mulative accrued benefits for key employees exceeds 60 percent of
                                      the cumulative accrued benefits for all employees. A defined con-
                                      tribution plan is top-heavy if the aggregate of accounts for key em-
                                      ployees exceeds 60 percent of the aggregate accounts for all employ-
                                      ees. The nature of the top-heavy test is such that a plan of a large
                                      business with many employees is unlikely to be top-heavy. The top-
                                      heavy requirements are therefore viewed as primarily affecting
                                      plans of smaller employers in which the owners participate.
                                      Minimum coverage requirements
                                         As part of the general nondiscrimination requirements, a quali-
                                      fied retirement plan must satisfy the minimum coverage require-
                                      ment.414 Under the minimum coverage requirement, the plan’s cov-
                                      erage of employees must be nondiscriminatory. This is determined
                                      by calculating the plan’s ratio percentage, that is, the ratio of the
                                      percentage of non-highly compensated employees (of all non-highly
                                      compensated employees in the workforce) covered under the plan
                                      over the percentage of highly compensated employees covered. If
                                      the plan’s ratio percentage is 70 percent or greater, the plan satis-
                                      fies the minimum coverage requirement. If the plan’s ratio percent-
                                      age is less than 70 percent, a multi-part test applies.415 In addi-
                                      tion, the average benefit percentage test must be satisfied. Under
                                      the average benefit percentage test, the average rate of contribu-
                                      tions or benefit accruals for all non-highly compensated employees
                                           413 Secs. 401(a)(10)(B) and 416.
                                           414 Sec. 410(b).
                                         415 The plan must cover a group (or classification) of employees that is reasonable and estab-
                                      lished under objective business criteria, such as hourly or salaried employees (referred to as a
                                      reasonable classification), and the plan’s ratio percentage must be at or above a specific level
                                      specified in the regulations.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00147   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      146

                                      in the workforce (taking into account all plans of the employer)
                                      must be at least 70 percent of the average contribution or accrual
                                      rate of all highly compensated employees.
                                         The minimum coverage and general nondiscrimination require-
                                      ments apply annually on the basis of the plan year. Employees who
                                      have not satisfied minimum age and service conditions under the
                                      plan, certain nonresident aliens, and employees covered by a collec-
                                      tive bargaining agreement are generally disregarded.416 However,
                                      a plan that covers employees with less than a year of service or
                                      who are under age 21 (‘‘otherwise excludable employees’’) must gen-
                                      erally include those employees in any nondiscrimination test for
                                      the year but can test the plan for nondiscrimination in two parts:
                                      (1) by separately testing the portion of the plan covering otherwise
                                      excludable employees and treating all such employees as the only
                                      employees of the employer; and (2) then testing the rest of the plan
                                      taking into account the rest of the employees of the employer and
                                      excluding the otherwise excludable employees.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee believes that the rules allowing an employer to
                                      separately test otherwise excludable employees for certain non-
                                      discrimination testing purposes were intended to encourage plan
                                      sponsors to permit employees to defer earlier than when the em-
                                      ployee meets the minimum age and service conditions under the
                                      Code. Such separate testing is not allowed for the top-heavy test.
                                      Small business retirement plans often do not cover employees that
                                      do not meet the minimum age and service requirements because if
                                      the plan is or becomes top heavy, the employer may be required to
                                      contribute a top-heavy employer contribution for all employees who
                                      are eligible to participate in the plan, straining the budget for
                                      these small businesses. Thus, the Committee believes it is appro-
                                      priate to allow an employer to perform the top-heavy test sepa-
                                      rately with respect to otherwise excludable employees. This policy
                                      would remove the financial incentive to exclude employees who do
                                      not meet minimum age and service from retirement plans and ex-
                                      tend retirement plan coverage to more workers.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Under the provision, if a top-heavy defined contribution plan cov-
                                      ers employees who do not meet the minimum age and service re-
                                      quirements under the Code, and the plan satisfies the top-heavy
                                      minimum contribution requirement separately with respect to such
                                      employees, such employees may be excluded from consideration in
                                      determining whether any plan of the employer satisfies the top-
                                      heavy minimum contribution requirement.
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                       The provision applies to plan years beginning after date of enact-
                                      ment.
                                        416 Qualified plans generally cannot delay an employee’s participation in the plan beyond the
                                      later of completion of one year of service (i.e., a 12-month period with at least 1,000 hours of
                                      service) or attainment of age 21. Sec. 410(a)(1). A plan or portion of a plan covering collectively
                                      bargained employees is generally deemed to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00148   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      147

                                      15. REPAYMENT OF QUALIFIED BIRTH OR ADOPTION DISTRIBUTIONS
                                        LIMITED TO THREE YEARS (SEC. 315 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 72 OF
                                        THE CODE)

                                                                               PRESENT LAW

                                      Distributions from tax-favored retirement plans
                                         A distribution from a qualified retirement plan, a tax-sheltered
                                      annuity plan (a ‘‘section 403(b) plan’’), an eligible deferred com-
                                      pensation plan of a State or local government employer (a ‘‘govern-
                                      mental section 457(b) plan’’), or an IRA generally is included in in-
                                      come for the year distributed.417 These plans are referred to collec-
                                      tively as ‘‘eligible retirement plans.’’ In addition, unless an excep-
                                      tion applies, a distribution from a qualified retirement plan, a sec-
                                      tion 403(b) plan, or an IRA received before age 591⁄2 is subject to
                                      a 10-percent additional tax (referred to as the ‘‘early withdrawal
                                      tax’’) on the amount includible in income.418
                                         In general, a distribution from an eligible retirement plan may
                                      be rolled over to another eligible retirement plan within 60 days,
                                      in which case the amount rolled over generally is not includible in
                                      income. The IRS has the authority to waive the 60-day requirement
                                      if failure to waive the requirement would be against equity or good
                                      conscience, including cases of casualty, disaster, or other events be-
                                      yond the reasonable control of the individual.
                                         The terms of a qualified retirement plan, section 403(b) plan, or
                                      governmental section 457(b) plan generally determine when dis-
                                      tributions are permitted. However, in some cases, restrictions may
                                      apply to distributions before an employee’s termination of employ-
                                      ment, referred to as ‘‘in-service’’ distributions. Despite such restric-
                                      tions, an in-service distribution may be permitted in the case of fi-
                                      nancial hardship or an unforeseeable emergency.
                                             Distributions in the event of a qualified birth or adoption
                                         An exception to the 10-percent early withdrawal tax applies in
                                      the case of a qualified birth or adoption distribution from an appli-
                                      cable eligible retirement plan (as defined). In addition, qualified
                                      birth or adoption distributions may be recontributed to an individ-
                                      ual’s applicable eligible retirement plans, subject to certain require-
                                      ments.
                                         A qualified birth or adoption distribution is a permissible dis-
                                      tribution from an applicable eligible retirement plan which, for this
                                      purpose, encompasses eligible retirement plans other than defined
                                      benefit plans, including qualified retirement plans, section 403(b)
                                      plans, governmental section 457(b) plans, and IRAs.419
                                         A qualified birth or adoption distribution is a distribution from
                                      an applicable eligible retirement plan to an individual if made dur-
                                      ing the one-year period beginning on the date on which a child of
                                      the individual is born or on which the legal adoption by the indi-
                                         417 Secs. 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 457(b), and 408. Under section 3405, distributions from these
                                      plans are generally subject to income tax withholding unless the recipient elects otherwise. In
                                      addition, certain distributions from a qualified retirement plan, a section 403(b) plan, or a gov-
                                      ernmental section 457(b) plan are subject to mandatory income tax withholding at a 20-percent
                                      rate unless the distribution is rolled over.
                                         418 Sec. 72(t). Under present law, the 10-percent early withdrawal tax does not apply to dis-
                                      tributions from a governmental section 457(b) plan.
                                         419 A qualified birth or adoption distribution is subject to income tax withholding unless the
                                      recipient elects otherwise. Mandatory 20-percent withholding does not apply.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00149   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      148

                                      vidual of an eligible adoptee is finalized. An eligible adoptee means
                                      any individual (other than a child of the taxpayer’s spouse) who
                                      has not attained age 18 or is physically or mentally incapable of
                                      self-support. The name, age, and taxpayer identification number of
                                      the child or eligible adoptee to which any qualified birth or adop-
                                      tion distribution relates must be provided on the tax return of the
                                      individual taxpayer for the taxable year.
                                         The maximum aggregate amount which may be treated as quali-
                                      fied birth or adoption distributions by any individual with respect
                                      to a birth or adoption is $5,000. The maximum aggregate amount
                                      applies on an individual basis. Therefore, each spouse separately
                                      may receive a maximum aggregate amount of $5,000 of qualified
                                      birth or adoption distributions (with respect to a birth or adoption)
                                      from applicable eligible retirement plans in which each spouse par-
                                      ticipates or holds accounts.
                                         An employer plan is not treated as violating any Code require-
                                      ment merely because it treats a distribution (that would otherwise
                                      be a qualified birth or adoption distribution) to an individual as a
                                      qualified birth or adoption distribution, provided that the aggregate
                                      amount of such distributions to that individual from plans main-
                                      tained by the employer and members of the employer’s controlled
                                      group 420 does not exceed $5,000. Under such circumstances an em-
                                      ployer plan is not treated as violating any Code requirement mere-
                                      ly because an individual might receive total distributions in excess
                                      of $5,000 as a result of distributions from plans of other employers
                                      or IRAs.
                                             Recontributions to applicable eligible retirement plans
                                         Generally, any portion of a qualified birth or adoption distribu-
                                      tion may, at any time after the date on which the distribution was
                                      received, be recontributed to an applicable eligible retirement plan
                                      to which a rollover can be made. Such a recontribution is treated
                                      as a rollover and thus is not includible in income. If an employer
                                      adds the ability for plan participants to receive qualified birth or
                                      adoption distributions from a plan, the plan must permit an em-
                                      ployee who has received qualified birth or adoption distributions
                                      from that plan to recontribute only up to the amount that was dis-
                                      tributed from that plan to that employee, provided the employee
                                      otherwise is eligible to make contributions (other than recontribu-
                                      tions of qualified birth or adoption distributions) to that plan. Any
                                      portion of a qualified birth or adoption distribution from an individ-
                                      ual’s applicable eligible retirement plans (whether employer plans
                                      or IRAs) may be recontributed to an IRA held by such an indi-
                                      vidual which is an applicable eligible retirement plan to which a
                                      rollover can be made.
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         Under present law, distributions from retirement plans for the
                                      birth or adoption of a child may be recontributed to a retirement
                                      plan at any time after the distribution is received and are treated
                                      as rollovers to the plan. However, a taxpayer making such a recon-
                                      tribution more than three years after the distribution was received
                                        420 The term ‘‘controlled group’’ means any group treated as a single employer under sub-
                                      section (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00150   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      149

                                      might be denied a refund for taxes paid on such distribution if such
                                      refund is claimed after the statute of limitations period for the re-
                                      turn has been closed, which generally occurs after three years.
                                      Therefore, someone who took a birth or adoption distribution and
                                      recontributes such amount more than three years later might not
                                      be able to amend his or her return to request a refund for the taxes
                                      that were paid in the year of the withdrawal.
                                        The Committee believes that in order to avoid such a result, re-
                                      contributions should be required to be made within three years of
                                      the date the distribution is received.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         Under the provision, a recontribution of any portion of a qualified
                                      birth or adoption distribution, may, at any time during the three-
                                      year period beginning on the day after the date on which the dis-
                                      tribution was received, be recontributed to an applicable eligible re-
                                      tirement plan to which a rollover can be made.
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision provides that the amendment made to this section
                                      takes effect as if included in the enactment of section 113 of the
                                      Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of
                                      2019.421
                                      16. EMPLOYER MAY RELY ON EMPLOYEE CERTIFYING THAT DEEMED
                                        HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION CONDITIONS ARE MET (SEC. 316 OF THE
                                        BILL AND SECS. 401(k), 403(b), AND 457(b) OF THE CODE)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Section 401(k) plan and section 403(b) plan hardship distributions
                                         A qualified defined contribution plan may include a qualified
                                      cash or deferred arrangement, under which employees may elect to
                                      have contributions made to the plan (referred to as ‘‘elective defer-
                                      rals’’) rather than receive the same amount as current compensa-
                                      tion (referred to as a ‘‘section 401(k) plan’’). A section 403(b) plan
                                      may also include an elective deferral arrangement. Amounts attrib-
                                      utable to elective deferrals under a section 401(k) plan or a section
                                      403(b) plan generally cannot be distributed before the occurrence of
                                      one or more specified events, including financial hardship of the
                                      employee.422
                                         A hardship distribution from a section 401(k) plan may include,
                                      in addition to the employee’s elective deferrals, qualified matching
                                      contributions, qualified nonelective contributions, and earnings on
                                      any of these amounts.423 A hardship distribution from a section
                                      403(b) plan may include elective deferrals, but not earnings on
                                      those deferrals.424 Qualified matching contributions and qualified
                                        421 Sec. 113 of Div. O of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020, Pub. L. No. 116–
                                      94, December 20, 2019.
                                        422 Secs. 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) and 403(b)(7)(A)(i)(V) and (11)(B). Other types of contributions may
                                      also be subject to this restriction.
                                        423 Sec. 401(k)(14). Qualified matching contributions (as defined in section 401(k)(3)(D)(ii)(I))
                                      and qualified nonelective contributions (as defined in section 401(m)(4)(C)) may be used to en-
                                      able the plan to satisfy certain nondiscrimination tests, to prevent discrimination in favor of
                                      highly compensated employees.
                                        424 Sec. 403(b)(11).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00151   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           150

                                      nonelective contributions to a section 403(b) plan that are in a cus-
                                      todial account are not eligible to be distributed on account of hard-
                                      ship.425 A distribution under a section 401(k) plan is not treated
                                      as failing to be on account of hardship solely because the employee
                                      does not take any available plan loan. Distributions on account of
                                      hardship may be subject to an additional 10-percent early with-
                                      drawal tax.426
                                         Applicable Treasury regulations provide that a distribution is
                                      made on account of hardship only if the distribution is made on ac-
                                      count of an immediate and heavy financial need of the employee
                                      and is necessary to satisfy the financial need.427 Generally, the de-
                                      termination of whether an employee has an immediate and heavy
                                      financial need is based on the relevant facts and circumstances.
                                      However, a distribution is deemed to be made on account of an im-
                                      mediate and heavy financial need if it is for: (1) generally, deduct-
                                      ible expenses for medical care; 428 (2) costs directly related to the
                                      purchase of a principal residence for the employee (excluding mort-
                                      gage payments); (3) payment of tuition, related educational fees,
                                      and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post-
                                      secondary education for the employee, the employee’s spouse, child,
                                      or dependent,429 or for a primary beneficiary under the plan; (4)
                                      payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the employee from
                                      the employee’s principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage
                                      on that residence; (5) payments for burial or funeral expenses for
                                      the employee’s deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent, or for
                                      a deceased primary beneficiary under the plan; (6) expenses for the
                                      repair of damage to the employee’s principal residence that would
                                      qualify for the casualty deduction; 430 or (7) expenses and losses (in-
                                      cluding loss of income) incurred by the employee on account of a
                                      federally-declared disaster.431
                                         A distribution is treated as necessary to satisfy the financial
                                      need under the Treasury regulations only to the extent that the
                                      amount of the distribution does not exceed the amount required. In
                                      addition, in order to be treated as necessary to satisfy the financial
                                      need, the following requirements must be met: (1) the employee
                                      has obtained all other currently available distributions under all
                                      plans of the employer; (2) the employee has provided to the plan
                                      administrator a written representation that he or she has insuffi-
                                      cient cash or other liquid assets reasonably available to satisfy the
                                      need; and (3) the plan administrator does not have actual knowl-
                                      edge contrary to the representation.432
                                           425 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.403(b)–6(c).
                                           426 Sec. 72(t).
                                           427 Treas. Reg. secs. 1.401(k)–1(d)(3); 1.403(b)–6(d)(2).
                                        428 Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under section
                                      213(d), determined without regard to the limitations in section 213(a) (relating to the applicable
                                      percentage of adjusted gross income and the recipients of the medical care) provided that, if the
                                      recipient of the medical care is not listed in section 213(a), the recipient is a primary beneficiary
                                      under the plan.
                                        429 As defined in section 152 without regard to section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B).
                                        430 Under section 165 (determined without regard to section 165(h)(5) and whether the loss
                                      exceeds 10 percent of adjusted gross income).
                                        431 A disaster declared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (‘‘FEMA’’) under the
                                      Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, Pub. L. No. 100–707, provided
                                      that the employee’s principal residence or principal place of employment at the time of the dis-
                                      aster was located in an area designated by FEMA for individual assistance with respect to the
                                      disaster.
                                        432 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(k)–1(d)(3)(iii).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191       PO 00000   Frm 00152   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                            151

                                      Governmental section 457(b) plan distributions upon unforeseeable
                                           emergency
                                         An eligible deferred compensation plan of a governmental em-
                                      ployer (referred to as a ‘‘governmental section 457(b) plan’’) is gen-
                                      erally similar to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under a
                                      section 401(k) plan in that it consists of elective deferrals made at
                                      the election of an employee. Such deferrals generally may not be
                                      distributed from the plan before the occurrence of one or more spec-
                                      ified events, including when the participant is faced with an un-
                                      foreseeable emergency.433
                                         Under Treasury regulations, the unforeseeable emergency must
                                      be defined in the plan as a severe financial hardship of the partici-
                                      pant or beneficiary resulting from an illness or accident of the par-
                                      ticipant or beneficiary, or the participant’s or beneficiary’s spouse
                                      or dependent; 434 loss of the participant’s or beneficiary’s property
                                      due to casualty; 435 or other similar extraordinary and unforesee-
                                      able circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control
                                      of the participant or the beneficiary.436 The Treasury regulations
                                      provide the following as examples of unforeseeable emergencies: (1)
                                      the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the participant’s or
                                      beneficiary’s primary residence; (2) the need to pay for medical ex-
                                      penses, including non-refundable deductibles, as well as for the cost
                                      of prescription drug medication; and (3) the need to pay for the fu-
                                      neral expenses of a spouse or a dependent of a participant or bene-
                                      ficiary. The purchase of a home and the payment of college tuition
                                      are not unforeseeable emergencies, unless such expenses otherwise
                                      qualify.
                                         In general, under the regulations, whether a participant or bene-
                                      ficiary is faced with an unforeseeable emergency permitting a dis-
                                      tribution is to be determined based on the relevant facts and cir-
                                      cumstances of each case, but, in any case, a distribution on account
                                      of unforeseeable emergency may not be made to the extent that
                                      such emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or
                                      compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the
                                      participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets
                                      would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or by cessation of
                                      deferrals under the plan. Distributions on account of an unforesee-
                                      able emergency must be limited to the amount reasonably nec-
                                      essary to satisfy the emergency need.
                                                                               REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         The Committee believes that the existing administrative barriers
                                      to taking hardship withdrawals from retirement plans should be
                                      reduced, making it easier for participants who wish to access re-
                                      tirement funds in times of financial need. The Committee believes
                                      that generally allowing self-certification is a logical step in light of
                                      the success of the coronavirus-related distribution self-certification
                                      rules and the current hardship regulations under which employees
                                      self-certify the unavailability of funds to address the hardship.
                                           433 Sec. 457(d)(1)(A)(iii).
                                        434 As defined in section 152, and, for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005,
                                      without regard to section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B).
                                        435 This includes the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise cov-
                                      ered by homeowner’s insurance, such as damage that is the result of a natural disaster.
                                        436 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.457–6(c)(2).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191    PO 00000       Frm 00153   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                         152

                                                                       EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         Under the provision, in determining whether a distribution is
                                      due to an employee hardship, the plan administrator of a section
                                      401(k) plan or a section 403(b) plan may rely on the employee’s cer-
                                      tification that the distribution is on account of a financial need of
                                      a type that is deemed in Treasury regulations to be an immediate
                                      and heavy financial need. Thus, if the employee certifies that the
                                      financial need for the hardship distribution is one of the types of
                                      deemed immediate and heavy financial needs that are described in
                                      the Treasury regulations,437 such as funeral expenses for the em-
                                      ployee’s deceased parent, the distribution is treated as being made
                                      on account of an immediate and heavy financial need. In addition,
                                      under the provision, the plan administrator may rely on the em-
                                      ployee’s certification that the distribution is not in excess of the
                                      amount required to satisfy the financial need.
                                         Similarly, with respect to a governmental section 457(b) plan, in
                                      determining whether a participant’s distribution is made when the
                                      participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency, a plan ad-
                                      ministrator may rely on the participant’s certification that the dis-
                                      tribution is on account of an unforeseeable emergency of a type
                                      that is specifically described in Treasury regulations as an unfore-
                                      seeable emergency 438 and that the distribution does not exceed the
                                      amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for plan years beginning after Decem-
                                      ber 31, 2021.
                                      17. PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS FROM RETIREMENT PLANS FOR IN-
                                        DIVIDUALS IN CASE OF DOMESTIC ABUSE (SEC. 317 OF THE BILL
                                        AND SEC. 72(t) OF THE CODE)

                                                                                  PRESENT LAW

                                      Distributions from tax-favored retirement plans
                                        A distribution from a tax-qualified plan described in section
                                      401(a) (a ‘‘qualified retirement plan’’), a tax-sheltered annuity plan
                                      (a ‘‘section 403(b) plan’’), an eligible deferred compensation plan of
                                      a State or local government employer (a ‘‘governmental section
                                      457(b) plan’’), or an individual retirement arrangement (an ‘‘IRA’’)
                                      generally is included in income for the year distributed.439 These
                                      plans are referred to collectively as ‘‘eligible retirement plans.’’ 440
                                      In addition, unless an exception applies, a distribution from a
                                      qualified retirement plan, a section 403(b) plan, or an IRA received
                                      before age 591⁄2 is subject to a 10-percent additional tax (referred

                                           437 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(k)–1(d)(3)(ii)(B), or any successor regulation.
                                           438 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.457–6(c)(2)(i), or any successor regulation.
                                        439 Secs. 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 457(b), and 408. Under section 3405, distributions from these

                                      plans are generally subject to income tax withholding unless the recipient elects otherwise. In
                                      addition, certain distributions from a qualified retirement plan, a section 403(b) plan, or a gov-
                                      ernmental section 457(b) plan are subject to mandatory income tax withholding at a 20-percent
                                      rate unless the distribution is rolled over.
                                        440 Sec. 402(c)(8)(B). Eligible retirement plans also include annuity plans described in section

                                      403(a).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00154    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      153

                                      to as the ‘‘early withdrawal tax’’) on the amount includible in in-
                                      come.441
                                         In general, a distribution from an eligible retirement plan may
                                      be rolled over to another eligible retirement plan within 60 days,
                                      in which case the amount rolled over generally is not includible in
                                      income. The IRS has the authority to waive the 60-day requirement
                                      if failure to waive the requirement would be against equity or good
                                      conscience, including cases of casualty, disaster, or other events be-
                                      yond the reasonable control of the individual.442
                                         The terms of a qualified retirement plan, section 403(b) plan, or
                                      governmental section 457(b) plan generally determine when dis-
                                      tributions are permitted. However, for many types of plans, restric-
                                      tions apply to distributions before an employee’s termination of em-
                                      ployment, referred to as ‘‘in-service’’ distributions or withdrawals.
                                      Despite such restrictions, an in-service distribution from a qualified
                                      retirement plan that includes a qualified cash-or-deferred arrange-
                                      ment (a ‘‘section 401(k) plan’’) or a section 403(b) plan may be per-
                                      mitted in the case of financial hardship. Similarly, a governmental
                                      section 457(b) plan may permit distributions in the case of an un-
                                      foreseeable emergency. Under a qualified retirement plan that is a
                                      pension plan (i.e., defined benefit pension plan or money purchase
                                      pension plan), distributions generally may be made only in the
                                      event of retirement, death, disability, or other separation from
                                      service, although in-service distributions may be permitted after
                                      age 591⁄2.443
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee recognizes that a domestic abuse victim may
                                      need funds to escape an unsafe situation. The Committee believes
                                      that such individuals should be able to access funds from retire-
                                      ment plans when needed, with minimal administrative hurdle and
                                      without being subject to the 10-percent early withdrawal tax that
                                      otherwise generally applies to early distributions from a retirement
                                      plan. In addition, the Committee wishes to permit such individuals
                                      to recontribute such withdrawals to a retirement plan, so that indi-
                                      viduals who are able to later repay the funds do not miss out valu-
                                      able retirement savings.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Under the provision, an exception to the 10-percent early with-
                                      drawal tax applies in the case of an eligible distribution to a do-
                                      mestic abuse victim. In addition, such eligible distributions may be
                                      recontributed to applicable eligible retirement plans, subject to cer-
                                      tain requirements.

                                        441 Sec. 72(t). The 10-percent early withdrawal tax does not apply to distributions from a gov-

                                      ernmental section 457(b) plan.
                                        442 Rev. Proc. 2016–47, 2016–37 I.R.B. 346, provides for a self-certification procedure (subject

                                      to verification on audit) that may be used by a taxpayer claiming eligibility for a waiver of the
                                      60-day requirement with respect to a rollover into a plan or IRA in certain specified cir-
                                      cumstances.
                                        443 Sec. 401(a)(36); Treas. Reg. secs. 1.401–1(b)(1)(i) and 1.401(a)–1(b)(1)(i). Section 401(k)

                                      plans, section 403(b) plans, and governmental section 457(b) plans also may permit in-service
                                      distributions after age 591⁄2.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00155   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      154

                                      Eligible distributions to a domestic abuse victim
                                         The provision provides that an eligible distribution to a domestic
                                      abuse victim is a distribution from an applicable eligible retirement
                                      plan to an individual if made during the one-year period beginning
                                      on a date on which the individual is a victim of domestic abuse by
                                      a spouse or domestic partner. Domestic abuse is defined under the
                                      provision as physical, psychological, sexual, emotional, or economic
                                      abuse, including efforts to control, isolate, humiliate, or intimidate
                                      the victim, or to undermine the victim’s ability to reason independ-
                                      ently, including by means of abuse of the victim’s child or another
                                      family member living in the household. In making such a distribu-
                                      tion, a plan administrator may rely on the participant’s certifi-
                                      cation that the distribution is an eligible distribution to a domestic
                                      abuse victim.
                                         An applicable eligible retirement plan, for this purpose, encom-
                                      passes eligible retirement plans other than defined benefit plans,
                                      including qualified retirement plans, section 403(b) plans, govern-
                                      mental section 457(b) plans, and IRAs.444 The maximum aggregate
                                      amount which may be treated as an eligible distribution to a do-
                                      mestic abuse victim by an individual is the lesser of $10,000 or 50
                                      percent of the value of the employee’s account under the plan.445
                                      An eligible distribution to a domestic abuse victim is treated as
                                      meeting requirements relating to the timing of distributions under
                                      a section 401(k) plan, section 403(b) plan, or governmental section
                                      457(b) plan.
                                         Under the provision, an employer plan is not treated as violating
                                      any Code requirement merely because it treats a distribution to an
                                      individual (that would otherwise be an eligible distribution to a do-
                                      mestic abuse victim) as an eligible distribution to a domestic abuse
                                      victim, provided that the aggregate amount of such distributions to
                                      that individual from plans maintained by the employer and mem-
                                      bers of the employer’s controlled group 446 does not exceed the less-
                                      er of $10,000 or 50 percent of the value of the employee’s accounts
                                      under the plans of the employer’s controlled group. Thus, under
                                      such circumstances an employer plan is not treated as violating
                                      any Code requirement merely because an individual might receive,
                                      for example, total distributions in excess of $10,000 as a result of
                                      distributions from plans of other employers or IRAs.
                                      Recontributions to applicable eligible retirement plans
                                        The provision provides that any portion of an eligible distribution
                                      to a domestic abuse victim may generally, at any time after the
                                      date on which the distribution was received, be recontributed to an
                                      applicable eligible retirement plan to which a rollover can be made.
                                      Such a recontribution is treated as a rollover and thus is not in-
                                      cludible in income. If an employer adds the ability for plan partici-
                                      pants to receive eligible distributions to domestic abuse victims
                                      from a plan, the plan must permit an employee who has received
                                      such an eligible distribution from that plan to recontribute only up
                                        444 An eligible distribution to a domestic abuse victim is subject to income tax withholding un-
                                      less the recipient elects otherwise. Mandatory 20-percent withholding does not apply.
                                        445 50 percent of the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of the employee under
                                      the plan.
                                        446 The term ‘‘controlled group’’ means any group treated as a single employer under sub-
                                      section (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00156   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      155

                                      to the amount that was distributed from that plan to that em-
                                      ployee, provided the employee otherwise is eligible to make con-
                                      tributions (other than recontributions of eligible distributions to do-
                                      mestic abuse victims) to that plan. Any portion of an eligible dis-
                                      tribution to a domestic abuse victim from an individual’s applicable
                                      eligible retirement plans (whether employer plans or IRAs) may be
                                      recontributed to an IRA held by such an individual which is an ap-
                                      plicable eligible retirement plan to which a rollover can be made.
                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision is effective for distributions made after the date of
                                      enactment.
                                           18. REFORM OF FAMILY ATTRIBUTION RULE (SEC. 318 OF THE BILL
                                                           AND SEC. 414 OF THE CODE)

                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                      Nondiscrimination requirements
                                         A qualified retirement plan is prohibited from discriminating in
                                      favor of highly compensated employees, referred to as the non-
                                      discrimination requirements. These requirements are intended to
                                      ensure that a qualified retirement plan provides meaningful bene-
                                      fits to an employer’s rank-and-file employees as well as highly com-
                                      pensated employees so that qualified retirement plans achieve the
                                      goal of retirement security for both lower-paid and higher-paid em-
                                      ployees. The nondiscrimination requirements consist of a minimum
                                      coverage requirement and general nondiscrimination require-
                                      ments.447 For purposes of these requirements, an employee gen-
                                      erally is treated as highly compensated if the employee (1) was a
                                      five-percent owner of the employer at any time during the year or
                                      the preceding year, or (2) had compensation for the preceding year
                                      in excess of $130,000 (for 2021).448
                                         The minimum coverage and general nondiscrimination require-
                                      ments apply annually on the basis of the plan year. In applying
                                      these requirements, as discussed below, employees of all members
                                      of a controlled group or affiliated service group are treated as em-
                                      ployed by a single employer. Employees who have not satisfied
                                      minimum age and service conditions under the plan, certain non-
                                      resident aliens, and employees covered by a collective bargaining
                                      agreement are generally disregarded.449 However, a plan that cov-
                                      ers employees with less than a year of service or who are under
                                      age 21 must generally include those employees in any non-
                                      discrimination test for the year but can test the plan for non-
                                      discrimination in two parts: (1) by separately testing the portion of
                                      the plan covering employees who have not completed a year of
                                      service or are under age 21 and treating all of the employer’s em-
                                      ployees with less than a year of service or under age 21 as the only
                                        447 Sections 401(a)(3) and 410(b) address the minimum coverage requirement; section 401(a)(4)
                                      describes the general nondiscrimination requirements, with related rules in section 401(a)(5).
                                      Detailed regulations implement the statutory requirements. Governmental plans are generally
                                      exempt from these requirements.
                                        448 Sec. 414(q). At the election of the employer, employees who are highly compensated based
                                      on compensation may be limited to the top 20 percent highest paid employees. A non-highly
                                      compensated employee is an employee other than a highly compensated employee.
                                        449 A plan or portion of a plan covering collectively bargained employees is generally deemed
                                      to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00157   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      156

                                      employees of the employer; and (2) then testing the rest of the plan
                                      taking into account the rest of the employees of the employer and
                                      excluding those employees. If a plan does not satisfy the non-
                                      discrimination requirements on its own, it may in some cir-
                                      cumstances be aggregated with another plan, and the two plans
                                      tested together as a single plan.
                                      Aggregation rules for groups under common control
                                        In general, in applying the requirements for tax-favored treat-
                                      ment for retirement plans, employees of employers (including cor-
                                      porations and other entities) that are members of a group under
                                      common control are treated as employed by a single employer (re-
                                      ferred to as aggregation rules).450 For example, in applying the
                                      nondiscrimination requirements, the employees of all the members
                                      of a group, and the benefits provided under plans maintained by
                                      any member of the group, are generally taken into account. In the
                                      case of taxable entities, common control is generally based on the
                                      percentage of equity ownership with a general threshold of 80 per-
                                      cent ownership. Other tests apply for entities that do not involve
                                      ownership.
                                      Family attribution rules
                                         The family attribution rules address the scenarios in which a
                                      person, such as a family member, is treated as having an owner-
                                      ship interest in a business.451 For example, a spouse is generally
                                      attributed their spouse’s ownership unless certain criteria are sat-
                                      isfied.452
                                         One common exception to spousal attribution is for individuals
                                      who are legally separated under a divorce decree.453 Other excep-
                                      tions include spouses who do not directly own any stock in the
                                      business during the taxpayer year, a spouse who is neither an em-
                                      ployee or director nor participates in the management of the busi-
                                      ness at any time during the year, where no more than 50 percent
                                      of the business’ gross income derives from passive investments, and
                                      where the stock is transferable (i.e., is not subject to restrictions)
                                      that are in favor of the individual or his or her minor children (e.g.,
                                      the business owner cannot be required to offer a right of first re-
                                      fusal to his or her spouse or their children before selling the busi-
                                      ness to a third party).
                                         A parent is generally attributed the ownership of a minor child
                                      under the age of 21 and is attributed the ownership of an adult
                                      child, age 21 or older, if the parent owns more than 50 percent of
                                      the business. A minor child is attributed the ownership of a parent
                                      while an adult child is attributed the ownership of a parent only
                                      if the adult child owns more than 50 percent of the business. There
                                      is no exception to the application of the family attribution rules for
                                        450 Sec. 414(c) and the regulations thereunder provide for aggregation of groups under common
                                      control. Section 414(b), (m) and (o) also provide aggregation rules for a controlled group of cor-
                                      porations and affiliated service groups. Under section 414(t), the aggregation rules apply also
                                      for purposes of various benefits other than retirement benefits. In addition, other provisions in-
                                      corporate the aggregation rules by reference, such as section 4980H, requiring certain employers
                                      to offer health coverage to full-time employees.
                                        451 Family attribution can address interests owned between spouses or among parents and
                                      children or grandparents and grandchildren.
                                        452 Sec. 1563(e)(5). For example, if a husband and wife each owned 25 percent of a business,
                                      generally both spouses would be treated as owning 50 percent of that business.
                                        453 Sec. 1563(e).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00158   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       157

                                      a minor child of individuals who are separated or divorced. For ex-
                                      ample, ownership of a business may be attributed to a divorced
                                      spouse through his or her minor child to the extent the exceptions
                                      for marital attribution do not apply.
                                        The application of these rules is impacted by the laws on familial
                                      property ownership in community property state. In such a state,
                                      spouses may be deemed to own half of the property acquired during
                                      a marriage, except under limited circumstances. Accordingly,
                                      spouses in community property states may fail to satisfy the cri-
                                      teria that a spouse does not directly own any stock in the business
                                      during the taxpayer year.
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee believes that there should be an exception to the
                                      family attribution rules to account for community property states
                                      and situations where spouses who are divorced or separated may
                                      be combined in a controlled group due to the spouses’ minor child.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision adds special rules to address family attribution
                                      and to disregard community property laws for purposes of deter-
                                      mining ownership of a business.454 For purposes of applying the at-
                                      tribution rules,455 community property laws are disregarded for
                                      purposes of determining ownership. In addition, the stock of an in-
                                      dividual not attributed under section 1563(e)(5) to the individual’s
                                      spouse shall not be attributed to such spouse by reason of section
                                      1563(e)(6)(A), which addresses minor children. Except as provided
                                      by the Secretary, stock in different corporations that is attributed
                                      to a child under section 1563(e)(6)(A) from each parent, but that is
                                      not attributed to such parents as spouses under section 1563(e)(5),
                                      shall not by itself result in such corporations being members of the
                                      same controlled group. If these modifications under the provision
                                      causes two or more entities to be a controlled group, or an affiliated
                                      service group, or to no longer be in a controlled group or affiliated
                                      service group, such change shall be treated as a transaction to
                                      which the special minimum coverage rule for certain dispositions or
                                      acquisitions applies.456
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision applies to plan years beginning on or after the date
                                      of enactment.
                                      19. AMENDMENTS TO INCREASE BENEFIT ACCRUALS UNDER PLAN
                                        FOR PREVIOUS PLAN YEAR ALLOWED UNTIL EMPLOYER TAX RE-
                                        TURN DUE DATE (SEC. 319 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 401(b) OF THE
                                        CODE)
                                                                                 PRESENT LAW

                                       Present law provides a remedial amendment period during
                                      which, under certain circumstances, a retirement plan may be
                                      amended retroactively in order to comply with the tax qualification
                                           454 Sec. 414(m)(6)(B).
                                           455 Under sec. 1563.
                                           456 Sec. 410(b)(6)(C).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00159   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       158

                                      requirements.457 In general, plan amendments to reflect changes in
                                      the law generally must be made by the time prescribed by law for
                                      filing the income tax return of the employer for the employer’s tax-
                                      able year in which the change in law occurs (including extensions).
                                      Discretionary amendments must be adopted by the end of the plan
                                      year.458 The Secretary may extend the time by which plan amend-
                                      ments need to be made.
                                         Section 201 of the SECURE Act 459 provides that if an employer
                                      adopts a qualified retirement plan after the close of a taxable year
                                      but before the time prescribed by law for filing the return of tax
                                      of the employer for the taxable year (including extensions thereof),
                                      the employer may elect to treat the plan as having been adopted
                                      as of the last day of the taxable year.
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         Present law requires that discretionary plan amendments to an
                                      existing retirement plan must generally be adopted by the last day
                                      of the plan year in which the amendment is effective, but an em-
                                      ployer may adopt a new retirement plan by the due date of the em-
                                      ployer’s tax return for the fiscal year in which the plan is effective.
                                      This rule precludes an employer from adding plan provisions to an
                                      existing plan that may be beneficial to participants after the end
                                      of the plan year but before the due date for the employer’s tax re-
                                      turn.
                                         The Committee believes that discretionary amendments to an ex-
                                      isting plan that increase participants’ benefits to a plan for the
                                      prior plan year should be permitted to be adopted up until the date
                                      that the employer’s tax return is due to be filed.
                                                                      EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         Under the provision, if an employer amends a stock bonus, pen-
                                      sion, profit-sharing, or annuity plan to increase benefits accrued
                                      under the plan effective for the preceding plan year (other than in-
                                      creasing the amount of matching contributions),460 the amendment
                                      would not otherwise cause the plan to fail to meet any of qualifica-
                                      tion requirements, and the amendment is adopted before the time
                                      prescribed by law for filing the return of the employer for a taxable
                                      year (including extensions) during which the amendment is effec-
                                      tive, the employer may elect to treat such amendment as having
                                      been adopted as of the last day of the plan year in which the
                                      amendment is effective.
                                                                                EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to amendments made in plan years begin-
                                      ning after December 31, 2022.



                                           457 Sec. 401(b).
                                           458 Rev. Proc. 2016–37, .2016–29 I.R.B. 136, June 29, 2016.
                                        459 Sec. 201 of Div. O. of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020, Pub. L. No. 116–

                                      94, December 20, 2019.
                                        460 As defined in subsection 401(m)(4)(A).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00160   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       159

                                         20. RETROACTIVE FIRST YEAR ELECTIVE DEFERRALS FOR SOLE
                                       PROPRIETORS (SEC. 320 OF THE BILL AND SEC. 401(b) OF THE CODE)
                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                         Present law provides a remedial amendment period during
                                      which, under certain circumstances, a retirement plan may be
                                      amended retroactively in order to comply with the tax qualification
                                      requirements.461 In general, plan amendments to reflect changes in
                                      the law generally must be made by the time prescribed by law for
                                      filing the income tax return of the employer for the employer’s tax-
                                      able year in which the change in law occurs (including extensions).
                                      The Secretary may extend the time by which plan amendments
                                      need to be made.
                                         Section 201 of SECURE Act 462 provides that if an employer
                                      adopts a qualified retirement plan after the close of a taxable year
                                      but before the time prescribed by law for filing the return of tax
                                      of the employer for the taxable year (including extensions thereof),
                                      the employer may elect to treat the plan as having been adopted
                                      as of the last day of the taxable year. That provision permits em-
                                      ployers to establish and fund a qualified plan by the due date for
                                      filing the employer’s return for the preceding plan year. However,
                                      that provision does not override rules requiring certain plan provi-
                                      sions to be in effect during a plan year, such as the provision for
                                      elective deferrals under a qualified cash or deferral arrangement
                                      (generally referred to as a ‘‘section 401(k) plan’’).463
                                         Under section 201 of the SECURE Act, a section 401(k) plan of
                                      a sole proprietor can be funded with employer contributions as of
                                      the due date for the business’s return, but the elective deferrals
                                      must be made as of December 31 of the prior year. However, an
                                      individual is deemed to have made a contribution to an individual
                                      retirement plan for a taxable year if it is contributed after the tax-
                                      able year has ended but is made ‘‘on account of’’ that year and be-
                                      fore the due date for filing the IRA owner’s tax return, (generally)
                                      for that year without extensions, (generally, April 15).464
                                                                          REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                         An employer may establish a new section 401(k) plan after the
                                      end of the taxable year, but before the due date for the employer’s
                                      tax return and treat the plan as having been established on the
                                      last day of the taxable year. Such plans may be funded by em-
                                      ployer contributions for which the employer may take a deduction,
                                      up to the employer’s tax filing date.
                                         The Committee believes that such plans when sponsored by sole
                                      proprietors or single-member LLCs, should be able to receive em-
                                      ployee contributions up to the date of the employee’s tax return fil-
                                      ing date, but only for the initial year in which the plan is estab-
                                      lished.
                                           461 Sec. 401(b).
                                        462 Sec. 201 of Div. O. of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020, Pub. L. No. 116–
                                      94, December 20, 2019.
                                        463 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.401(k)–1(e)(2)(ii).
                                        464 Sec. 219(f)(3). For taxpayers affected by a federally declared disaster, the IRS has the au-
                                      thority to postpone various tax deadlines for a period of up to one year. Sec. 7508A and ERISA
                                      sec. 518.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00161   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           160

                                                                          EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        Under the provision, in the case of an individual who owns the
                                      entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business, and who is
                                      the only employee of such trade or business, any elective defer-
                                      ral 465 under a section 401(k) plan to which the preceding sentence
                                      applies which is made by such individual before the time for filing
                                      the return of such individual for the taxable year (determined with-
                                      out regard to any extensions) ending after or with the end of the
                                      plan’s first plan year is treated as having been made before the end
                                      of the plan’s first plan year. This extension of time would only
                                      apply to the first plan year in which the section 401(k) plan is es-
                                      tablished.
                                                                                    EFFECTIVE DATE

                                         The provision is effective for plan years beginning after the date
                                      of enactment.
                                      21. LIMITING CESSATION OF IRA TREATMENT TO PORTION OF AC-
                                        COUNT INVOLVED IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION (SEC. 321 OF THE
                                        BILL AND SEC. 408 OF THE CODE)

                                                                                     PRESENT LAW

                                         Background on prohibited transactions may be found in section
                                      I.12 of this document.
                                      Disqualification of IRA in certain prohibited transactions
                                         If an individual for whose benefit an IRA is established (or such
                                      individual’s beneficiary) engages in a prohibited transaction with
                                      respect to the IRA, the IRA loses its tax-favored status and ceases
                                      to be an IRA as of the first day of the taxable year in which the
                                      prohibited transaction occurs.466 As a result, the IRA is treated as
                                      distributing to the individual on the first day of that taxable year
                                      the fair market value of all of the assets in the account. If the fair
                                      market value of the IRA assets exceeds the basis in the account,
                                      the individual has taxable gain that is includible in gross income.
                                      If the individual is under age 591⁄2, the individual may also be sub-
                                      ject to the 10-percent tax on early distributions.467 The individual
                                      and the individual’s beneficiaries are exempt, however, from the ex-
                                      cise tax that otherwise applies to prohibited transactions.468
                                                                              REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee recognizes that many prohibited transactions in-
                                      volving IRAs are inadvertent. In addition, under present law, the
                                      entire IRA is disqualified when the IRA owner or beneficiary en-
                                      gages in a prohibited transaction, regardless of the size of the pro-
                                      hibited transaction. The Committee believes it is appropriate to
                                      treat only the portion of the IRA that is involved in the prohibited
                                      transaction as distributed.
                                           465 As defined in section 402(g)(3).
                                           466 Sec. 408(e)(2). ‘‘Prohibited transaction’’ means a transaction prohibited by section 4975.
                                           467 Sec. 72(t).
                                           468 Sec. 4975(c)(3).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191       PO 00000   Frm 00162   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                        161

                                                                       EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                        The provision modifies the disqualification rule that applies
                                      when an IRA owner or beneficiary engages in a prohibited trans-
                                      action so that only the portion of the IRA that is used in the pro-
                                      hibited transaction is treated as distributed to the individual.
                                      Thus, under the provision, if an IRA owner or beneficiary engages
                                      in a prohibited transaction with respect to the IRA, the portion of
                                      the account used in the transaction is treated as distributed to the
                                      individual as of the first day of the taxable year in which the trans-
                                      action occurred (using fair market value of the portion on that first
                                      day).
                                                                                 EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The provision applies to taxable years beginning after date of en-
                                      actment.
                                                              TITLE IV—TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS
                                      1. AMENDMENTS RELATING TO SETTING EVERY COMMUNITY UP FOR
                                        RETIREMENT ENHANCEMENT ACT OF 2019 (SEC. 401 OF THE BILL
                                        AND SECS. 401(a)(9) AND 4973 OF THE CODE)

                                                                                  PRESENT LAW

                                      Increase in age for required beginning date for mandatory distribu-
                                           tions
                                         The SECURE Act changed the age on which the required begin-
                                      ning date for required minimum distributions was based, from age
                                      701⁄2 to age 72.469 Background on these rules may be found in sec-
                                      tion I.5 of this document.
                                      Difficulty of care payments
                                         The SECURE Act also modified certain retirement contribution
                                      limits as they apply to ‘‘difficulty of care’’ payments.470 A difficulty
                                      of care payment is compensation for providing the additional care
                                      needed for certain qualified foster individuals.471 Such payments
                                      are excludable from gross income. Generally, the amount that may
                                      be contributed to an IRA is limited by the compensation that is in-
                                      cludible in an individual’s gross income for the taxable year.472
                                      However, the SECURE Act modified the limit on nondeductible
                                      contributions to a traditional IRA to generally allow an individual
                                      to contribute a difficulty of care payment.473 Under the SECURE
                                      Act, if the deductible amount of IRA contributions in effect for a
                                      taxable year (which is tied to the amount of nondeductible con-
                                      tributions that may be made) exceeds the individual’s compensa-
                                      tion that is includible in gross income, the individual may elect to
                                      increase the limit on nondeductible contributions by the amount of
                                      the difficulty of care payment (or, if less, the excess of the deduct-
                                      ible amount of IRA contributions over the individual’s compensa-
                                      tion for the year).
                                           469 Pub. L. No. 116–94, Division O, sec. 114.
                                           470 Pub. L. No. 116–94, Division O, sec. 116.
                                           471 Sec. 131(c).
                                           472 Secs. 408(o)(2) and 408A(c)(2).
                                           473 Sec. 408(o)(5).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00163    Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                           162

                                                            EXCISE TAX ON EXCESS IRA CONTRIBUTIONS

                                         To the extent that contributions to an IRA exceed the contribu-
                                      tion limits, the individual is subject to an excise tax equal to six
                                      percent of the excess amount.474 This excise tax generally applies
                                      each year until the excess amount is distributed.
                                                                              REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                       The Committee wishes to clarify certain provisions of the SE-
                                      CURE Act.
                                                                        EXPLANATION OF PROVISION 475

                                         The provision clarifies that the increase in the age on which the
                                      required beginning date for required minimum distributions is
                                      based (to age 72) does not change the general requirement to actu-
                                      arially increase the accrued benefit of an employee who retires in
                                      a calendar year after the year the employee attains age 701⁄2 (other
                                      than a five-percent owner) to take into account the period after age
                                      701⁄2 in which the employee was not receiving any benefits under
                                      the plan.476
                                         The provision also clarifies that the excise tax on excess contribu-
                                      tions to an IRA generally does not apply to difficulty of care pay-
                                      ments contributed to an IRA.477
                                                                                    EFFECTIVE DATE

                                        The amendments made by the provision are effective as if in-
                                      cluded in the section of the SECURE Act to which the amendment
                                      relates.
                                                         TITLE V—ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
                                           1. PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN AMENDMENTS (SEC. 501 OF THE
                                                                      BILL)

                                                                                     PRESENT LAW

                                         Present law provides a remedial amendment period during
                                      which, under certain circumstances, a retirement plan may be
                                      amended retroactively in order to comply with tax qualification re-
                                      quirements.478 In general, plan amendments to reflect changes in
                                      the law generally must be made by the time prescribed by law for
                                      filing the income tax return of the employer for the employer’s tax-
                                      able year in which the change in law occurs (including extensions).
                                      The Secretary may extend the time by which plan amendments
                                      need to be made.
                                         The Code and ERISA provide that, in general, accrued benefits
                                      cannot be reduced by a plan amendment.479 This prohibition on the
                                           474 Secs. 4973(b) and (f).
                                         475 In addition to the clarifications described below, the provision fixes a clerical error in sec-
                                      tion 72(t).
                                         476 Sec. 401(a)(9)(C)(iii).
                                         477 The excise tax does not apply to any designated nondeductible contribution to an IRA that
                                      does not exceed the limit on nondeductible contributions by reason of the individual’s election
                                      to increase such limit to account for the difficulty of care payment. Sec. 4973(b) (as amended
                                      by this provision).
                                         478 Sec. 401(b).
                                         479 Code sec. 411(d)(6); ERISA sec. 204(g).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022    Jkt 047191   PO 00000       Frm 00164   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      163

                                      reduction of accrued benefits is commonly referred to as the ‘‘anti-
                                      cut-back rule.’’
                                                                         REASONS FOR CHANGE

                                        The Committee recognizes that it may be difficult for plan spon-
                                      sors to amend their plans in order to implement the provisions of
                                      this bill at the time such provisions become effective. The Com-
                                      mittee therefore believes it is appropriate to offer relief to plans
                                      and allow for retroactive amendments.
                                                                     EXPLANATION OF PROVISION

                                         The provision permits certain plan amendments made pursuant
                                      to the changes in the Act, or regulations issued thereunder, to be
                                      retroactively effective. If a plan amendment meets the require-
                                      ments of the provision, then the plan will be treated as being oper-
                                      ated in accordance with its terms, and the amendment will not vio-
                                      late the anti-cut-back rule. In order for this treatment to apply, the
                                      plan must be operated as if the plan amendment were in effect,
                                      and the amendment is required to be made on or before the last
                                      day of the first plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2023 (or
                                      such later date as the Secretary may prescribe). However, if the
                                      plan is a governmental plan, the amendment is required to be
                                      made on or before the last day of the first plan year beginning on
                                      or after January 1, 2025 (or such later date as the Secretary may
                                      prescribe).
                                         If the amendment is required to be made to retain qualified sta-
                                      tus as a result of the changes in the law (or regulations), the
                                      amendment is required to be made retroactively effective as of the
                                      date on which the change became effective with respect to the plan
                                      and the plan is required to be operated in compliance until the
                                      amendment is made. Amendments that are not required to retain
                                      qualified status but that are made pursuant to the changes made
                                      by the Act (or applicable regulations) may be made retroactively ef-
                                      fective as of the first day the amendment is effective.
                                         A plan amendment will not be considered to be pursuant to the
                                      Act (or applicable regulations) if it has an effective date before the
                                      effective date of the provision under the Act (or regulations) to
                                      which it relates. Similarly, the provision does not provide relief
                                      from the anti-cut-back rule for periods prior to the effective date of
                                      the relevant provision (or regulations) or the plan amendment. The
                                      Secretary (or the Secretary’s delegate) is authorized to provide ex-
                                      ceptions to the relief from the prohibition on reductions in accrued
                                      benefits. It is intended that the Secretary will not permit inappro-
                                      priate reductions in contributions or benefits that are not directly
                                      related to the provisions under the Act.
                                         The provision also amends the deadlines for certain plan amend-
                                      ments made pursuant to the SECURE Act and the Coronavirus
                                      Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, to conform with the dead-
                                      lines provided under this provision.480
                                        480 The provision modifies the general deadlines for plan amendments under the SECURE Act
                                      (section 601 of the SECURE Act), and the deadlines for amendments relating to coronavirus-
                                      related distributions and the waiver of required minimum distributions under the Coronavirus
                                      Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, Pub. L. No. 116–136, sections 2202 and 2203.




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00165   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                      164

                                                                               EFFECTIVE DATE

                                           The provision is effective on date of enactment.
                                                             TITLE VI—REVENUE PROVISIONS
                                           1. SIMPLE AND SEP ROTH IRAS (SEC. 601 OF THE BILL AND SECS
                                                          408A, 408, 402 OF THE CODE)
                                                                                PRESENT LAW

                                         An IRA is generally established by an individual for whom the
                                      IRA is maintained.481 In some cases, an employer may establish
                                      IRAs on behalf of employees and provide retirement contributions
                                      to the IRAs. In addition, IRA treatment may apply to accounts
                                      maintained for employees under a trust created by an employer (or
                                      an employee association) for the exclusive benefit of employees or
                                      their beneficiaries, provided that the trust complies with the rel-
                                      evant IRA requirements and separate accounting is maintained for
                                      the interest of each employee or beneficiary.482 In that case, the as-
                                      sets of the trust may be held in a common fund for the account of
                                      all individuals who have an interest in the trust.
                                         There are two basic types of IRAs: traditional IRAs, to which de-
                                      ductible or nondeductible contributions can be made, and Roth
                                      IRAs, contributions to which are not deductible. The total contribu-
                                      tions made to all IRAs for a year cannot exceed $6,000 (for 2021),
                                      plus an additional $1,000 (not indexed) in catch-up contributions
                                      for individuals age 50 or older. Certain individuals are not per-
                                      mitted to make deductible contributions to a traditional IRA or to
                                      make contributions to a Roth IRA, depending on their income.
                                         Distributions from traditional IRAs are generally includible in in-
                                      come, except to the extent a portion of the distribution is treated
                                      as a recovery of the individual’s basis (if any). Qualified distribu-
                                      tions from a Roth IRA are excluded from income; 483 other distribu-
                                      tions from a Roth IRA are includible in income to the extent of
                                      earnings. IRA distributions generally can be rolled over to another
                                      IRA or qualified retirement plan; however, a distribution from a
                                      Roth IRA generally can be rolled over only to another Roth IRA or
                                      a designated Roth account.
                                         Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (‘‘SIMPLE’’) plans
                                      and Simplified Employee Pension (‘‘SEP’’) plans are special types
                                      of employer-sponsored retirement plans to which the employer
                                      makes contributions to IRAs established for each of the employer’s
                                      employees in accordance with the Code requirements for each type
                                      of plan.484 SIMPLE IRAs and SEPs may not be designated as Roth
                                      IRAs.485
                                         481 Secs. 219, 408, and 408A provide the rules for IRAs. Under section 408(a)(2) and (n), only
                                      certain entities are permitted to be the trustee of an IRA. The trustee of an IRA generally must
                                      be a bank, an insured credit union, or a corporation subject to supervision and examination by
                                      the Commissioner of Banking or other officer in charge of the administration of the banking
                                      laws of the State in which it is incorporated. Alternatively, an IRA trustee may be another per-
                                      son who demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the manner in which the person
                                      will administer the IRA will be consistent with the IRA requirements.
                                         482 Sec. 408(c).
                                         483 A qualified distribution is a distribution that (1) is made after the five-taxable-year period
                                      beginning with the first taxable year for which the individual first made a contribution to a
                                      Roth IRA, and (2) is made after attainment of age 591⁄2, on account of death or disability, or
                                      is made for first-time homebuyer expenses of up to $10,000. Sec. 408A(d)(2).
                                         484 Secs. 408(p), (k).
                                         485 Sec. 408A(f)(1).




VerDate Sep 11 2014   02:25 Apr 05, 2022   Jkt 047191   PO 00000   Frm 00166   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR283P1.XXX   HR283P1
                                                                                       165

                                              SIMPLE IRA plans
                                         An employer is generally eligible to establish a SIMPLE IRA
                                      plan if it had no more than 100 employees who received at least
                                      $5,000 of compensation from the employer in the preceding year.486
                                      Contributions to a SIMPLE IRA plan may include employee salary
                                      reduction contributions (i.e., elective deferrals) and employer con-
                                      tributions either in the form of matching contributions up to three
                                      percent of an employee’s compensation or nonelective contributions
                                      of a flat two percent of compensation regardless of the employee’s
                                      elective deferral.
                                         SIMPLE IRA plans may be designed so that the employee will
                                      receive cash compensation unless the employee affirmatively elects
                                      to make elective deferrals to the plan. Alternatively, a plan may
                                      provide that elective deferrals are made at a specified rate (when
                                      the employee becomes eligible to participate) unless the employee
                                      elects otherwise (i.e., affirmatively elects not to make contributions
                                      or to make contributions at a different rate). This alternative plan
                                      design is referred to as automatic enrollment. Starting with taxable
                                      years after December 31, 2019, eligible employers are allowed a
                                      credit of $500 per year for up to three years for startup costs for
                                      new SIMPLE IRA plans that include automatic enrollment. An em-
                                      ployer is also allowed a credit of $500 per year for up to three years
                                      if it converts an existing plan to an automatic enrollment design.
                                         There is an annual threshold on the amount of an elective defer-
                                      ral that an employee may make to a SIMPLE IRA plan (subject to
                                      cost of living adjustments). The salary reduction contributions
                                      under a SIMPLE IRA plan count toward the overall annual limit
                                      on elective deferrals an employee may make to this and other plans
                                      permitting elective deferrals. For 2021, the annual contribution
                                      limit for SIMPLE IRA plans is $13,500. If permitted by the SIM-
                                      PLE IRA plan, participants who are age 50 or above at the end of
                                      the calendar year may also make catch up contributions, the limit
                                      for which is $3,000 in 2021.
                                             SEP IRA plans
                                         A Simplified Employee Pension (‘‘SEP’’) plan is a special type of
                                      employer-sponsored retirement plan whereby only the employer
                                      makes contributions to the plan.487 Unlike SIMPLE IRA plans, any
                                      size employer may establish a SEP plan. The amount of the con-
                                      tribution to the SEP IRA plan is up to the lesser of 25 percent of
                                      the employee’s compensation or the dollar limit applicable to con-
                                      tributions to a qualified defined contribution plan ($58,000 for
                                      2021).488 A traditional IRA is set up for each eligible employee, and
                                      all contributions must be fully vested. Any employee must be eligi-
                                      ble to participate in the SEP if the employee has (1) attained age
                                      21, (2) performed services for the employer during at least three of
                                      the immediately preceding five years, and (3) received at least $650
                                      (for 2021) in compensation from the employer for the year.489 Con-
                                      tributions to a SEP generally must bear a uniform relationship to
                                      compensation.
                                           486 Sec. 408(p).
                                           487 Sec. 408(k).
                                           488 Ibid.
                                           489 The annual compensation limit for SEPs is $290,000.

Full text truncated for size; the complete document is in the PDF above.

File and source

File
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt283_crpt-117hrpt283-pt1.pdf
Size
2,006,585 bytes
SHA-256
105eef73130ee86391c71babfce14dcd6912900da7abe02fe89cd83021fce7ea
Our copy
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt283_crpt-117hrpt283-pt1.pdf
Original
www.govinfo.gov
Back to top